Home

HI-TECH C for PIC10/12/16 User`s Guide

1. Option name Function 1 9 Select global optimization level 1 through 9 asm Select optimizations of assembly code derived from C source asmfile Select optimizations of assembly source files debug Favor accurate debugging over optimization speed Favor optimizations that result in faster code space Favor optimizations that result in smaller code all Enable all compiler optimizations none Do not use any compiler optimizations Note that different suboptions control assembler optimizations of assembly source files and intermediate assembly files produced from C source code The speed and space suboptions are contradictory Space optimizations are the default If speed and space suboptions are both specified then speed optimizations takes precedence These optimizations affect procedural abstraction which is per formed by the assembler and other optimizations at the code generation stage 2 7 43 OUTDIR Specify a directory for output files This option allows a directory to be nominated for PICC to locate its output files If this option is omitted output files will be created in the current working directory See also Section 2 7 41 OBJDIR Specify a directory for intermediate files and Section 2 7 10 O Specify Output File for more information 2 7 44 OUTPUT type Specify Output File Type This option allows the type of the output file s to be specified If no OUTPUT option is sp
2. EEPROM _ WRITE address value wait for end of write before EEPROM_READ while WR continue read from EEPROM at address value EEPROM_READ address 3 2 5 4 EEPROM QUALIFIER Variables may be directly qualified as eeprom This places them in EEPROM memory of the device For example eeprom long prod_ID This qualifier allows individual named variables to be defined and accessed in the C code Although this is a convenient way to define EEPROM based objects and access them in C code access will be much slower compared to reading and writing RAM based variables 3 2 6 Flash Runtime Access HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs provides a number of methods to access the contents of program memory at runtime Particular care must be taken when modifying the contents of program memory If the location being modified is that of the code that is currently being executed or a region of your executable code has been used for use as non volatile storage the code may fail For those devices requiring a Flash erasure operation be performed prior to writing to Flash this step will be performed internally by the compiler within the access routine and does not need to be implemented as a separate stage Data within the same Flash erasure block that is unrelated to the write operation will be backed up before the block is erased and restored after the erasure 3 2 6 1 FLASH ACCESS
3. MICROCHIP HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today when used in the intended manner and under normal conditions There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature All of these methods to our knowledge require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip s Data Sheets Most likely the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code Code protection does not mean that we are guaranteeing the product as unbreakable Code protection is constantly evolving We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our products Attempts to break Microchip s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act If such acts allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work you may have a right to s
4. The asm statement is used to embed a single assembler instruction This form looks and behaves like a C statement Only one assembly instruction may be encapsulated within each asm statement You may use the asm form of in line assembly at any point in the C source code as it will correctly interact with all C flow of control structures The following example shows both methods used unsigned int var void main void var 1 asm like this BCF 0 3 BANKSEL _var RLF _var amp 07fh RLF _var 1 amp 07fh endasm do it again the other way asm BCF 0 3 asm BANKSEL _fvar asm RLF _var amp 07fh asm RLF _var 1 amp 07fh When using in line assembler code great care must be taken to avoid interacting with compiler generated code The code generator cannot scan the assembler code for reg ister usage and so will remain unaware if registers are clobbered or used by the assem bly code If you are in doubt as to which registers are being used in surrounding code compile your program with the ASMLIST option see Section 2 7 17 ASMLIST Generate Assembler List Files and examine the assembler code generated by the compiler Remember that as the rest of the program changes the registers and code strategy used by the compiler will change as well DS51865A page 92 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features 3 9 3 Accessing C objects from w
5. oops no opening brace after the prototype void process char c return max c 10 2 error flagged here 316 expected Parser A closing brace was expected here This error may be the result of a initialized array missing the closing brace e g char carray 4 1 2 3 4 oops no closing brace 317 expected Parser An opening parenthesis was expected here This must be the first token after a while for if do Or asm keyword e g if a should be if a b b 0 318 string expected Parser The operand to an asm statement must be a string enclosed in parentheses e g asm nop that should be asm nop 319 while expected Parser The keyword while is expected at the end of a do statement e g do func i do the block while what condition is true Lf as S445 error flagged here end 320 expected Parser A colon is missing after a case label or after the keyword default This often occurs when a semicolon is accidentally typed instead of a colon e g switch input case 0 oops that should have been case 0 state NEW 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 261 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 321 label identifier expected Parser An identifier denoting a label must appear after goto e g if a goto 20 this is not BASIC a valid C label must follow a goto
6. Name Description PICC Command line driver the interface to the compiler CLIST Text file formatter CPP The C preprocessor P1 C code parser CGPIC Code generator ASPIC Assembler HLINK Linker OBJTOHEX Conversion utility to create HEX files CROMWELL Debug file converter OBJTOHEX Conversion utility to create HEX files HEXMATE HEX file utility LIBR Librarian DUMP Object file viewer CREF Cross reference utility For example C source files c files are first passed to the C preprocessor CPP The output of this application are pre files These files are then passed to the parser appli cation P1 which produces a p code file output with extension p1 The applications are executed in the order specified and temporary files are used to pass the output of one application to the next The compiler can accept more than just C source files Table 2 1 lists all the possible input file types and these files can be seen in this diagram on the top and bottom being passed to different compilation applications They are processed by these applications and then the application output joins the normal flow indicated in the diagram For example assembly source files are passed straight to the assembler application and are not processed at all by the code generator The output of the assembler an object file with obj extension is passed to the linker in the usual way You c
7. isr code goes here 694 no interrupt strategy available Code Generator The processor does not support saving and subsequent restoring of registers during an interrupt service routine 695 duplicate case label Code Generator There are two case labels with the same value in this switch statement e g switch in Case 00D af this is case PD 47 Ptt break case 0 then what is this case b break 696 out of range case label Code Generator This case label is not a value that the controlling expression can yield and thus this label will never be selected 697 non constant case label Code Generator A case label in this switch statement has a value which is not a constant 698 bit variables must be global or static Code Generator A bit variable cannot be of type auto If you require a bit variable with scope local to a block of code or function qualify it static e g bit proc int a bit bb oops this should be static bit bb bb a gt 66 return bb DS51865A page 292 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 699 no case labels in switch Code Generator There are no case labels in this switch statement e g switch input there is nothing to match the value of input 700 truncation of enumerated value Code Generator An enumerated value larger than the maximum value supported by this compiler was detected and has
8. 5 Errata Not applicable 6 Vectors Not applicable DS51865A page 48 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 7 Callgraph Not applicable 8 Debugger This selector allows the type of hardware debugger to be chosen See Section 2 7 24 DEBUGGER Select Debugger Type 9 Trace type Not yet implemented 10 Stack size Not applicable 11 Heap size Not applicable 12 Frequency Not applicable 13 Extend address 0 in HEX file This option specifies that the intel HEX file should have initialization to zero of the upper address See Section 2 7 44 OUTPUT type Specify Output File Type 14 Interrupt options Not applicable 15 Summary Options These checkboxes control which summaries are printed after compilation See Section 2 7 56 SUMMARY Select Memory Summary Output Type 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 49 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 2 8 4 Global Tab The options in this dialog control aspects of compilation that are applicable throughout code generation and link steps the second stage of compilation See Figure 2 8 in conjunction with the following command line option equivalents FIGURE 2 8 THE GLOBAL TAB Build Options For Project astest mcp E 2 x Directories Custom Build Trace Driver Compiler Linker Global Code and data model Memory model e Code pointer size 16 bit v gt Doubl
9. this function never calls foo 474 no psect specified for function variable argument allocation Linker The FNCONF assembler directive which specifies to the linker information regarding the auto parameter block was never seen This is supplied in the standard runtime files if necessary This error may imply that the correct run time startup module was not linked Ensure you have used the FNCONF directive if the runtime startup module is hand written 475 conflicting FNCONF records Linker The linker has seen two conflicting FNCONF directives This directive should only be specified once and is included in the standard runtime startup code which is normally linked into every program 476 fixup overflow referencing location 0x 0x size value 0x Linker The linker was asked to relocate fixup an item that would not fit back into the space after relocation See the following error message 477 for more information 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 279 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 477 fixup overflow in expression location 0x 0x size value 0x Linker Fixup is the process conducted by the linker of replacing symbolic references to vari ables etc in an assembler instruction with an absolute value This takes place after positioning the psects program sections or blocks into the available memory on the target device Fixup overflow is when the value de
10. xstrip The creation of the output file failed when renaming an intermediate file 461 can t create file Assembler Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 464 missing key in avmap file Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 465 undefined symbol in FNBREAK record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNBREAK record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 466 undefined symbol in FNINDIR record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNINDIR record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 467 undefined symbol in FNADDR record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNADDR record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 468 undefined symbol in FNCALL record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNCALL record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 469 undefined symbol in FNROOT record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNROOT record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 470 un
11. 322 enum tag or expected Parser After the keyword enum must come either an identifier that is or will be defined as an enum tag or an opening brace e g enum 1 2 should be e g enum one 1 two 323 struct union tag or expected Parser An identifier denoting a structure or union or an opening brace must follow a struct or union keyword e g struct int a this is not how you define a structure You might mean something like struct int a my_struct 324 too many arguments for printf style format string Parser There are too many arguments for this format string This is harmless but may repre sent an incorrect format string e g oops missed a placeholder printf sd SOT low high median 325 error in printf style format string Parser There is an error in the format string here The string has been interpreted as a printf style format string and it is not syntactically correct If not corrected this will cause unexpected behavior at run time e g printf siey 121 oops maybe printf ld 111 326 long int argument required in printf style format string Parser A long argument is required for this format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding arguments e g zeg printf 31x 2 maybe you meant printf 1x 2L 327 long long int argument required in printf style form
12. DS51865A page 302 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 784 overfreed Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 785 too many temporary labels Assembler There are too many temporary labels in this assembler file The assembler allows a maximum of 2000 temporary labels 787 can t handle v_rtype of in copyexpr Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 788 invalid character in number Assembler A number contained a character that was not part of the range 0 9 or 0 F 790 end of file inside conditional Assembler END of FILE was encountered while scanning for an endif to match a previous if 793 unterminated macro argument Assembler An argument to a macro is not terminated Note that angle brackets lt gt are used to quote macro arguments 794 invalid number syntax Assembler The syntax of a number is invalid This can be e g use of 8 or 9 in an octal number or other malformed numbers 796 use of LOCAL outside macros is illegal Assembler The LOCAL directive is only legal inside macros It defines local labels that will be unique for each invocation of the macro 797 syntax error in LOCAL argument Assembler A symbol defined using the LOCAL assembler directive in an assembler macro is syn tactically incorrect Ensure that all symbols and all other ass
13. Example include lt htc h gt will store 1 5 F and 0 in the ID registers IDLOC 15F0 void main void See also __IDLOC7 __CONFIG Synopsis include lt htc h gt ___IDLOC7 a b c d Description This macro places data into the device s special locations outside of addressable memory reserved for ID This would be useful for storage of serial numbers etc The macro will attempt to write 7 bits of data to each of the 4 locations reserved for ID purposes Example include lt htc h gt will store 7Fh 70 1 and 5Ah in the ID registers __IDLOC O0x7F 70 1 0x5A void main void 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 169 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Note Not all devices permit 7 bit programming of the ID locations Refer to the device data sheet to see whether this macro can be used on your particular device See also __IDLOC __ CONFIG _DELAY Synopsis include lt htc h gt void _delay unsigned long cycles Description This is an inline function that is expanded by the code generator When called this rou tine expands to an inline assembly delay sequence The sequence will consist of code that delays for the number of cycles that is specified as argument The argument must be a literal constant An error will result if the delay period requested is too large For very large delays call this function multipl
14. or that select in your IDE should appear after the Machine type entry The object code version relates to the file format used by relocatable object files pro duced by the assembler Unless either the assembler or linker have been updated inde pendently this should not be of concern A typical map file may begin something like the following This example has been cut down for clarity edf C Program Files HI TECH Software PICC PRO 9 65pl1i dat en_msgs txt cs h test sym z Q16F946 ol obj Mtest map E1 ACODE 00h 0O7FFhx4 ACONST 00h OFFhx32 AENTRY 00h OFFhx32 ASTRING 00h OFFhx32 ARAM 020h 06Fh 0OAOh OEFh 0120h 016Fh 01A0h O1EFh AABS1 020h 07Fh 0OAOh OEFh 0120h 016Fh 01A0h 01EFh ABANKO 020h O7Fh A ABANK1 0A0h OEFh ABANK2 0120h 016Fh ABANK3 01A0h O1EFh ACOMMON 070h O7Fh preset_vec 00h intentry intcode intret init init23 end_init pstrings CODE prbss_0 BAN prbss_1 BAN pnvram_1 BA ACONF IG 020 K E KO rbit _0 BANK0 rdata_0 BANK0 idata_0 COD 1 rbit_1 BANK1 rdata_1 BANK1 idata_1 COD K1 nvbit_1 BA O7h 02007h pconfig CO ptemp COMMON pcommon COMMON pnvram BANKO X ppowerup CODE K1 FIG DCONFIG 2 AIDLOC 02000h 02003h pidloc IDLO DE C DI EDATA 2 pfloat_text0 CODE float_text1 CODE float_text2 CODE pfloat_text3 CODE float_text4 COD
15. LM Preserve segment relocation items in obj file DS51865A page 135 2009 Microchip Technology Inc HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide TABLE 5 1 LINKER COMMAND LINE OPTIONS CONTINUED Option Effect N Sort symbol table in map file by address order Nc Sort symbol table in map file by class address order Ns Sort symbol table in map file by space address order Mmapfile Generate a link map in the named file ooutfile Specify name of output file Pspec Specify psect addresses and ordering Qprocessor Specify the processor type for cosmetic reasons only S Inhibit listing of symbols in symbol file Sclass limit bound Specify address limit and start boundary for a class of psects usymbol Pre enter symbol in table as undefined Vavmap Use file avmap to generate an Avocet format symbol file wwarnlev Set warning level 9 to 9 wwidth Set map file width gt 10 X Remove any local symbols from the symbol file Z Remove trivial local symbols from the symbol file DISL list Specify disabled messages EDF path Specify message file location EMAX number Specify maximum number of errors NORLF Do not relocate list file VER Print version number and stop If the standard input is a file then this file is assumed to contain the command line argument Lines may be broken by leaving a backslash at the end of the p
16. s e 122 label field ii eseina 112 label SCOpe 2 caciwaied eevee 115 118 ELE 115 line numbersia eiaa 110 location Coumter eee eeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeerenneetenaeees 114 MIXING With 89 multi character constants A 114 operators sp a a o ERR iaai 116 OPTIMIZATIONS 200 cece eeeeeeeeeteeeeeneeeteneeeeeneeeees 39 EE E EE 117 radix specifiers AN 113 E EC 115 relative JUIMIPS eeesceceseeeeeseseeeseeeeteseeeeeeeneeees 114 relocatable expressions cece 116 repeating INStrUCTIONS eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereen 127 repeating MACIOS eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 127 reserving MEMOTY eeeeeeeseneeeeeeteeeeeeeees 122 123 special characters A 113 special comment strings A 113 Statement formats A 112 SUINGS ies ct eis es E Aad ahiagleieth a 114 volatile Objects 113 assembly identifiers data Re ne DEE 114 2009 Microchip Technology Inc assembly list files cccceeeeeeeees 21 33 109 131 Blank la 131 ell 131 disabling macro expansion eee 130 excluding conditional code AA 130 expanding MACIOS n 109 130 formatie ariitincw lien iin 109 110 130 hexadecimal constants ssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 109 including conditional code AA 130 NEW page seneta e 131 SH enke e a a aaae 131 EE 131 ASSEILTUNCHON i eciehessccesessseces scdsadaseetegiasdasescsineass 173 ALAN function eegene eeh eigene SKS 174 atan2 TUNCION EE 175 atO TUMC OM rates cae hides Pos skeet ein hak eg ee 175 AtO fun
17. 10 else output 20 endif 109 include syntax error Preprocessor The syntax of the filename argument to include is invalid The argument to include must be a valid file name either enclosed in double quotes or angle brackets lt gt Spaces should not be included and the closing quote or bracket must be present There should be nothing else on the line other than comments e g include stdio h oops should be include lt stdio h gt 110 too many file arguments usage cpp input output Preprocessor CPP should be invoked with at most two file arguments Contact HI TECH Support if the preprocessor is being executed by a compiler driver 111 redefining preprocessor macro Preprocessor The macro specified is being redefined to something different to the original definition If you want to deliberately redefine a macro use undef first to remove the original definition e g define ONE 1 elsewhere Is this correct It will overwrite the first definition define ONE one 112 define syntax error Preprocessor A macro definition has a syntax error This could be due to a macro or formal parameter name that does not start with a letter or a missing closing parenthesis e g define FOO a 2b bar a 2b 2b is not to be 113 unterminated string in preprocessor macro body Preprocessor Assembler A macro definition contains a string that lacks a closing
18. The general form of messages produced with the E option in force is filenam line_number message number message string type If a filename is specified immediately after itis treated as the name of a file to which all messages errors warnings etc will be printed For example to compile x c and redirect all errors to x err use the command PICC CHIP 16F877AA Ex err x c The E option also allows errors to be appended to an existing file by specifying an addition character at the start of the error filename for example PICC CHIP 16F877AA E x err y c If you wish to compile several files and combine all of the errors generated into a single text file use the E option to create the file then use E when compiling all the other source files For example to compile a number of files with all errors combined into a file called project er you could use the E option as follows PICC CHIP 16F877AA Eproject err O PASS1 main c PICC CHIP 16F877AA E project err O PASS1 partl c PICC CHIP 16F877AA E project err C asmcode as Section 2 6 Compiler Messages has more information regarding this option as well as an overview of the messaging system and other related driver options DS51865A page 28 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 2 7 4 G Generate Source level Symbol File The G option allows specification of the filenam
19. There are two basic pointer types supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs data pointers and function pointers Data pointers hold the address of variables which can be indirectly read and possible indirectly written by the program Function pointers hold the address of an executable function which can be called indirectly via the pointer To conserve memory requirements and reduce execution time pointers on PIC devices are made different sizes and formats The HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs compiler uses sophisticated algorithms to track the assignment of addresses to all pointers and as a result no non standard qualifiers are required when defining pointer variables Despite this the size of each pointer is optimal for its intended usage in the program 23121 COMBINING TYPE QUALIFIERS AND POINTERS It is helpful to first review the ANSI C standard conventions for definitions of pointer types Pointers can be qualified like any other C object but care must be taken when doing so as there are two quantities associated with pointers The first is the actual pointer itself which is treated like any ordinary C variable and has memory reserved for it The second is the target or targets that the pointer references or to which the pointer points The general form of a pointer definition looks like the following target_type_ amp _qualifiers pointer s_qualifiers pointer s_name Any qualifiers to the right of t
20. This will ensure that the necessary startup module and arguments are present 5 2 OPERATION A command to the linker takes the following form hlink options files The options are zero or more linker options each of which modifies the behavior of the linker in some way The files is one or more object files and zero or more object code library names 1ib extension P code libraries 1pp extension are always passed to the code generator application and cannot be passed to the linker The options recognized by the linker are listed in Table 5 1 and discussed in the following paragraphs TABLE 5 1 LINKER COMMAND LINE OPTIONS Option Effect 8 Use 8086 style segment offset address form Aclass low high Specify address ranges for a class CX Call graph options Cpsect class Specify a class name for a global psect Cbaseaddr Produce binary output file based at baseaddr Dclass delta Specify a class delta value Dsymfile Produce old style symbol file E errfile Write error messages to errfile F Produce obj file with only symbol records G spec Specify calculation for segment selectors H symfile Generate symbol file H symfile Generate enhanced symbol file I Ignore undefined symbols J num Set maximum number of errors before aborting K Prevent overlaying function parameter and auto areas L Preserve relocation items in obj file
21. always perform the true statement if a 4 b 6 will produce code that sets a to 5 then immediately sets b to 6 No code will be pro duced for the comparison if a 4 If awas a global variable it may be that other functions particularly interrupt functions may modify it and so tracking the variable cannot be performed This warning may indicate more than an optimization made by the compiler It may indi cate an expression with missing or badly placed parentheses causing the evaluation to yield a value different to what you expected This warning may also be issued because you have written something like while 1 To produce an infinite loop use for A similar situation arises with for loops e g int a b this loop must iterate at least once for a 0 a 10 att b func a 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 299 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide In this case the code generator can again pick up that a is assigned the value 0 then immediately checked to see if it is equal to 10 Because a is modified during the for loop the comparison code cannot be removed but the code generator will adjust the code so that the comparison is not performed on the first pass of the loop only on the subsequent passes This may not reduce code size but it will speed program execution 758 constant conditional branch possible use of instead of Code Generator There is
22. where rout ineName is the C equivalent name of the function or routine whose register usage is being defined and registerList is a space separated list of registers names as shown in Table 3 9 Those registers not listed are assumed to be unused by the function or routine The code generator may use any of these registers to hold values across a function call Hence if the routine does in fact use these registers unreliable program execution may eventuate TABLE 3 9 VALID REGISTER NAMES Register Name Description fsr0 fsr01 fsrOh Indirect data pointer fsrl fsrll fsrlh Indirect data pointer wreg The working register status The status register The register names are not case sensitive and a warning will be produced if the register name is not recognized A blank list indicates that the specified function or routine uses no registers For example a routine called _search is written in assembly code In the C source we may write extern void search void pragma regsused search wreg status fsr0 to indicate that this routine used the w register STATUS and FSRO 3 10 3 8 THE PRAGMA SWITCH DIRECTIVE Normally the compiler chooses how switch statements will be encoded to produce the smallest possible code size The pragma switch directive can be used to force the compiler to use one particular method The general form of the switch pragma is pragma switch switchType where switch_type is o
23. 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features 3 7 PSECTS 3 6 4 Division and modulus with integral types The sign of the result of division with integers when either operand is negative is imple mentation specific Table 3 5 shows the expected sign of the result of the division of operand 1 with operand 2 when compiled with HI TECH C TABLE 3 5 INTEGRAL DIVISION Operand 1 Operand 2 Quotient Remainder In the case where the second operand is zero division by zero the result will always be zero The code generator splits code and data objects into a number of standard program sections referred to as psects A psect is just a block of something a block of code a block of data etc By having everything inside a psect all these blocks can be easily recognized and sorted by the linker even though they have come from different modules One of the main jobs of the linker is to group all the psects from the entire project and place these into the available memory for the device A psect can be created in assembly code by using the PSECT assembler directive see Section 4 3 9 3 PSECT The code generator uses this directive to direct assembly code it produces into the appropriate psect 3 7 1 The code generator places code and data into psects with standard names which are subsequent positioned by the default linker options T
24. 5 lt cs sesidcetvhstdsees Seesthecpicesteds 137 FOUNG EE 211 ll ele UE 142 SOUMP E 212 elei 135 SMM EE 213 OPGIallON EEN 142 SIAN eh itive etna aes 181 PaSSOS beet Ee ee e A aa 149 SPIM eer eaten ctor eit Reet errs 214 relocations ne Eerad 139 SO a N N a ayes 214 warning Uresbold AAA 141 SPAN DEE 215 linker classes eeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerens 42 120 140 EE 216 linker errors SU Cal EE 216 lee Tu ne E 138 SUC EE 217 undefined symbols AAA 138 Sea p o APEP ET EFTE 218 linker option SUCDY e ee eR A etn 218 Avis arti venenatis adie ts 136 140 Le EE 219 EE 137 EEN 217 EE 137 SUIG P ss ahs ee 218 DIS ds dat inate ala 141 EE 225 Eege 137 TEE 220 ED Pena ari EE 141 Le E 220 EMAX cite leede here eid neh EE Ee 142 SUNMEMDP ee ted ee 221 Paice ad Api a 137 SUNCPY eege Eed 222 ES 138 SUMICMP siner aaa Sok e eataa iaaa a aa E a Ea 221 o RE 138 SUPDIK ss vectss echt EE TE 223 e FE 138 Stire R eet se hed tee i we Gaels 223 ves Gel verti E geet de eu deesbegen eae init 138 SUC EE 223 d EE 138 SUSP EE 224 EE 138 E EE 225 geegent eed Aen 139 SULOG RE 225 LM est See Ee 139 SMOK i r 226 M inerti Geri eee ean 139 Steeg etter aye cages deu eeschte ee 226 EE 139 aN Sh EEN Ee es 227 NOR nger He ne eee 142 taheta eaea a e eee 181 Orch ete tat ioc gana Ee 139 HE eege Bees 228 Posie eise iis el chee 120 121 139 140 DS51865A page 338 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Et E es ec 140 message description Des 21 hg ees e
25. Code Generator The code generator has taken the size of an object and found it to be zero This almost certainly indicates an error in your declaration of a pointer e g you may have declared a pointer to a zero length array In general pointers to arrays are of little use If you require a pointer to an array of objects of unknown length you only need a pointer to a single object that can then be indexed or incremented SEES EE EE aT DS51865A page 300 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 762 constant truncated when assigned to bitfield Code Generator A constant value is too large for a bitfield structure member to which it is being assigned e g struct INPUT unsigned a 3 unsigned b 5 input_grp input_grp a 0x12 12h cannot fit into a 3 bit wide object 763 constant left operand to operator Code Generator The left operand to a conditional operator is constant thus the result of the tertiary operator will always be the same e g a 8 b c this is the same as saying a b 764 mismatched comparison Code Generator A comparison is being made between a variable or expression and a constant value which is not in the range of possible values for that expression e g unsigned char c if c gt 300 oops how can this be true close 765 degenerate unsigned comparison Code Generator There is a comparison of an unsigned value with zero which will always be t
26. DS51865A page 287 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 609 missing processor spec after P Cromwell The p option to cromwell must specify a processor name 610 missing psect classes after N Cromwell Cromwell requires that the N option be given a list of the names of psect classes 611 too many input files Cromwell To many input files have been specified to be converted by CROMWELL 612 too many output files Cromwell To many output file formats have been specified to CROMWELL 613 no output file format specified Cromwell The output format must be specified to CROMWELL 614 no input files specified Cromwell CROMWELL must have an input file to convert 616 option Cbaseaddr is illegal with options R or L Linker The linker option Cbaseaddr cannot be used in conjunction with either the R or L linker options 618 error reading COD file data Cromwell An error occurred reading the input COD file Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the command line 619 I O error reading symbol table Cromwell The COD file has an invalid format in the specified record 620 filename index out of range in line number record Cromwell The COD file has an invalid value in the specified record 621 error writing ELF DWARF section on Cromwell An error occurred writing the indicated section to the given file Confirm the spelling and path of the file
27. DS51865A page 88 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features For example if the function read is only ever called from main line code when the interrupts are disabled then duplication of the function can be prevented if it is also called from an interrupt function as follows pragma interrupt_level 1 int read char device EEO ibe In main line code this function would typically be called as follows di turn off interrupts read IN_CH1 QO ei re enable interrupts 3 9 MIXING C AND ASSEMBLER CODE Assembly language code can be mixed with C code using two different techniques writing assembly code and placing it into a separate assembler module or including it as in line assembler in a C module For the latter there are two formats in which this can be done described below Note The more assembly code a project contains the more difficult and time con suming will be its maintenance As the project is developed the compiler may work in different ways as some optimizations look at the entire pro gram The assembly code is more likely to fail if the compiler is updated due to differences in the way the compiler works These factors do not affect code written in C If assembly must be added it is preferable to write this as self contained routine in a separate assembly module rather than in lining it in C code 3 9 1 External Assembly Language Functions Entire functions may be coded
28. Get the slope reference ratio x get_cal_data KREF Get the WDT time out y TWDT Return Value The value of the calibration parameter Note This function can only be used on the PIC 14000 Synopsis include lt time h gt struct tm gmtime time_t t Description This function converts the time pointed to by t which is in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 into a broken down time stored in a structure as defined in time h The structure is defined in the Data Types section Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock struct tm tp time amp clock tp gmtime amp clock printf s d in London n tp gt tm_year 1900 See Also ctime asctime time localtime Return Value Returns a structure of type tm 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 193 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail ISALNUM ISALPHA ISDIGIT ISLOWER ET AL Synopsis include lt ctype h gt int isalnum char c int isalpha char c int isascii char c int iscntrl char c int isdigit char c int islower char c int isprint char c int isgraph char c int ispunct char c int isspace char c int isupper char c int isxdigit char c Description T
29. Interrupt functions which are executed when a hardware interrupt occurs are another example 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 73 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide FIGURE 3 1 FORMATION OF CALL GRAPH Call graph main EL F4 F2 gek F3 isr F5 F6 code generator Analysis of program Figure 3 1shows sections of a program being analyzed by the code generator to form a call graph In the original source code the function main calls F1 F2 and F3 F1 calls F4 but the other two functions make no calls The call graph for main indicates these calls The symbols F1 F2 and F3 are all indented one level under main F4 is indented one level under F1 This is a static call graph which shows all possible calls If the exact code for function F1 looked like int Fl void if PORTA 44 return F4 return 55 the function F4 will always appear in the call graph even though it is conditionally executed in the actual source code Thus the call graph indicates all functions that might be called In the diagram there is also an interrupt function isr and it too has a separate graph generated The term main line code is often used and refers to any code that is executed as a result of the main function being executed In the above figure F1 F2 F3 and F4 are only ever called by main line code The term interrupt code refers to any c
30. MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 35 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 2 7 25 DOUBLE Select kind of Double Types This option allows the kind of double precision floating point types to be selected By default the compiler will choose the truncated IEEE754 24 bit implementation for dou ble types With this option this can be changed to the full 32 bit IEEE754 implemen tation See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 7 26 ECHO Echo command line before processing Use of this option will result in the driver command line being echoed to the stderr stream before compilation commences Each token of the command line will be printed on a separate line and will appear in the order in which they are placed on the com mand line 2 7 27 ERRFORMAT Define Format for Compiler Messages If the ERRFORMAT option is not used the default behavior of the compiler is to dis play any errors in a human readable form This standard format is perfectly accept able to a person reading the error output but is not generally usable with environments which support compiler error handling This option allows the exact format of printed error messages to be specified using spe cial placeholders embedded within a message template See Section 2 6 Compil
31. PICC Command line Driver 2 1 OVERVIEW The command line driver is called PICC and is the application that can be invoked to perform all aspects of compilation including C code generation assembly and link steps Even if you use an IDE to assist with compilation the IDE will ultimately call PICC Although the compiler applications can be called explicitly from the command line using PICC is the recommended way to use the compiler as it hides the complexity of all the internal applications used and provides a consistent interface for all compilation steps This chapter describes the steps the driver takes during compilation files that the driver can accept and produce as well as the command line options that control the com piler s operation It also shows the relationship between these command line options and the controls in the MPLAB IDE Build Options dialog 2 2 INVOKING THE COMPILER This section looks at how to use PICC as well as the tasks that it and the internal appli cations perform during compilation PICC has the following basic command format PICC options files libraries It is assumed in this manual that the compiler applications are either in the console s search path or the full path is specified when executing any application The compiler s location can be added to the search path when installing the compiler by selecting the Add to environment checkbox in the install program It is conven
32. SIGNAT _add 8298 This function will have 4 bytes of parameters but does not need any local variables the assembly equivalent of C s auto variables All 4 bytes of parameters will be passed in via memory the w register will not be used for parameter passing See Section 3 4 2 Compiled Stack Operation for information on how parameters are passed DS51865A page 90 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features The FNSIZE directive informs the compiler as the memory required for the routine See Section 4 3 9 17 FNSIZE for more information on this directive We would need a directive such as this FNSIZE _add 0 4 to indicate that 4 parameter locations are required but 0 bytes of autos When this routine is called its parameters will be loaded into the parameter area by the calling function The return value of the function must be loaded to the same area by our routine before it returns Here is an example of the complete routine for a Mid Range device which could be placed into an assembly file and added to your project The GLOBAL FNSIZE and SIGNAT directives do not generator code and hence do not need to be inside the mytext psect although you can place them there if you prefer The BANKSEL directive and BANKMASK macro have been used to ensure that the correct bank was selected and that all addresses are masked to the appropriate size include lt aspic h gt GLOBAL _add _add make
33. TABLE 4 8 LIST CONTROL OPTIONS List Option Default Description c nnn 80 Set the page i e column width n nnn 59 Set the page length t ON OFF OFF Truncate listing output lines The default wraps lines p lt processor gt n a Set the processor type r lt radix gt HEX Set the default radix to HEX dec or oct x ON OFF OFF Turn macro expansion on or off See also the NOLIST control in Section 4 3 10 7 NOLIST 4 3 10 5 NOCOND Using this control will prevent conditional code from being included in the assembly list file output See also the COND control in Section 4 3 10 1 COND 4 3 10 6 NOEXPAND The NOEXPAND control disables macro expansion in the assembly list file The macro call will be listed instead See also the EXPAND control in Section 4 3 10 2 EXPAND Assembly macro are discussed in Section 4 3 9 20 MACRO and ENDM 4 3 10 7 NOLIST This control turns the listing output off from this point onward See also the LIST control in Section 4 3 10 4 LIST DS51865A page 130 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler 4 3 10 8 NOXREF The NOXREF control will disable generation of the rawcross reference file See also the XREF control in Section 4 3 10 13 XREF 4 3 10 9 PAGE The PAGE control causes a new page to be started in the listing output A Control L form feed character will also cause a new page when encoun
34. The DELTA option of a psect has been redefined more than once in the same module 870 argument to pad psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s DAD option must be a non zero positive integer 871 argument to space psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s space option must be a positive constant number e g PSECT text class CODE space 1l space values start at zero 872 psect flag space redefined Assembler The space flag to the PSECT assembler directive is different from a previous PSECT directive eg psect spdata class RAM space 0 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM space 1 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 309 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 873 a psect may only be in one class Assembler You cannot assign a psect to more than one class The psect was defined differently at this point than when it was defined elsewhere A psect s class is specified via a flag as in the following psect text class CODE Look for other psect definitions that specify a different class name 874 a psect may only have one with option Assembler A psect can only be placed with one other psect A psect s with option is specified via a flag as in the following psect bss with data Look for other psect definitions that specify a diff
35. The exp routine returns the exponential function of its argument i e e to the power of f DS51865A page 186 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f fot f 0 0 y lt 5 y f 1 0 printf to 1 0f Sf n f exp f See Also log 10g10 pow FABS Synopsis include lt math h gt double fabs double f Description This routine returns the absolute value of its double argument Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf f f n fabs 1 5 fabs 1 5 See Also abs labs FLASH_COPY Synopsis include lt htc h gt void flash_copy const unsigned char source_addr unsigned char length unsigned short dest_addr Description This utility function is useful for copying a large section of memory to a new location in Flash memory Note it is only applicable to those devices which have an internal set of Flash buffer registers 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 187 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide When the function is called it needs to be supplied with a const pointer to the source address of the data to copy The pointer may point to a valid address in either RAM or Flash memory A length parameter must be specified to indicate the number of words of the data to be copied Finally the Flash addre
36. This option is applied if compiling using PICC the command line driver and the ERRORS driver option see Section 2 7 28 ERRORS Maximum Number of Errors See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information about the compiler s messaging system 6 4 10 MSGDISABLE message numbers Disable Messages This option is mainly used by the command line driver PICC to disable particular message numbers It takes a comma separate list of message numbers that will be disabled during compilation This option is applied if compiling using PICC the command line driver and the MSGDISABLE driver option see Section 2 7 37 MSGDISABLE Disable Warn ing Messages See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information about the compiler s messaging system 6 4 11 VER Print Version Number This option prints information relating to the version and build of CREF CREF will termi nate after processing this option even if other options and files are present on the com mand line 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 155 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 6 5 CROMWELL The CROMWELL utility converts code and symbol files into different formats These files are typically used by debuggers and allow source level debugging of code The output formats available are shown in Table 6 5 TABLE 6 5 CROMWELL FORMAT TYPES
37. Wrap PSECU c s 3d s2c beedi ides REESEN 85 resetbits RUNTIME suboption AA 18 RETLW instruction sra eaei 76 return values iinne a a a 79 Totale Operator iiniu tinseteereesesersae d se 82 round fUNCHION 2 0 acne ee 211 runtime environment ee eeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeeeaes 43 runtime StartUp code c ccceeeeeeeteeeeeeees 17 84 143 assembly listing AA 33 preserving Variables AA 66 Variable initialization eee eeeseeeesseeeeesneeeeeees 17 runtime startup module sssrin 43 S SCale Value nui nh ee N 119 search path header files sciigis ennetek edhe Gee 29 segment SEICCHON eeeeceeceeeeeeeseceteenseteneeeeesseeees 138 SCOMENIS 2 Hh NA EEE tase eee 138 serial pnumbere 43 165 embedding E 165 SET directive EREA TAEA 112 122 Gul eh iere 212 Shadow registers A 86 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 341 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Shift Operations ainnean 82 shifting S N OXtONSION EE 82 shor INU TYPOS siccicsestsesiasieatcecpacecsedencaseedeeatebesesaeatarss 61 short long types eee eeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeeeesneeees 61 short TyPeS tiie a eae 61 SIGNAT directe 90 105 129 signatures CHECKING EE 104 COMMING ct eet te EE 129 ll E 104 VEER Ee eat ad en Med hast 129 SIN TUNCUION iiir ionan gece ge deg ege EEedhe EE 213 single step compilation ee eeeeeeeeteeeeeneeeees 12 13 Sinh FUNCTION si ce ndbese si shag tevez stactensghiesd
38. Xiamen Tel 86 592 2388138 Fax 86 592 2388130 China Xian Tel 86 29 8833 7252 Fax 86 29 8833 7256 China Zhuhai Tel 86 756 3210040 Fax 86 756 3210049 ASIA PACIFIC India Bangalore Tel 91 80 3090 4444 Fax 91 80 3090 4080 India New Delhi Tel 91 11 4160 8631 Fax 91 11 4160 8632 India Pune Tel 91 20 2566 1512 Fax 91 20 2566 1513 Japan Yokohama Tel 81 45 471 6166 Fax 81 45 471 6122 Korea Daegu Tel 82 53 744 4301 Fax 82 53 744 4302 Korea Seoul Tel 82 2 554 7200 Fax 82 2 558 5932 or 82 2 558 5934 Malaysia Kuala Lumpur Tel 60 3 6201 9857 Fax 60 3 6201 9859 Malaysia Penang Tel 60 4 227 8870 Fax 60 4 227 4068 Philippines Manila Tel 63 2 634 9065 Fax 63 2 634 9069 Singapore Tel 65 6334 8870 Fax 65 6334 8850 Taiwan Hsin Chu Tel 886 3 6578 300 Fax 886 3 6578 370 Taiwan Kaohsiung Tel 886 7 536 4818 Fax 886 7 536 4803 Taiwan Taipei Tel 886 2 2500 6610 Fax 886 2 2508 0102 Thailand Bangkok Tel 66 2 694 1351 Fax 66 2 694 1350 EUROPE Austria Wels Tel 43 7242 2244 39 Fax 43 7242 2244 393 Denmark Copenhagen Tel 45 4450 2828 Fax 45 4485 2829 France Paris Tel 33 1 69 53 63 20 Fax 33 1 69 30 90 79 Germany Munich Tel 49 89 627 144 0 Fax 49 89 627 144 44 Italy Milan Tel 39 0331 742611 Fax 39 0331 466781 Netherlands Drunen Tel 31 416 690399 Fax 31 416 690340 Spain Madrid Tel 34 91 708 08 90 Fax 34 91 708
39. are con catenated by the compiler Thus const char cp hello world will assign the pointer with the address of the string hello world 3 3 3 Bit Data Types and Variables HI TECH C Compiler for PIC 10 12 16 MCUs supports bit integral types which can hold the values 0 or 1 Single bit variables or booleans may be declared using the keyword bit for example bit init_flag Boolean variables cannot be auto or parameters to a function but can be qualified static allowing them to be defined locally within a function For example int func void static bit flame_on EE A function may return a bit object by using the bit keyword in the function s prototype in the usual way The boolean will be returned in the carry flag in the STATUS register The bit variables behave in most respects like normal unsigned char variables but they may only contain the values 0 and 1 and therefore provide a convenient and effi cient method of storing boolean flags Eight boolean objects are packed into each byte of memory storage so they don t consume large amounts of internal RAM Operations on bit objects are performed using the single bit instructions ar and bcf wherever possible thus the generated code to access bit objects is very effi cient It is not possible to declared a pointer to bit types or assign the address of a bit object to any pointer Nor is it possible to statically initialise bit variables so they must b
40. bad common spec in P option Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details DS51865A page 290 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 682 this architecture is not supported by the PICC Lite compiler Code Generator A target device other than baseline mid range or high end was specified This compiler only supports devices from these architecture families 683 bank 1 variables are not supported by the PICC Lite compiler Code Generator A variable with an absolute address located in bank 1 was detected This compiler does not support code generation of variables in this bank 684 bank 2 and 3 variables are not supported by the PICC Lite compiler Code Generator A variable with an absolute address located in bank 2 or 3 was detected This compiler does not support code generation of variables in these banks 685 bad putwsize Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 686 bad switch size Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 687 bad pushreg Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 688 bad popreg Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 689 unknown predicate Co
41. bytes of space available in one block and 0x30 available in another block Neither of these are large enough to accom modate the psect text which is 0x34 bytes long Notice however that the total amount of memory available is larger than 0x34 bytes 492 attempt to position absolute psect is illegal Linker This psect is absolute and should not have an address specified in a P option Either remove the abs psect flag or remove the P linker option 493 origin of psect is defined more than once Linker The origin of this psect is defined more than once There is most likely more than one p linker option specifying this psect 494 bad P format Linker The P option given to the linker is malformed This option specifies placement of a psect e g Ptext 10g0h Maybe you meant Ptext 10f0h 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 283 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 495 use of both with and INCLASS INCLASS allocation is illegal Linker It is not legal to specify both the link and location of a psect as within a class when that psect was also defined using a with psect flag 497 psect exceeds max size h gt h Linker The psect has more bytes in it than the maximum allowed as specified using the size psect flag 498 psect exceeds address limit h gt h Linker The maximum address of the psect exceeds the limit placed on it using the Limit
42. cp is incremented over inputData and used to read values there User defined absolute objects will not be cleared by the runtime startup code and can be placed over the top of other absolute variables Take care when comparing subtracting pointers for example if cpl cp2 take appropriate action The ANSI C standard only allows pointer comparisons when the two pointer targets are the same object The address may extend to one element past the end of an array 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 71 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Comparisons of pointers to integer constants are even more risky for example if cpl 0x246 take appropriate action In some cases pointers hold an address offset and if the pointer can reference objects in more than one memory space additional bits in the address will be used to distin guish which memory space is being accessed Thus a pointer which points to an object stored at address 0x246 in data memory may contain a different value to a pointer that points to a target located at address 0x246 in program memory In the above example the compiler will not know which memory space is being accessed and will not know how to translate the integer into the corresponding format used by cp1 Never compare pointers and integer constants ANULL pointer is the one instance where a constant value can be assigned to a pointer and this is handled correctly by the compiler A NULL
43. does they are evaluated at compile time At an ELSE the sense of the conditional compilation will be inverted while an ENDIF will terminate the conditional assembly block For example IF ABC GOTO aardvark ELSIF DEF GOTO denver ELSE GOTO grapes ENDIF In this example if ABC is non zero the first GOTO instruction will be assembled but not the second or third If ABC is zero and DEF is non zero the second GOTO instruction will be assembled but the first and third will not If both ABC and DEF are zero the third GOTO instruction will be assembled Note in the above example only one GOTO instruc tion will appear in the output which one will be determined by the values assigned to ABC and DEF Conditional assembly blocks may be nested 4 3 9 20 MACRO AND ENDM These directives provide for the definition of assembly macros optionally with argu ments See Section 4 3 9 5 EQU for simple association of a value with an identifier or Section 3 10 1 Preprocessor Directives for the preprocessor s define macro directive which can also work with arguments The MACRO directive should be preceded by the macro name and optionally followed by a comma separated list of formal arguments When the macro is used the macro name should be used in the same manner as a machine opcode followed by a list of arguments to be substituted for the forma
44. e g void fp int Ep Gs oops what function does fp point to 1089 recursive function call to Code Generator A recursive call to the specified function has been found The call may be direct or indi rect using function pointers and may be either a function calling itself or calling another function whose call graph includes the function under consideration 1090 variable is not used Code Generator This variable is declared but has not been used by the program Consider removing it from the program 1091 main function not defined Code Generator The main function has not been defined Every C program must have a function called main 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 321 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 1094 bad derived type Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1095 bad call to typeSub Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1096 type should be unqualified Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1097 unknown type string Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1098 conflicting declarations for variable Parser Code Generator Differing type infor
45. in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file contains an attribute that is not understood by this version of the compiler Has the chip configuration file or the driver been replaced with an equivalent component from another version of this compiler 1021 syntax error reading value in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file incorrectly defines the specified value for this device If you are modifying this file yourself take care and refer to the comments at the beginning of this file for a description on what type of values are expected here 1022 syntax error reading range in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file incorrectly defines the specified range for this device If you are modifying this file yourself take care and refer to the comments at the beginning of this file for a description on what type of values are expected here 1024 syntax error in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file contains a syntax error at the line specified 1025 unknown architecture in chipinfo file at line Driver The attribute at the line indicated defines an architecture that is unknown to this compiler 1026 missing architecture in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section without an ARCH values The architecture of the processor must be specified Contact HI TECH Support if the chipinfo
46. include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f f ldexp 1 0 10 printf 0 2 textasciicircum 10 f n f See Also frexp Return Value The return value is the integer i added to the exponent of the floating point value Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt ldiv_t ldiv long number long denom Description The 1div routine divides the numerator by the denominator computing the quotient and the remainder The sign of the quotient is the same as that of the mathematical quotient Its absolute value is the largest integer which is less than the absolute value of the mathematical quotient The 1div function is similar to the div function the difference being that the arguments and the members of the returned structure are all of type long int Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void ldiv_t Lt lt ldiv 1234567 12345 printf ld remainder ld n 1lt quot lt rem See Also div uldiv udiv Return Value Returns a structure of type ldiv_t 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 197 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide LOCALTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt struct tm localtime time_t t Description The localtime function converts the time pointed to by t which is in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 into a broken down time stored in a structu
47. int a if a oops a has never been assigned a value process 749 unknown register name used with pragma Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 750 constant operand to or amp amp Code Generator One operand to the logical operators or amp amp is a constant Check the expression for missing or badly placed parentheses This message may also occur if the global opti mizer is enabled and one of the operands is an auto or static local variable whose value has been tracked by the code generator e g int a a 6 if a bi a is 6 therefore this is always true DEt 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 297 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 751 arithmetic overflow in constant expression Code Generator A constant expression has been evaluated by the code generator that has resulted in a value that is too big for the type of the expression The most common code to trigger this warning is assignments to signed data types For example signed char c c OxFF As a signed 8 bit quantity c can only be assigned values 128 to 127 The constant is equal to 255 and is outside this range If you mean to set all bits in this variable then use either of c 0x0 c l which will set all the bits in the variable regardless of the size of the variable and without warning This warning can also be t
48. lt stdarg h gt void va start va_list ap parmN type va_arg ap type void va_end va_list ap Description These macros are provided to give access in a portable way to parameters to a function represented in a prototype by the ellipsis symbol where type and number of arguments supplied to the function are not known at compile time The right most parameter to the function shown as parmn plays an important role in these macros as it is the starting point for access to further parameters In a function taking variable numbers of arguments a variable of type va_list should be declared then the macro va_start invoked with that variable and the name of parm This will initialize the variable to allow subsequent calls of the macro va_arg to access suc cessive parameters Each call to va_arg requires two arguments the variable previously defined and a type name which is the type that the next parameter is expected to be Note that any arguments thus accessed will have been widened by the default conventions to int unsigned int or double For example if a character argument has been passed it should be accessed by va_arg ap int since the char will have been widened to int An example is given below of a function taking one integer parameter followed by a number of other parameters In this example the function expects the subsequent parameters to be pointers to char but note that the compiler is not aware of this a
49. psect flag Either the psect needs to be linked at a different location or there is too much code data in the psect 499 undefined symbol Assembler Linker The symbol following is undefined at link time This could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 500 undefined symbols Linker A list of symbols follows that were undefined at link time These errors could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 501 program entry point is defined more than once Linker There is more than one entry point defined in the object files given the linker End entry point is specified after the END directive The runtime startup code defines the entry point e g powerup goto start END powerup end of file and defin ntry point other files that use END should not define another entry point 502 incomplete record body length Linker An object file contained a record with an illegal size This probably means the file is truncated or not an object file Contact HI TECH Support with details 503 ident records do not match Linker The object files passed to the linker do not have matching ident records This means they are for different processor types 504 object code version is greater than Linker The object code version of an object module is higher than the highest version the linker is known to work with Check that you are using the corr
50. shifted if it is position independent 6 6 1 2 PREFIX When the operator precedes an argument or input file the data obtained from that source will be forced into the output file and will overwrite another other data existing at that address range For example input HEX STRING 1000 My string DS51865A page 160 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Utilities Ordinarily HEXMATE will issue an error if two sources try to store differing data at the same location Using the operator informs HEXMATE that if more than one data source tries to store data to the same address the one specified with a prefix will take priority 6 6 1 3 ADDRESSING By default all address arguments in HEXMATE options expect that values will be entered as byte addresses In some device architectures the native addressing format may be something other than byte addressing In these cases it would be much simpler to be able to enter address components in the device s native format To facilitate this the ADDRESSING option is used This option takes exactly one parameter which configures the number of bytes con tained per address location If for example a device s program memory naturally used a 16 bit 2 byte word addressing format the option ADDRESSING 2 will configure HEXMATE to interpret all command line address fields as word addresses The affect of this setting is global and all HEXMATE o
51. strtod buf amp end in2 strtod end NULL printf comps S Sf n inl in2 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 225 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide See Also atof Return Value Returns a double representing the floating point value of the converted input string STRTOL Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt double strtol const char s const char res int base Description Parse the string s converting it to a long integer type This function converts the first occurrence of a substring of the input that is made up of characters of the expected form after skipping leading white space characters The radix of the input is determined from base If this is zero then the radix defaults to base 10 If res is not NULL it will be made to point to the first character after the converted sub string Example include lt stdio h gt include lt strlib h gt void main void char buf 0x299 0x792 char end long inl in2 inl strtol buf Send 16 in2 strtol end NULL 16 printf decimal ld ld n inl in2 See Also strtod Return Value Returns a long int representing the value of the converted input string using the specified base STRTOK Synopsis include lt string h gt char strtok char sl const char s2 DS51865A page 226 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions TAN Description A number of calls to st rtok brea
52. this requires an psect to redirect maybe you meant something like pragma psect text specialtext DS51865A page 248 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 218 missing name after pragma inline Parser The inline pragma expects the name of a function to follow The function name must be recognized by the code generator for it to be expanded other functions are not altered e g pragma inline what is the function name maybe you meant something like pragma inline memcpy 219 missing name after pragma printf_check Parser The print f_check pragma expects the name of a function to follow This specifies printf style format string checking for the function e g pragma printf_check what function is to be checked Maybe you meant something like pragma printf_check sprintf Pragmas for all the standard printf like function are already contained in lt stdio h gt 220 exponent expected Parser A floating point constant must have at least one digit after the e or E e g Float f f 1 234e oops what is the exponent 221 hexadecimal digit expected Parser After 0x should follow at least one of the HEX digits 0 9 and A F or a f e g a Oxg6 oops was that meant to be a Oxf6 222 binary digit expected Parser A binary digit was expected following the 0b format specifier e g i Obf000 oops 000 is not a base two value 223 digit out of range
53. value supplied keep Whether the start up module source The start up module and main file is deleted after compilation program are not deleted resetbits Preserve Power down and Time out STATUS bits are preserved STATUS bits at start up stackwarn Checking the depth of the stack The stack depth is monitored at used compile time and a warning will be produced if a potential stack overflow is detected stackcall Allow function calls to use the Functions called via CALL instruc hardware stack tion while stack not exhausted 2 7 51 SCANDEP Scan for Dependencies When this option is used a dep dependency file is generated The dependency file lists those files on which the source file is dependant Dependencies result when one file is included into another 2 7 52 This option allows a hexadecimal code to be stored at a particular address in program memory A typical task for this option might be to position a serial number in program memory SERIAL Store a Value at this Program Memory Address The byte width of data to store is determined by the byte width of the hexcode param eter in the option For example to store a one byte value 0 at program memory address 1000h use SERIAL 00 1000 To store the same value as a four byte quantity use SERTAL 00000000 1000 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 43 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide This option is fun
54. 08 91 UK Wokingham Tel 44 118 921 5869 Fax 44 118 921 5820 03 26 09 DS51865A page 344 2009 Microchip Technology Inc
55. 10 Did you forget the radix GA f0h 10 436 psect re orged Linker This psect has had its start address specified more than once 437 missing in class spec Linker A class spec needs an sign e g Ctext ROM See Section Cpsect class for more information 438 bad size in S option Linker The address given in a s specification is invalid it should be a valid number in deci mal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing Oo for octal or H for HEX A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is the default e g SCODE 000 Did you forget the radix SCODE 000h 439 bad D spec Linker The format of a D specification giving a delta value to a class is invalid e g DCODE What is the delta value for this class Maybe you meant something like DCODE 2 440 bad delta value in D spec Linker The delta value supplied to a D specification is invalid This value should an integer of base 8 10 or 16 441 bad A spec Linker The format of a A specification giving address ranges to the linker is invalid e g ACODE What is the range for this class Maybe you meant ACODE 0h 1fffh 442 missing address in A spec Linker The format of a A specification giving address ranges to the linker is invalid e g ACODE What is the range for this class Maybe you meant
56. 285 no identifier in declaration Parser The identifier is missing in this declaration This error can also occur where the compiler has been confused by such things as missing closing braces eg void interrupt void what is the name of this function 286 declarator too complex Parser This declarator is too complex for the compiler to handle Examine the declaration and find a way to simplify it If the compiler finds it too complex so will anybody maintaining the code 287 arrays of bits or pointers to bit are illegal Parser It is not legal to have an array of bits or a pointer to bit variable e g bit barray 10 wrong no bit arrays bit bp wrong no pointers to bit variables 288 only functions may be void Parser A variable may not be void Only a function can be void e g int a void b this makes no sense 289 only functions may be qualified interrupt Parser The qualifier interrupt may not be applied to anything except a function e g variables cannot be qualified interrupt interrupt int input 290 illegal function qualifier s Parser A qualifier has been applied to a function which makes no sense in this context Some qualifier only make sense when used with an Ivalue e g const or volatile This may indicate that you have forgotten out a star indicating that the function should return a pointer to a qualified object e g const char ccrv
57. 4 byte sizes Table 3 1 shows the data types and their corresponding size and arithmetic type The default type for each type is underlined These types are further described in Section 3 3 3 Bit Data Types and Variables through Section 3 3 8 Floating Point Types and Variables TABLE 3 1 BASIC DATA TYPES Type Size bits Arithmetic Type bit 1 Unsigned integer signed char 8 Signed integer unsigned char 8 Unsigned integer signed short 16 Signed integer unsigned short 16 Unsigned integer signed int 16 Signed integer unsigned int 16 Unsigned integer signed short long 24 Signed integer unsigned short long 24 Unsigned integer signed long 32 Signed integer unsigned long 32 Unsigned integer float 24 Real double 24 or 32 Real 3 3 1 Object Size Arrays of any type including arrays of aggregate types are fully supported So too are the structure and union aggregate types see 3 3 9 Structures and Unions When compiling for enhanced Mid Range PIC devices the size of an object array or aggregate object is typically limited only by the total available data memory Single objects which will not fit into any of the available general purpose RAM ranges will be allocated memory in several RAM banks The memory locations taken up by such objects would normally be considered as non contiguous for any assembly code which uses direct addressing but can be arranged using
58. 47 109 el EE 23 OUTDIR DE 39 46 formattiNg EE 36 QUPPUT erer eege Eed 8 39 49 lANQUAQE EE 37 Pi bloe AE A 31 47 HR ee tas ere 151 PASS diate ees ee aM Lee ee te 40 MAXIMUM number Of 36 RES deet ege geleed A0 eval_poly FUNCTION 0 0 eee eeeneeeeeeneeeesteeeeeeneereneeeens 186 PROTO EE A0 OXP TUNCHON seis gerges ege 186 E Zeg Eege EE RER 31 EXPAND contra 126 130 RAM Sched ee Lee ee ie he eh ot ee 41 50 OXPONEN AA E EEE eege ee 62 DEM fechdesces eegne ee en 42 50 expressions RUNTIME ossai 17 43 48 57 80 ASSEMDI E 116 EE 32 relocatable 22 ce eeceeeseceeeeeeceenseceesseeeteseeenensees 116 SCHAN DER Au egefzeegeedehien d ated ed thes 43 F SERIAL ea Se al ea ins 43 SETOPTION occcccccccccccceccecccececcececcccesececeeseseeece 107 F constant Suffix eee cceceeeeceeeeeeeeessseceeeeeeeeseanenens 59 ET Pierre EE 22 37 EISE Tue e RE 187 SHOU e 44 fastcall qualifier EEN 80 STRICT EE 44 fatal error MESSAGES EE 23 SUMMARY o ccccccccccccccececcececcececceccececeececeeces 44 49 fcall pseudo Imstruchon 112 anI E ere tt weal E E AE A 45 UR te TEE 8 E 32 47 file formats EE 32 38 47 assembly eebe 33 WABN amp reset dott heck cde Gea eas 24 45 47 Avocet SYMDOI A 141 WARNFORMAT ccccccccccccecccececcecceccecees 24 36 45 command EE 151 LEE 32 creating with rormwell 156 driver options cross reference le 35 108 153 general format eege 27 Cross reference liStINGS e 35 Hee Be Seeded tes cei earl ENN
59. 7 in conjunction with the following command line option equivalents FIGURE 2 7 THE LINKER TAB Directories Custom Build Trace Driver Compiler Linker Global Runtime options Linker options 2 IV Clear bss Fill 3 r fa Codeotfset 4 I Initialize data I Keep generated startup as Checksum 5 H Errata g f fi 6 I Format hex file for download Vectors e CH 7 E Ha j Callgraph Short fom zl v O IV Warn on stack overflow Debugger Noe E 8 a _ E Trace type 9 r e Stack size Specific size r A 10 r E Prog Heap size F Link in C Library Eege 11 E o E Frequency 12 I Extend address 0 in HEX fil xtend address 0 in ile 13 Interrupt options Summary options Tl Display psect usage Number of vectors 4 F Display class usage E EEGEN M Display overall memory usage 15 T Display HEX usage map Type of vector x Crea 1 Runtime options These checkboxes control the many runtime features the com piler can employ See Section 2 7 50 RUNTIME Specify Runtime Environ ment 2 Fill This field allows a fill value to be specified for unused memory locations See Section 2 7 29 FILL Fill Unused Program Memory 3 Codeoffset This field allows an offset for the program to be specified See Section 2 7 22 CODEOFFSET Offset Program Code to Address 4 Checksum This field allows the checksum specification to be specified See Section 2 7 19 CHECKSUM Calculate a checksum
60. A structure or union has been defined more than once e g struct int a ms struct int a ms was this meant to be the same name as above 263 members can t be functions Parser A member of a structure or a union may not be a function It may be a pointer toa function e g Struct f int a int get int should be a pointer int get int object 264 bad bitfield type Parser A bitfield may only have a type of int signed or unsigned e g struct FREG char b0 1 these must be part of an int not char char 26 char b7 1 freg 265 integer constant expected Parser A colon appearing after a member name in a structure declaration indicates that the member is a bitfield An integral constant must appear after the colon to define the number of bits in the bitfield e g struct unsigned first oops should be unsigned first unsigned second my_struct If this was meant to be a structure with bitfields then the following illustrates an example struct unsigned first 4 4 bits wide unsigned second 4 another 4 bits my_struct 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 255 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 266 storage class illegal Parser A structure or union member may not be given a storage class Its storage class is determined by the storage class of the structure e g Struct J no additional
61. Address www microchip com Atlanta Duluth GA Tel 678 957 9614 Fax 678 957 1455 Boston Westborough MA Tel 774 760 0087 Fax 774 760 0088 Chicago Itasca IL Tel 630 285 0071 Fax 630 285 0075 Cleveland Independence OH Tel 216 447 0464 Fax 216 447 0643 Dallas Addison TX Tel 972 818 7423 Fax 972 818 2924 Detroit Farmington Hills MI Tel 248 538 2250 Fax 248 538 2260 Kokomo Kokomo IN Tel 765 864 8360 Fax 765 864 8387 Los Angeles Mission Viejo CA Tel 949 462 9523 Fax 949 462 9608 Santa Clara Santa Clara CA Tel 408 961 6444 Fax 408 961 6445 Toronto Mississauga Ontario Canada Tel 905 673 0699 Fax 905 673 6509 ASIA PACIFIC Asia Pacific Office Suites 3707 14 37th Floor Tower 6 The Gateway Harbour City Kowloon Hong Kong Tel 852 2401 1200 Fax 852 2401 3431 Australia Sydney Tel 61 2 9868 6733 Fax 61 2 9868 6755 China Beijing Tel 86 10 8528 2100 Fax 86 10 8528 2104 China Chengdu Tel 86 28 8665 5511 Fax 86 28 8665 7889 China Hong Kong SAR Tel 852 2401 1200 Fax 852 2401 3431 China Nanjing Tel 86 25 8473 2460 Fax 86 25 8473 2470 China Qingdao Tel 86 532 8502 7355 Fax 86 532 8502 7205 China Shanghai Tel 86 21 5407 5533 Fax 86 21 5407 5066 China Shenyang Tel 86 24 2334 2829 Fax 86 24 2334 2393 China Shenzhen Tel 86 755 8203 2660 Fax 86 755 8203 1760 China Wuhan Tel 86 27 5980 5300 Fax 86 27 5980 5118 China
62. DS51865A page 329 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide NOTES DS51865A page 330 2009 Microchip Technology Inc MICROCHIP HI TECH C FOR PIC10 12 16 USER S GUIDE Index Symbols Ank TICS erte eee ee ei ee A 136 eeng Ee cing te easements Rah 126 UN 15 135 149 _ assembly label character 114 EE EE EE 33 __ BXxxx type SYMbOIS eeseeseesesseseeseesesseseeseseeseees 105 IMAP AUT 143 CONFIG maen 52 167 Obj files en 11 14 105 110 139 149 151 DATE MACIO EECHER 99 opt UE 108 DEBUG MACO et at ee Eh othe ot 142 DI iE AEN EEN 7 1 1 40 149 __delay_ms IMAGO EE DEE 168 pre DEE ee e 1 1 40 delay EE EE 168 ONO E UE A0 EERRBOM DATA maer 53 168 NDT feet ees 20 29 138 140 FILE MACIO cevececcecceccccceccccccccececccecceccceecescescesees 98 address construct ccccccceesecceecsesteeeeeesssseeeeeees 77 __HXxxx type SYMDOIS oo eee es eseseeeeeeseeeeeeenees 105 command file specifier En 9 136 IDLOC o Ee 52 169 psect address symbol EE 140 oora A 52 169 command file character 9 WINE EE eege eeh 98 amp macro concatenation character 00 113 126 __LXXxXxx type SYMbOIS oo ee cseeseeseeseseseseseseeseesees 105 amp amp bitwise AND operator ssssssssenesesenreessrerreeeernee 113 MPLAB ICD maer 98 asm directive ccceeeeeeesesssnsessseseeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 92 OE maer 98 define directive cccssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesens 28 Dowerdown
63. FNSIZE The FNSIZE directive is used by the code generator when building the call graph and assigning addresses to the variable and argument areas The information is passed to the code generator by the driver after scanning object files being compiled See Section 3 9 4 Interaction between Assembly and C Code for how this mechanism works This directive takes the form FNSIZE func local args The named function has a local variable area and argument area as specified for example FNSIZE _fred 10 5 means the routine _fred has 10 bytes of local variables and 5 bytes of arguments DS51865A page 124 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler 4 3 9 18 FNROOT This directive tells the assembler that a function is a root function and thus forms the root of a call graph It could either be the C main function or an interrupt function For example the C main module produce the directive FNROOT _main This directive is obsolete and should not be used 4 3 9 19 IF ELSIF ELSE AND ENDIF These directives implement conditional assembly The argument to IF and ELSIF should be an absolute expression If it is non zero then the code following it up to the next matching ELSE ELSIF or ENDIF will be assembled If the expression is zero then the code up to the next matching ELSE or ENDIF will be skipped These directives do not implement a runtime conditional statement in the same way that the C statement if
64. HI TECH activation server via the network 1190 FAE license only not for use in commercial applications Driver Indicates that this compiler has been activated with an FAE license This license does not permit the product to be used for the development of commercial applications 1191 licensed for educational use only Driver Indicates that this compiler has been activated with an education license The educa tional license is only available to educational facilities and does not permit the product to be used for the development of commercial applications 1192 licensed for evaluation purposes only Driver Indicates that this compiler has been activated with an evaluation license 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 323 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 1193 this licence will expire on Driver The compiler has been installed as a time limited trial This trial will end on the date specified 1195 invalid syntax for option Driver A command line option that accepts additional parameters was given inappropriate data or insufficient data For example an option may expect two parameters with both being integers Passing a string as one of these parameters or supplying only one parameter could result in this error 1198 too many specifications maximum Hexmate This option has been specified too many times If possible try performing these operations over several command l
65. ICD 2 in circuit debugger or the MPLAB SIM simulator The compiler also integrates into HI TIDE This is an IDE based on Eclipse and is available for Windows Linux and Mac OS X platforms 1 2 CONVENTIONS Throughout this manual the term the compiler is often used It can refer to either all or some subset of the collection of applications that form the HI TECH C Compiler for P1IC10 12 16 MCUs Often it is not important to know for example whether an action is performed by the parser or code generator application and it is sufficient to say it was performed by the compiler It is also reasonable for the compiler to refer to the command line driver or just driver as this is the application that is always executed to invoke the compilation process The driver for the HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs package is called PICC The driver and its options are discussed in Chapter 1 HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs Following this view compiler options should be considered command line driver options unless otherwise specified in this manual Similarly compilation refers to all or some part of the steps involved in generating source code into an executable binary image 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 5 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide NOTES DS51865A page 6 2009 Microchip Technology Inc HI TECH CS FOR PIC10 12 16 MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 2
66. Key Format cod Bytecraft COD file coff COFF file format elf ELF DWAPF file eomf51 Extended OMF 51 format hitech HI TECH Software format icoff ICOFF file format ihex Intel HEX file format mcoff Microchip COFF file format omf51 OMF 51 file format pe P amp E file format s19 Motorola HEX file format The CROMWELL application is automatically executed by the command line driver when required The following information is required if running the application manually The general form of the CROMWELL command is CROMWELL options inputFiles okey outputFile where options can be any of the options shown in Table 6 6 TABLE 6 6 CROMWELL COMMAND LINE OPTIONS Option Description Pnamef architecture Processor name and architecture N Identify code classes D Dump input file C Identify input files only F Fake local symbols as global Okey Set the output format Ikey Set the input format L List the available formats E Strip file extensions B Specify big endian byte ordering e Strip underscore character V Verbose mode EDF path Specify message file location EMAX number Specify maximum number of errors MSGDISABLE 1ist Specify disabled messages VER Print version number and stop The outputFile optional is the name of the output file The inputFiles are typically the HEX and SYM file CROMWELL automatically searches for the SDB files
67. Messages See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information about the compiler s messaging system 6 5 16 VER Print Version Number This option printed information relating to the version and build of CROMWELL CROMWELL will terminate after processing this option even if other options and files are present on the command line DS51865A page 158 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Utilities 6 6 HEXMATE The HEXMATE utility is a program designed to manipulate Intel HEX files HEXMATE is a post link stage utility which is automatically invoked by the compiler driver and that provides the facility to Calculate and store variable length checksum values Fill unused memory locations with known data sequences Merge multiple Intel HEX files into one output file Convert INHX32 files to other INHX formats e g INHX8M Detect specific or partial opcode sequences within a HEX file Find replace specific or partial opcode sequences Provide a map of addresses used in a HEX file Change or fix the length of data records in a HEX file Validate checksums within Intel HEX files Typical applications for HEXMATE might include e Merging a bootloader or debug module into a main application at build time Calculating a checksum over a range of program memory and storing its value in program memory or EEPROM Filling unused memory locations with an instruction to send the PC to
68. Parser Where a non prototyped function has a parameter declared as float the compiler converts this into a double float This is because the default C type conversion conventions provide that when a floating point number is passed to a non prototyped function it will be converted to double It is important that the function declaration be consistent with this convention e g double inc_flt f will be converted to double float E warning flagged here return 2 353 sizeof external array is zero Parser The size of an external array evaluates to zero This is probably due to the array not having an explicit dimension in the extern declaration 354 possible pointer truncation Parser A pointer qualified far has been assigned to a default pointer or a pointer qualified near or a default pointer has been assigned to a pointer qualified near This may result in truncation of the pointer and loss of information depending on the memory model in use 355 implicit signed to unsigned conversion Parser A signed number is being assigned or otherwise converted to a larger unsigned type Under the ANSI C value preserving rules this will result in the signed value being first sign extended to a signed number the size of the target type then con verted to unsigned which involves no change in bit pattern Thus an unexpected sign extension can occur To ensure this does not happen first convert the s
69. Parser Assembler A digit in this number is out of range of the radix for the number e g using the digit 8 in an octal number or HEX digits A F in a decimal number An octal number is denoted by the digit string commencing with a zero while a HEX number starts with OX or Ox For example int a 058 leading 0 implies octal which has digits 0 7 224 illegal directive Parser An illegal preprocessor has been detected Likely a directive has been misspelled in your code somewhere 225 missing character in character constant Parser The character inside the single quotes is missing e g char c the character value of what 226 char const too long Parser A character constant enclosed in single quotes may not contain more than one character e g c 12 oops only one character may be specified 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 249 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 227 expected after Parser The only context in which two successive dots may appear is as part of the ellipsis sym bol which must have 3 dots An ellipsis is used in function prototypes to indicate a variable number of parameters Either was meant to be an ellipsis symbol which would require you to add an extra dot or it was meant to be a structure member operator which would require you remove one dot 228 illegal character Parser This character is
70. Q GSO TUNCHON serge AR Maes eset ee 210 qualfier e Lu 33 DEE A AE TETEA 33 qualfiier Ee EE 80 qualifer bank 2 ae aii Ab ei 67 aper hd lett erst 67 qualifier SEN eE EE A Eege dE 72 baart nc aiidieh eee thie 67 aper 67 DAN KS ici hat Sis hw atid ae ke 67 CONST EE E AEAT 65 elt E 56 COPLOM PEATE ETETE 33 55 ll Ge 86 WEE 66 Persistent 2s cacke siete ea a 18 66 SPOClal E A T 66 VOLTS e AE e Be Eech EE 65 113 qualifiers and auto vartables AAA 72 andiStr Ct re Sinoni n n e N 64 QUIGLIMNOOG EE 31 R radix specifiers EC 113 CG COdGs ee is ee tt ees EE 58 rand TUNCHION wits Seas Bates 211 RC oscillator Calibration cceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 56 read only variables A 65 rebuilding projects ccseeceseseeeeeseeeeseceeeseeeeeteees 13 reentrant functions onnnsnneessosssonnnnnernnersserrnnnne 73 87 registers in assembly Code AAA 115 special function eee eeeeteeeeeneeeeeneeteeneeeeeeee 115 regsused pragma directe 101 relative JUMP EE 114 reloc PSECT ag 121 relocatable object fles AAA 142 relocation information preserving viata eel vee 139 replacing library modules AA 104 REPT directive isis ccsteiiiannn leanne 127 reserving MEMOLY cccceceeeeeeeceeeesenteeeeeeees 34 41 42 reseta enne a sees alee EEN 66 code executed after neeese 17 19 determining Cause ee eeeeeeeeeseeeteeeeeeeeneeeeees 18 VOCIOM 2h ses sea tes eected eset EES Ee 34 reset vec DS At a el Sie ee eas 85 reset
71. RUNTIME Specify Runtime Environment At runtime this calibration value may be read using the macro _READ_OSCCAL_DATA To be able to use this macro make sure that lt htc h gt is included into the relevant modules of your program This macro returns the calibration constant which can then be stored into the OSCCAL register as follows OSCCAL _READ_OSCCAL_DATA Note The location which stores the calibration constant is never code protected and will be lost if you reprogram the device Thus if you are using a win dowed or Flash device the calibration constant must be saved from the last ROM location before it is erased The constant must then be reprogrammed at the same location along with the new program and data If you are using an in circuit emulator ICE the location used by the cali bration RETLW instruction may not be programmed Calling the _READ_OSCCAL_DATA macro will not work and will almost certainly not return correctly If you wish to test code that includes this macro on an ICE you will have to program a RETLW instruction at the appropriate location in program memory Remember to remove this instruction when programming the actual part so you do not destroy the calibration value DEER 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 57 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 3 3 SUPPORTED DATA TYPES AND VARIABLES The HI TECH C compiler supports basic data types with 1 2 3 and
72. TYPES USED IN FORMAT OPTION Type Description INHX8M Cannot program addresses beyond 64K INHX32 Can program addresses beyond 64K with extended linear address records INHX032 INHX32 with initialization of upper address to zero 6 6 1 11 HELP Using HELP will list all HEXMATE options By entering another HEXMATE option as a parameter of HELP will show a detailed help message for the given option For example HELP string will show additional help for the STRING HEXMATE option 6 6 1 12 LOGFILE The LOGFILE option saves HEX file statistics to the named file For example LOGFILE output log will analyze the HEX file that HEXMATE is generating and save a report to a file named output log 6 6 1 13 MASK Use this option to logically AND a memory range with a particular bitmask This is used to ensure that the unimplemented bits in program words if any are left blank The usage of this option is as follows MASK hexcode start end Where hexcode is a hexadecimal value that will be ANDed with data within the start to end address range Multibyte mask values can be entered in little endian byte order 6 6 1 14 OFILE The generated Intel HEX output will be created in this file For example Oprogram hex will save the resultant output to program hex The output file can take the same name as one of its input files but by doi
73. Technology Inc DS51865A page 239 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 131 illegal type combination in el if sizeof Preprocessor The preprocessor found an illegal type combination in the argument to sizeof ina if expression e g To sign or not to sign that is the error if sizeof signed unsigned int i OxFFFF endif 132 no type specified in el if sizeof Preprocessor Sizeof was used in a preprocessor if expression but no type was specified The argument to sizeof in a preprocessor expression must be a valid simple type or pointer to a simple type e g if sizeof oops size of what i 0 endif 133 unknown type code 0x in el if sizeof Preprocessor The preprocessor has made an internal error in evaluating a sizeof expression Check for a malformed type specifier This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 134 syntax error in el if sizeof Preprocessor The preprocessor found a syntax error in the argument to sizeof ina if expres sion Probable causes are mismatched parentheses and similar things e g if sizeof int 2 oops should be if sizeof int 2 i OxFFFF endif 135 unknown operator in if Preprocessor The preprocessor has tried to evaluate an expression with an operator it does not understand This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with de
74. Try re installing the compiler 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 311 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 902 no chip name specified use CHIPINFO to see available chip names Driver The driver was invoked without selecting what chip to build for Running the driver with the CHIPINFO option will display a list of all chips that could be selected to build for 904 illegal format specified in option Driver The usage of this option was incorrect Confirm correct usage with HELP or refer to the part of the manual that discusses this option 905 illegal application specified in option Driver The application given to this option is not understood or does not belong to the compiler 907 unknown memory space tag in option specification Driver A parameter to this memory option was a string but did not match any valid tags Refer to the section of this manual that describes this option to see what tags if any are valid for this device 908 exit status Driver One of the subcomponents being executed encountered a problem and returned an error code Other messages should have been reported by the subcomponent to explain the problem that was encountered 913 option may cause compiler errors in some standard header files Driver Using this option will invalidate some of the qualifiers used in the standard header files resulting in errors This issue and i
75. all interrupts Ef di disable all interrupts Note Never use this macro to re enable interrupts inside the interrupt function itself Interrupts are automatically re enabled by hardware on execution of the RETF TE instruction Re enabling interrupts inside an interrupt function may result in code failure 3 8 3 Function Duplication It is assumed by the compiler that an interrupt may occur at any time As all functions are not reentrant because of the dependance on the compiled stack for local objects see Section 3 4 2 Compiled Stack Operation if a function appears to be called by an interrupt function and by main line code this could normally lead to code failure HI TECH C has a feature which will duplicate the output associated with any function called from more than one call tree in the program s call graph There will be one call tree associated with main line code and one tree for the interrupt function if defined 1 The BTEMP register is a memory location allocated by the compiler but which is treated like a register for code generation purposes 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 87 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Main line code will call the original function s output and the interrupt will call the dupli cated function s output The duplication takes place only in the called function s output there is no duplication of the C source code itself
76. an expression inside an if or other conditional construct where a constant is being assigned to a variable This may mean you have inadvertently used an assignment instead of a compare e g int a b this can never be false always perform the true statement if a 4 b 6 will assign the value 4 to a then as the value of the assignment is always true the comparison can be omitted and the assignment to b always made Did you mean this can never be false always perform the true statement if a 4 b 6 which checks to see if a is equal to 4 759 expression generates no code Code Generator This expression generates no output code Check for things like leaving off the parentheses in a function call e g int fred fred this is valid but has no effect at all Some devices require that special function register need to be read to clear hardware flags To accommodate this in some instances the code generator does produce code for a statement which only consists of a variable ID This may happen for variables which are qualified as volatile Typically the output code will read the variable but not do anything with the value read 760 portion of expression has no effect Code Generator Part of this expression has no side effects and no effect on the value of the expression e g ant ap Dy Gs a bc 2 Ri has no effect was that meant to be a comma 761 sizeof yields 0
77. argument to option Driver This option does not accept additional data yet additional data was given Check the usage of this option 926 duplicate option Driver This option can only appear once but appeared more than once 928 bad option value Driver Assembler The indicated option was expecting a valid hexadecimal integer argument 929 bad option ranges Driver This option was expecting a parameter in a range format start_of_range end_of_range but the parameter did not conform to this syntax 930 bad option specification Driver The parameters to this option were not specified correctly Run the driver with HELP or refer to the driver s chapter in this manual to verify the correct usage of this option 931 command file not specified Driver Command file to this application expected to be found after or lt on the command line was not found 939 no file arguments Driver The driver has been invoked with no input files listed on its command line If you are getting this message while building through a third party IDE perhaps the IDE could not verify the source files to compile or object files to link and withheld them from the command line 940 bit checksum placed at Objtohex Presenting the result of the requested checksum calculation 941 bad assignment USAGE Hexmate An option to HEXMATE was incorrectly used or incomplete Follow the
78. array 0 sizeof array 0 sortem for i 0 i sizeof array sizeof array 0 i printf d t array i putchar n Note The function parameter must be a pointer to a function of type similar to int func const void const void i e it must accept two const void parameters and must be prototyped DS51865A page 210 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions RAND Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int rand void Description The rand function is a pseudo random number generator It returns an integer in the range 0 to 32767 which changes in a pseudo random fashion on each call The algo rithm will produce a deterministic sequence if started from the same point The starting point is set using the srand call The example shows use of the time function to generate a different starting point for the sequence each time Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t toc Ini dy time amp toc srand int toc for i 0 i 10 i printf d t rand putchar n See Also srand Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail ROUND Synopsis include lt math h gt double round double x Description The round function round the argument to the nearest integer value
79. as fastcall A fastcall qualified function will always be called via a CALL instruction Extreme care must be taken when functions are qualified fastcall since each nested fast call function call will use one word of available stack space Check the call graph depth in the assembly list file and monitor warning messages from the compiler to ensure that the stack will not overflow See Section 3 2 1 Stack for more information on the hardware return address stack The function prototype for a Baseline fastcall function might look something like fastcall void my_function int a 3 5 5 0 2 Mid Range PIC Devices The Mid Range PIC devices have a larger hardware stack and are thus allow a higher degree of function nesting These devices always use a CALL instruction when calling functions and the fastcall qualifier has no effect for such functions 3 5 6 Bank Selection within Functions A function can return with any RAM bank selected The compiler tracks the bank selections made in the generated code associated with each function even across function calls to other functions If the bank that is selected when a function returns can be determined the compiler will use this information to try to remove redundant bank selection instructions which might otherwise be inserted into the generated code The compiler will not be able to track the bank selected by routines written in assembly even if they are called from C code The comp
80. asin i 180 0 3 141592 printf f f degrees n i a See Also sin cos tan acos atan atan2 Return Value An angle in radians in the range x Synopsis include lt assert h gt void assert int e Description This macro is used for debugging purposes the basic method of usage is to place assertions liberally throughout your code at points where correct operation of the code depends upon certain conditions being true initially An assert routine may be used to ensure at run time that an assumption holds true For example the following statement asserts that the pointer tp is not equal to NULL assert tp If at run time the expression evaluates to false the program will abort with a message identifying the source file and line number of the assertion and the expression used as an argument to it A fuller discussion of the uses of assert is impossible in limited space but it is closely linked to methods of proving program correctness 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 173 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Example void ptrfunc struct xyz tp assert tp 0 Note When required for ROM based systems the underlying routine _fassert will need to be implemented by the user ATAN Synopsis include lt math h gt double atan double x Description This function returns the arc tangent of its argument i e it returns an angle e in the
81. automatic variables becomes invalid when the function returns e g char get_addr void char c returning this is dangerous the pointer could be dereferenced return amp C 366 operands of not same pointer type Parser The operands of this operator are of different pointer types This probably means you have used the wrong pointer but if the code is actually what you intended use a typecast to suppress the error message 367 identifier is already extern can t be static Parser This function was already declared extern possibly through an implicit declaration It has now been redeclared static but this redeclaration is invalid void main void at this point the compiler assumes set is extern set 10L 6 now it finds out otherwise static void set long a int b PORTA a b 368 array dimension on ignored Preprocessor An array dimension on a function parameter has been ignored because the argument is actually converted to a pointer when passed Thus arrays of any size may be passed Either remove the dimension from the parameter or define the parameter using pointer syntax e g H param should be int array or int int get_first int array 10 warning flagged here return array 0 369 signed bitfields not supported Parser Only unsigned bitfields are supported If a bitfield is declared to be type i
82. been truncated e g enum ZERO ONE BIG 0x99999999 test_case 701 unreasonable matching depth Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 702 regused bad arg to G Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 703 bad GN Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 704 bad RET_MASK Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 705 bad which after Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 706 bad which in expand Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 707 bad SX Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 708 bad mod for how Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 709 metaregister can t be used directly Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 710 bad U usage Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 200
83. bits wide and the code used to derefer ence the pointer will change accordingly This takes place without any modification to the source code One positive aspect of tracking pointer targets is less of a dependence on pointer qual ifiers The standard qualifiers const and volatile must still be used in pointer defi nitions to indicate a read only or externally modifiable target object respectively However this is in strict accordance with the ANSI C standard HI TECH specific qual ifiers like near and the bankx qualifiers do not need to be used to indicate pointer targets have no effect and should be avoided Omitting these qualifiers will result in more portable and readable code and lessen the chance of extraneous warnings being issued by the compiler 3 3 12 3 POINTERS TO BOTH MEMORY SPACES When a pointer is assigned the address of one or more objects allocated memory in the data space and also assigned the address of one or more const objects the pointer will be classified such that it can dereference both memory spaces and the address will be encoded so that the target memory space can be determined at run time This encoding may vary for different target devices To extend the example given in Section 3 3 12 2 Data Pointers the code is now developed further and the function get Value is now called with the address of an object that resides in the program memory as shown int i j allocated to bank 0 in this e
84. checksum list is read from standard input in response to an option 428 too many segment fixups Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 429 bad segment fixups Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 430 bad checksum specification Objtohex A checksum list supplied to OBJTOHEX is syntactically incorrect 431 bad argument to E Objtoexe This option requires an integer argument in either base 8 10 or 16 If you are invoking ob jtoexe directly then check this argument Otherwise this may be an internal com piler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 432 usage objtohex ssymfile object file exe file Objtohex Improper usage of the command line tool ob jt ohex If you are invoking objtohex directly then please refer to Section 6 3 Objtohex for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 434 too many symbols Linker There are too many symbols in the symbol table which has a limit of symbols Change some global symbols to local symbols to reduce the number of symbols DS51865A page 274 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 435 bad segment selector Linker The segment specification option G to the linker is invalid e g GA f0
85. code that uses j A pointer ip is a parameter to the function get Value The pointer target type uses the qualifier const since we do not want the pointer to be used to write to any objects whose addresses are passed to the function The const qualification serves no other purpose and does not alter the format of the pointer variable If the compiler allocates the variable i defined in main to bank 0 data memory it will also be noted that the pointer ip parameter to get Value only points to one object that resides in bank 0 of the data memory In this case the pointer ip is made an 8 bit wide data pointer The generated code that dereferences ip in get Value will be generated assuming that the address can only be to an object in bank 0 LL SS a a a ag eT 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 69 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide As the program is developed another variable x is defined and unknown to the pro grammer is allocated space in bank 2 data memory The main function now looks like int i j allocated to bank 0 in this example int x allocated to bank 2 in this example int getValue const int ip return ip void main void j getValue amp i code that uses j j getValue amp x code that uses j The pointer ip now has targets that are in bank 0 and in bank 2 To be able to accom modate this situation the pointer is made 16
86. constants AAA 56 PIOSOIVINGs ai r Oe wie anaes 57 output file format American Automation HEN 40 Beete a ete a ke 40 Bytecraft COD eebe ha olsen 40 CORP deitsche De A0 Eege ee ee ee e A0 Mel HERE ee A0 lee A0 Microchip COP Figon Aveaetr netted 40 Motorola S19 HEX ceeceeecseseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaes 40 E Ate A0 UBROF deeg dee Een A0 output file formats Intel Hi iiri Deet SEN 20 SPOCHYING EE 39 152 elle Ia UE 8 31 39 CIRO CUONY EE 39 NAMES Of wt shat eek HAS Gates ae 8 fENaAMING ciel este Sieviiae leiee 31 specifying NAME Of 31 overlaid memory areag eeeeeeeeseeesteeeeeneeeeeneeees 138 overlaid PSECHS aiit e a ran 120 Ovrld PSECT dag 2vgiegegtedeEed Er i v 120 P pack pragma directive eeeeeeseeeeesteeeeenteeteneees 100 PAGE control sson nnsa ia eal teen 131 paged memory selection in assembly code 0 0 112 128 PAGESEL directive AAA 128 parameter variable 73 parameters passing from assembly code 89 SO a O EE EEE E E ate 72 P COdC UE 7 12 149 obf scatiNg E 44 D Godelbrartes enee eeseeren ereen 135 149 ODFUSCALING 00 eee eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeteeaeeeeeaeeeeeneeereaees 44 persistent qualifier ccessceseceeeeeseeeeeeeeenees 18 66 ENEE 120 piccini TING yin ae E 41 42 pointer reference graph ereeierreerrreerrerree 132 POIntersisit E 68 assigning dummy targets seee 71 assigning INTEGEMS 0 00 eeeeeeeteeeeeeteeeeeneeeeeneeeeenees 71 ell TEE 71 e EE 69 definitio
87. contradictory paths for the output directory via any of the O Of OUTDIR options e g outdir o main HEX 1256 undefined symbol treated as HEX constant Assembler A token which could either be interpreted as a symbol or a hexadecimal value does not match any previously defined symbol and so will be interpreted as the latter Use a leading zero to avoid the ambiguity or use an alternate radix specifier such as 0x For example MOV a F7h is this the symbol F7h or the HEX number OxF7 1257 local variable is used but never given a value Code Generator An auto variable has been defined and used in an expression but it has not been assigned a value in the C code before its first use Auto variables are not cleared on startup and their initial value is undefined For example void main void double src out out sin src oops what value was in src 1258 possible stack overflow when calling function Code Generator The call tree analysis by the code generator indicates that the hardware stack may overflow This should be treated as a guide only Interrupts the assembler optimizer and the program structure may affect the stack usage The stack usage is based on the C program and does not include any call tree derived from assembly code 1259 can t optimize for both speed and space Driver The driver has been given contradictory options of compile for speed and compile f
88. ends Siue assembly 4 4 2 Pointer Reference Graph Other important information contained in the assembly list file is the pointer reference graph look for Pointer list with targets in the list file This is a list of each and every pointer contained in the program and each target the pointer can reference through the program The size and type of each target is indicated as well as the size and type of the pointer variable itself For example the following shows a pointer called task_tmr in the C code and which is local to the function timer_intr Itis a pointer to an unsigned int and itis one byte wide There is only one target to this pointer and it is the member timer_count in the structure called task This target variable resides in the BANKO class and is two bytes wide timer_intr task_tmr PTR unsigned int size 1 Largest target is 2 gt task timer_count BANKO 2 The pointer reference graph shows both pointer to data objects and pointers to func tions DS51865A page 132 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler 4 4 3 Call Graph The other important information block in the assembly list file is the call graph look for Call graph in the list file This is produced for target devices that use a compiled stack to facilitate local variables such as function parameters and auto variables See Section 3 4 2 Compiled Stack Operation for more detailed information on compiled stack operat
89. error flagged here PORTA 0 251 array dimension redeclared Parser An array dimension has been declared as a different non zero value from its previous declaration It is acceptable to redeclare the size of an array that was previously declared with a zero dimension but not otherwise e g extern int array 5 int array 10 oops has it 5 or 10 elements 252 argument conflicts with prototype Parser The argument specified argument 0 is the left most argument of this function definition does not agree with a previous prototype for this function e g this is supposedly calc s prototype extern int calc int int int calc int a long int bi hmmm which is right error flagged here return sin b a 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 253 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 253 argument list conflicts with prototype Parser The argument list in a function definition is not the same as a previous prototype for that function Check that the number and types of the arguments are all the same extern int calc int this is supposedly calc s prototype int calc int a int b hmmm which is right error flagged here return a D 254 undefined Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 255 not a member of the struct union Parser This identifie
90. file has not been modified 1027 activation was successful Driver The compiler was successfully activated DS51865A page 318 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 1028 activation was not successful error code Driver The compiler did not activated successfully 1029 compiler not installed correctly error code Driver This compiler has failed to find any activation information and cannot proceed to exe cute The compiler may have been installed incorrectly or incompletely The error code quoted can help diagnose the reason for this failure You may be asked for this failure code if contacting HI TECH Software for assistance with this problem 1030 Hexmate Intel HEX editing utility Build 1 i Hexmate Indicating the version number of the HEXMATE being executed 1031 USAGE input1 HEX input2 HEX inputN HEX options Hexmate The suggested usage of HEXMATE 1032 use HELP lt option gt for usage of these command line options Hexmate More detailed information is available for a specific option by passing that option to the HELP option 1033 available command line options Hexmate This is a simple heading that appears before the list of available options for this appli cation 1034 type for available options Hexmate It looks like you need help This advisory suggests how to get more information about the options available to this application
91. from within Microchip s MPLAB IDE it is still the compiler s com mand line driver PICC that is being executed and compiling the program The HI TECH Universal Toolsuite plugin manages the MPLAB IDE Build Options dialog that is used to access the compiler options and most of these graphical controls ultimately adjust the driver s command line options You can see the command line options being used when building in the Output window in MPLAB IDE The following dialogs and descriptions identify the mapping between the dialog controls and command line options As the toolsuite is universal across all HI TECH compilers not all options are applicable for HI TECH C Compiler for PIC 10 12 16 MCUs 2 8 1 Directories Tab The options in this dialog control the output and search directories for some files See Figure 2 5 in conjunction with the following command line option equivalents FIGURE 2 5 THE DIRECTORIES TAB Build Options For Project astest mcp BS 21 Directories Custom Build Trace Driver Compiler Linker Global Directories and Search Paths Show directories for Output Directory a New Include Search Path Suite Defaults Build Directory Policy Assemble Compile in source tile directory link in output directory C Assemble Compile Link in the project directory ech OK Cancel Apply Help 1 The output directory This selection uses the buttons and fields grouped in the b
92. however be used in any desired fashion 6 4 CREF The cross reference list utility CREF is used to format raw cross reference information produced by the compiler or the assembler into a sorted listing A raw cross reference file is produced with the CR command line driver option The assembler will generate a raw cross reference file with a c assembler option or a XREF control line The general form of the CREF command is cref options files where options is zero or more options as described below and files is one or more raw cross reference files CREF will accept wildcard filenames and I O redirection Long command lines may be supplied by invoking CREF with no arguments and typing the command line in response to the cref gt prompt A backslash at the end of the line will be interpreted to mean that more command lines follow 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 153 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide CREF takes the options listed in Section Table 6 4 CREF command line options TABLE 6 4 CREF COMMAND LINE OPTIONS Option Meaning F prefix Exclude symbols from files with a pathname or filename starting with prefix Hheading Specify a heading for the listing file Llen Specify the page length for the listing file Oouttile Specify the name of the listing file P width Set the listing width sstoplist Read file stoplis
93. in an instruction will be shown as 1 byte Generate an assembler list file for the appropriate module Look for the address specified in the error message 7 O7EC 0E21 MOVLW 33 8 07FD 6FFC MOVWE _foo 9 OJEE 0012 RETURN and to confirm look for the symbol referenced in the assembler instruction at this address in the symbol table at the bottom of the same file Symbol Table Fri Aug 12 13 17 37 2004 _foo O1FC _main O7FF In this example the instruction causing the problem takes an 8 bit offset into a bank of memory but clearly the address 0x1FC exceeds this size Maybe the instruction should have been written as MOVWF _foo amp 0ffh which masks out the top bits of the address containing the bank information If the assembler instruction that caused this error was generated by the compiler in the assembler list file look back up the file from the instruction at fault to determine which C statement has generated this instruction You will then need to examine the C code for possible errors incorrectly qualified pointers are an common trigger 478 range check failed location 0x 0x value 0x gt limit 0x Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details DS51865A page 280 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 479 circular indirect definition of symbol Linker The specified symbol has been equated to an external symbol which in turn has been equat
94. in the class CODE will be distributed into the address ranges wherever they will fit This means that if there are two or more psects in class CODE they may be intermixed in the address ranges Any psects allocated by a P option will have their load address range subtracted from the address ranges associate with classes in the same memory space This allows a range to be specified with the A option without knowing in advance how much of the lower part of the range for example will be required for other psects The final link and load address of psects are shown in the map file See Section 5 4 2 2 Psect Information listed by Module 5 2 19 Qprocessor This option allows a processor type to be specified This is purely for information placed in the map file The argument to this option is a string describing the processor There are no behavioral changes attributable to the processor type 5 2 20 S This option prevents symbol information relating from being included in the symbol file produced by the linker Segment information is still included 5 2 21 Sclass limit bound A class of psects may have an upper address limit associated with it The following example places a limit on the maximum address of the CODE class of psects to one less than 400h SCODE 400h DS51865A page 140 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Linker Note that to set an upper limit to a psect this must be set in as
95. include test c will search the directories c include and d myapp include for any header files included into the source code then search the default include directory This option has no effect for files that are included into assembly source using the assembly INCLUDE directive See Section 4 3 10 3 INCLUDE See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 7 6 L Scan Library The L option is used to specify additional libraries which are to be scanned by the linker Libraries specified using the L option are scanned before the standard C library allowing additional versions of standard library functions to be accessed The argument to L is a library keyword to which the prefix pic numbers representing the processor range number of ROM pages and the number of RAM banks and the suffix 1ib are added Thus the option L1 when compiling for a 16F877A will for example scan the library pic42c 1 1ib and the option Lxx will scan a library called pic42c xx lib All libraries must be located in the 1ib directory of the compiler installation directory As indicated the argument to the L option is not a complete library filename If you wish the linker to scan libraries whose names do not follow the above naming conven tion or whose locations are not in the 1ib subdirectory simply include the libraries names on the command line along with your source files or add
96. inclusive An unsigned char is an 8 bit unsigned integer type representing integral values from 0 to 255 inclusive It is acommon misconception that the C char types are intended purely for ASCII char acter manipulation This is not true indeed the C language makes no guarantee that the default character representation is even ASCII The char types are simply the smallest of up to four possible integer sizes and behave in all respects like integers The reason for the name char is historical and does not mean that char can only be used to represent characters It is possible to freely mix char values with short int and long values in C expressions With HI TECH C the char types will commonly be used for a number of purposes as 8 bit integers as storage for ASCII characters and for access to I O locations 3 3 5 16 Bit Integer Data Types HI TECH C Compiler for PIC 10 12 16 MCUs supports four 16 bit integer types The types short and int hold 16 bit two s complement signed integers representing inte gral values from 32 768 to 32 767 inclusive They types unsigned short and unsigned int hold 16 bit unsigned integers representing integral values from 0 to 65 535 inclusive All 16 bit integer values are represented in little endian format with the Least Significant Byte at the lower address Variables may be declared using the signed short int or signed int and unsigned short int Of unsigned int keyword sequences respectively t
97. is sufficient but that this memory is fragmented in such a way that the largest contiguous block is too small to accommodate the psect The linker is unable to split psects in this situation That is the linker cannot place part of a psect at one location and part somewhere else Thus the linker must be able to find a contigu ous block of memory large enough for every psect If this is the cause of the error then the psect must be split into smaller psects if possible To find out what memory is still available generate and look in the map file see Section 2 7 8 M Generate Map File for information on how to generate a map file Search for the string UNUSED ADDRESS RANGES Under this heading look for the name of the segment specified in the error message If the name is not present then all the memory available for this psect has been allocated If it is present there will be DS51865A page 282 2009 Microchip Technology Inc one address range specified under this segment for each free block of memory Deter mine the size of each block and compare this with the number of words specified in the error message Psects containing code can be reduced by using all the compiler s optimizations or restructuring the program If a code psect must be split into two or more small psects this requires splitting a function into two or more smaller functions which may call each other These functions may need to be placed in ne
98. location to store this string Code is optional and allows a byte sequence to trail each byte in the string This can allow the bytes of the string to be encoded within an instruction Text is the string to convert to ASCII and embed For example STRING 1000 My favorite string will store the ASCII data for the string My favorite string including the nul character terminator at address 1000h And again STRING 1000t34 My favorite string will store the same string with every byte in the string being trailed with the HEX code 34h 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 165 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 6 6 1 18 STRPACK This option performs the same function as STRING but with two important differences Firstly only the lower seven bits from each character are stored Pairs of 7 bit charac ters are then concatenated and stored as a 14 bit word rather than in separate bytes This is known as string packing This is usually only useful for devices where program space is addressed as 14 bit words PIC10 12 16 devices The second difference is that STRING s t specifier is not applicable with the STRPACK option VE EE ERT DS51865A page 166 2009 Microchip Technology Inc HI TECH CS FOR PIC10 12 16 MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 7 Library Functions The functions and preprocessor macros within the standard compiler library are alpha betically listed in this chapter The s
99. look at the number and type of the additional arguments to printf those following the format string expression to determine which placeholders could be valid This enables the size and complexity of the generated printf routine to be kept to a minimum even in this case For example if printf was called as follows printf myFormatString 4 6 the compiler could determine that for example no floating point placeholders are required and omit these from being included in the printf function output As the arguments after the format string are non prototyped parameters their type must match that of the placeholders No aspect of this operation is user controllable other than by adjusting the calls to printf however the actual printf code used by a program can be observed If compiling a program using print EU the driver will leave behind the pre processed version of doprnt c This module called doprnt pre in your working directory will show the C code that will actually be contained in the printf routine As this code has been pre processed indentation and comments will have been stripped out as part of the normal actions taken by the C pre processor 2 5 DEBUGGING INFORMATION Several driver options and output files assist with code development and allow source level debugging of the output code These are described in the following sections 2 5 1 Output File Formats The compiler is able to directly produce
100. members for example struct unsigned dea 32 Aly unsigned GC 64 unsigned A 217 foo Il 0 will initialize the members lo and hi correctly 3 3 9 2 STRUCTURE AND UNION QUALIFIERS HI TECH C supports the use of type qualifiers on structures When a qualifier is applied to a structure all of its members will inherit this qualification In the following example the structure is qualified const const struct int number int A pL ry record 0x55 amp i In this case the entire structure will be placed into the program space and each mem ber will be read only Remember that all members are usually initialized if a structure is const as they cannot be initialized at runtime If the members of the structure were individually qualified const but the structure was not then the structure would be positioned into RAM but each member would be read only Compare the following structure with the above struct const int number int const ptr record 0x55 amp i ___ SS EE ERT DS51865A page 64 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features 3 3 10 Standard Type Qualifiers Type qualifiers provide additional information regarding how an object may be used HI TECH C supports both ANSI C qualifiers and additional special qualifiers which are useful for embedded applications and which take advantage of the PIC MCU architecture 3 3 10 1 CONST TYPE QUALIFIER HI TECH C supports the use
101. not a valid HI TECH object file or that it has been truncated Contact HI TECH Support with details 383 text record has length too small Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 384 assertion failed file line expression Linker Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 387 illegal or too many G options Linker There has been more than one linker g option or the g option did not have any argu ments following The arguments specify how the segment addresses are calculated 388 duplicate M option Linker The map file name has been specified to the linker for a second time This should not occur if you are using a compiler driver If invoking the linker manually ensure that only one instance of this option is present on the command line See Section 2 7 8 M Generate Map File for information on the correct syntax for this option 389 illegal or too many O options Linker This linker o flag is illegal or another o option has been encountered A o option to the linker must be immediately followed by a filename with no intervening space 390 missing argument to P Linker There have been too many p options passed to the linker or a p option was not fol lowed by any arguments The arguments of separate p options may be combined and separated by commas 391 missing a
102. option this preserves relocation records in the output file but only segment relocations 5 2 15 Mmapfile This option causes the linker to generate a link map in the named file or on the stan dard output if the file name is omitted The format of the map file is illustrated in Section Section 5 4 Map Files 5 2 16 N Ns and Nc By default the symbol table in the map file will be sorted by name The N option will cause it to be sorted numerically based on the value of the symbol The Ns and Nc options work similarly except that the symbols are grouped by either their space value or class 5 2 17 Oouttile This option allows specification of an output file name for the linker The default output file name is 1 ob 4 Use of this option will override the default 5 2 18 Pspec Psects are linked together and assigned addresses based on information supplied to the linker via P options The argument to the P option consists basically of comma separated sequences thus Ppsect lnkaddrt min ldaddrt min psect lnkaddr ldaddr There are several variations but essentially each psect is listed with its desired link and load addresses and a minimum value All values may be omitted in which case a default will apply depending on previous values If present the minimum value min is preceded by a sign It sets a minimum value for the link or load address The address will be calculated as described below but if
103. or int In these cases HI TECH C will not perform the inte gral promotion so as to increase the code efficiency Consider the following example unsigned char a b c a bt o 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 81 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Strictly speaking this statement requires that the values of b and c should be promoted to unsigned int the addition performed the result of the addition cast to the type of a and then the assignment can take place Even if the result of the unsigned int addition of the promoted values of b and c was different to the result of the unsigned char addition of these values without promotion after the unsigned int result was converted back to unsigned char the final result would be the same If an 8 bit addi tion is more efficient than a 16 bit addition the compiler will encode the former If in the above example the type of a was unsigned int then integral promotion would have to be performed to comply with the ANSI C standard 3 6 2 Shifts applied to integral types The ANSI standard states that the result of right shifting gt gt operator signed integral types is implementation defined when the operand is negative Typically the possible actions that can be taken are that when an object is shifted right by one bit the bit value shifted into the Most Significant bit of the result can either be zero or a copy of the Most Significant bit before the shift took
104. or the usage of these options 1035 bad argument count Parser The number of arguments to a function is unreasonable This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1036 bad optional header length 0x expected Cromwell The length of the optional header in this COFF file was of an incorrect length 1037 short read on Cromwell When reading the type of data indicated in this message it terminated before reaching its specified length 1038 string table length too short Cromwell The specified length of the COFF string table is less than the minimum 1039 inconsistent symbol count Cromwell The number of symbols in the symbol table has exceeded the number indicated in the COFF header 1040 bad checksum record 0x checksum 0x Cromwell A record of the type specified failed to match its own checksum value 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 319 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 1041 short record Cromwell While reading a file one of the file s records ended short of its specified length 1042 unknown record type 0x Cromwell The type indicator of this record did not match any valid types for this file format 1043 unknown optional header Cromwell When reading this Microchip COFF file the optional header within the file header was of an incorrect length 1044 end of file encountered Cromwell Linker Th
105. p Its return value x is in the interval 0 5 1 0 or zero and equals x times 2 raised to the power stored in p If is zero both parts of the result are zero Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f int sis f frexp 23456 34 amp 1 printf 34 Sf 24 0a n f iy See Also ldexp DS51865A page 190 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions FTOA Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt char ftoa float f int status Description The function ftoa converts the contents of f into a string which is stored into a buffer which is then return Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf float input 12 34 int status buf ftoa input amp status printf buffer holds s n buf See Also strtol itoa utoa ultoa Return Value This routine returns a reference to the buffer into which the result is written GETCHAR Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int getchar void Description The getchar routine is a getc stdin operation Itis a macro defined in stdio h Note that under normal circumstances get char will NOT return unless a carriage return has been typed on the console To get a single character immediately from the console use the function getch Example include lt stdio h gt void main void int es while c getch
106. parentheses must denote a type which is either scalar i e not an array or a structure or the type void e g lip long input oops maybe lip long input 192 undefined identifier Parser This symbol has been used in the program but has not been defined or declared Check for spelling errors if you think it has been defined 193 not a variable identifier Parser This identifier is not a variable it may be some other kind of object e g a label 194 expected Parser A closing parenthesis was expected here This may indicate you have left out this character in an expression or you have some other syntax error The error is flagged on the line at which the code first starts to make no sense This may be a statement following the incomplete expression e g if a b the closing parenthesis is missing here b 0 the error is flagged here 195 expression syntax Parser This expression is badly formed and cannot be parsed by the compiler e g a b oops maybe that should be a b 196 struct union required Parser A structure or union identifier is required before a dot eg int a a b 9 oops a is not a structure 197 struct union member expected Parser A structure or union member name must follow a dot or arrow gt 198 undefined struct union Parser The specified structure or union tag is undefined e g struct WHA
107. place The latter case amounts to a sign extension of the number HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs performs a sign extension of any signed integral type for example signed char signed intor signed long Thus an object with the signed int value 0x0124 shifted right one bit will yield the value 0x0092 and the value 0x8024 shifted right one bit will yield the value 0xC012 Right shifts of unsigned integral values always clear the Most Significant bit of the result Left shifts lt lt operator signed or unsigned always clear the Least Significant bit of the result 3 6 3 Rotation The C language does not contain a rotate operator It does allow shifts as illustrated in Section 3 6 2 Shifts applied to integral types However the compiler will detect expressions that implement rotate operations using shift and logical operators For the following code C ule lt lt LI hr SS iy if c is unsigned and non volatile the compiler will detect that the intended operation is a rotate left of 1 bit and will encode the output using the PIC MCU rotate instructions A rotate left of 2 bits would be implemented with code like c c lt lt 2 c gt gt 6 This code optimization will also work for integral types larger than a char If the opti mization cannot be applied or this code is ported to another compiler the rotate will be implemented but typically with shifts and a bitwise OR operation a a a ae DS51865A page 82
108. pro gram will default to a particular type but this can be controlled by compiler options e g the OUTPUT option The extensions used by these files are fixed and are listed together with this option s description in Section 2 7 44 OUTPUT type Specify Output File Type The names of many output files use the same base name as the source file from which they were derived For example the source file input c will create a p code file called input p1 However some of the output files contain project wide information and are not directly associated with any one particular input file e g the map file If the names of these output files are not specified by a compiler option their base name is derived from the first C source file listed on the command line If there are no files of this type specified the name is based on the first input file regardless of type on the command line DS51865A page 8 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 2 3 If you are using an IDE such as MPLAB IDE to specify options to the compiler there is typically a project file that is created for each application The name of this project is used as the base name for project wide output files unless otherwise specified by the user However check the manual for the IDE you are using for more details Note Throughout this manual the term project name will refer to either the name of the project created in the IDE or
109. quote 114 illegal undef argument Preprocessor The argument to undef must be a valid name It must start with a letter e g undef 6YYY this isn t a valid symbol name 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 237 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 115 recursive preprocessor macro definition of defined by Preprocessor The named macro has been defined in such a manner that expanding it causes a recursive expansion of itself 116 end of file within preprocessor macro argument from line Preprocessor A macro argument has not been terminated This probably means the closing paren thesis has been omitted from a macro invocation The line number given is the line where the macro argument started e g define FUNC a b func a b FUNC D 6 oops where is the closing bracket 117 misplaced constant in if Preprocessor A constant in a if expression should only occur in syntactically correct places This error is most probably caused by omission of an operator e g if FOO BAR oops did you mean if FOO BAR 118 stack overflow processing if expression Preprocessor The preprocessor filled up its expression evaluation stack in a i expression Simplify the expression it probably contains too many parenthesized subexpressions 119 invalid expression in if line Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Soft
110. represents a number of instructions For example GOTO 2 MOVLW 8 MOVWF _foo will skip one instruction 4 3 6 4 REGISTER SYMBOLS Code in assembly modules may gain access to the special function registers by includ ing pre defined assembly header files The appropriate file can be included by add the line include lt aspic h gt to the assembler source file Note that the file must be included using a C pre processor directive and hence the option to pre process assembly files must be enabled when compiling see Section 2 7 11 P Preprocess Assembly Files This header file contains appropriate commands to ensure that the header file specific for the target device is included into the source file These header files contain EQU declarations for all byte or multi byte sized registers and define macros for named bits within byte registers 4 3 6 5 SYMBOLIC LABELS A label is a symbolic alias which is assigned a value equal to the current address within the current psect Labels are not assigned a value until link time A label definition consists of any valid assembly identifier and optionally followed by a colon The definition may appear on a line by itself or be positioned before a state ment Here are two examples of legitimate labels interspersed with assembly code frank MOVLW 1 GOTO fin simon44 CLRF _input Here the label frank will ultimately be assigned the address of the MOVLwW instruction and si
111. self help facilities such as the Frequently asked Questions or search the On line forums In the event of no details being found here contact HI TECH Software for further information 1212 Found 0 IXh at address h Hexmate The code sequence specified in a FIND option has been found at this address 1213 duplicate ARCH for in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ARCH values Only one ARCH value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 1218 can t create cross reference file Assembler The assembler attempted to create a cross reference file but it could not be created Check that the file s pathname is correct 1228 unable to locate installation directory Driver The compiler cannot determine the directory where it has been installed 1230 dereferencing uninitialized pointer Code Generator A pointer that has not yet been assigned a value has been dereferenced This can result in erroneous behavior at runtime 1235 unknown keyword Driver The token contained in the USB descriptor file was not recognized 1236 invalid argument to Driver An option that can take additional parameters was given an invalid parameter value Check the usage of the option or the syntax or range of the expected parameter 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 325 HI TEC
112. ssec 111 supported devices AN 111 assembler application 107 assembler controls AA 129 assembler directive END aen ed ae A ee 19 assembler drechives A 117 assembler files preprocessing ccceseseeeeeceeeseeeeseseeeeeeeeenensees 40 assembler MACIOS eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeesneeeeeneeeeeeeetenaeees 125 disabling in listing 130 expanding in Ietmge 109 130 repeat with argument 127 repeating iiim eeii aea an anat a eu 127 suppressing COMMENTS 126 UNNAMEO EE 127 assembler optimizer el ne EE 39 109 Stack deep ceed 134 assembler option WEE 108 E hotel rate ees ee EE 108 153 E UI EE 109 EE 110 DUS Leth sales Ee eta ets eee 110 eu een E eeben dee 109 EE tee eege eeng biel wheat 111 EMAX ee NEE nein ces 111 E EE awnead are ee eege est Ze He 109 NEEN 109 DS51865A page 332 assembler Options c cceseeceesereeeesereeeseneereees 108 assembler generated symbols AAA 114 assembly code absolute variables AA 123 ACCESSING objects 00 ee eeeeeeeeeeeteetteeeeeeetaeee 93 binary constants A 113 Called by A ET A TTT 89 character CONStANS eeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeneeeteaes 114 EN Te 113 eil 112 113 conditional ersten SEN 125 e el 113 EC EE 114 defa lt EE 113 defining variables AAA 122 el UE 113 destination Operands A 112 GE 116 generating from CA 32 global symbols AAA 118 hexadecimal constants AA 113 identifier So Ank deg ce ai aries 114 INCIUAE TIES ncaa awl 130 initializing locations
113. that will trail each byte in the checksum result This can allow each byte of the checksum result to be embedded within an instruction Algorithm is aninteger to select which HEXMATE algorithm to use to calculate the checksum result A list of selectable algorithms are given in Table 6 9 If unspecified the default checksum algorithm used is 8 bit addition 1 A typical example of the use of the checksum option is CK 0 1FFF 2FFE 2100w2 DEER 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 161 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide This will calculate a checksum over the range 0 1FFFh and program the checksum result at address 2FFEh The checksum value will be offset by 2100h The result will be two bytes wide TABLE 6 9 HEXMATE CHECKSUM ALGORITHM SELECTION Selector Algorithm description 4 Subtraction of 32 bit values from initial value 3 Subtraction of 24 bit values from initial value 2 Subtraction of 16 bit values from initial value 1 Subtraction of 8 bit values from initial value Addition of 8 bit values from initial value Addition of 16 bit values from initial value Addition of 32 bit values from initial value Fletcher s checksum 8 bit Fletcher s checksum 16 bit l 2 3 Addition of 24 bit values from initial value 4 7 8 6 6 1 6 FILL The FILL option is used for filling unused memory locations with a known value
114. the allocated space within the assembler instruction For example if an assembler instruction has an 8 bit field to hold an address and the linker determines that the symbol that has been used to represent this address has the value 0x110 then clearly this value cannot be inserted into the instruction 0 delete what Libr The librarian requires one or more modules to be listed for deletion when using the d key e g libr d c ht pic lib pic704 c lib does not indicate which modules to delete try something like libr d c ht pic lib pic704 c lib wdiv obj 0 incomplete ident record Libr The IDENT record in the object file was incomplete Contact HI TECH Support with details DS51865A page 328 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 0 incomplete symbol record Libr The SYM record in the object file was incomplete Contact HI TECH Support with details 0 library file names should have lib extension Libr Use the 1ib extension when specifying a library filename 0 module defines no symbols Libr No symbols were found in the module s object file This may be what was intended or it may mean that part of the code was inadvertently removed or commented 0 replace what Libr The librarian requires one or more modules to be listed for replacement when using the r key e g libr r lcd lib This command needs the name of a module obj file after the library name 2009 Microchip Technology Inc
115. the file s line number and the application that requested the message etc If a message is an error a counter is incremented After a certain number of errors has been reached compilation of the current module will cease The default number of errors that will cause this termination can be adjusted by using the ERRORS option 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 21 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide see Section 2 7 28 ERRORS Maximum Number of Errors This counter is reset for each compiler application thus specifying a maximum of five errors will allow up to five errors from the parser five from the code generator five from the linker five from the driver etc Although the information in the MDF can be modified with any text editor this is not rec ommended Message behavior should only be altered using the options and pragmas described in the following sections 2 6 2 Message Language PICC Supports more than one language for displayed messages There is one MDF for each language supported Under Windows the default language can be specified when installing the compiler The default language may be changed on the command line using the LANG option see Section 2 7 34 LANG Specify the Language for Messages Alternatively it may be changed permanently by using the LANG option together with the SETUP option which will store the default language in either the registry un
116. the two blocks of code in the mytext psect are separated by a block in the mybss psect the two mytext psect blocks will be contiguous when loaded by the linker In other words the INCF _ fred instruction will be followed by the clrf instruction in the final output The actual location in memory of the mytext and mybss psects will be determined by the linker Code or data that is not explicitly placed into a psect will become part of the default unnamed psect 4 3 9 Assembler Directives Assembler directives or pseudo ops are used in a similar way to instruction mnemon ics With the exception of PAGESEL and BANKSEL these directives do not generate any output or may generate non executable output i e data bytes The directives are listed in Table 4 5 and are detailed below in the following sections TABLE 4 5 ASPIC ASSEMBLER DIRECTIVES Directive Purpose GLOBAL Make symbols accessible to other modules or allow reference to other modules symbols END End assembly PSECT Declare or resume program section ORG Set location counter within current psect EQU Define symbol value SET Define or re define symbol value 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 117 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide TABLE 4 5 ASPIC ASSEMBLER DIRECTIVES CONTINUED Directive Purpose Define constant byte s Define constant word s Reserve storage Define absolut
117. these options are used in a DOS batch file two percent characters will need to be used to specify the placeholders as DOS interprets a single percent character as an argument and will not pass this on to the compiler For example SET HTC_ERR_FORMAT file f line 1 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 23 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Environment variables in turn may be overridden by the driver options MSGFOR MAT WARNFORMAT and ERRFORMAT see Section 2 7 27 ERRFORMAT Define Format for Compiler Messages These options take a string as their argu ment The option strings are formatted and can use the same placeholders as their variable counterparts For example a project is compiled but as shown produces a warning from the parser and an error from the linker numbered 362 and 492 respectively main c main 17 ip amp b 362 redundant amp applied to array warning 492 attempt to position absolute psect text is illegal Notice that the parser message format identifies the particular line and position of the offending source code If the E option is now used and the compiler issues the same messages the compiler will output main c 12 362 redundant amp applied to array warning 492 attempt to position absolute psect text is illegal error The user now uses the WARNFORMAT in the following fashion oe WARNFORMAT
118. they are in different memory areas as indicated by the space flag 0 for text and 1 for bss and so do not occupy the same memory The psect rbit contains bit objects and this can be confirmed by looking it the scale value which is 8 Again at first glance there seems there could be an issue with rbit linked over the top of bss Their space flags are the same but since rbit contains bit objects its link address is in units of bits Note that the load address field of rbit psect displays the link address converted to byte units i e 50h 8 gt Ah Underneath the object file list there may be a label COMMON This shows the contri bution to the program from program wide psects in particular that used by the compiled stack 5 4 2 3 PSECT INFORMATION LISTED BY CLASS The next section in the map file shows the same psect information but grouped by the psects class This section is heralded by the line that contains the headings TOTAL Name Link Load Length Under this are the class names followed by those psects which belong to this class see Section 4 3 9 3 3 Class These psects are the same as those listed by module in the above section there is no new information contained in this section just a different presentation 5 4 2 4 SEGMENT LISTING The class listing in the map file is followed by a listing of segments A segment is con ceptual grouping of contiguous psects in the same memory space and are used by the linke
119. used for assembly code that is to be built into a library With both library types only those modules required by a program will be extracted and included in the program output 6 2 1 The Library Format The modules in a library are simply concatenated but a directory of the modules and symbols in the library is maintained at the beginning of a library file Since this directory is smaller than the sum of the modules on the first pass the linker can perform faster searches just reading the directory and not all the modules On the second pass it need read only those modules which are required seeking over the others This all minimizes disk I O when linking It should be noted that the library format is not a general purpose archiving mechanism as is used by some other compiler systems This has the advantage that the format may be optimized toward speeding up the linkage process 6 2 2 Using the Librarian Library files can be built directly using the command line driver see Section 2 7 44 OUTPUT type Specify Output File Type In this case the driver will invoke LIBR with the appropriate options saving you from having to use the librar ian directly You may wish to perform this step manually or you may need to look at the contents of library files for example This section shows how the librarian can be exe cuted from the command line The librarian cannot be called from IDEs such as MPLAB IDE The librarian program is
120. using the P option as per Table 6 7 601 Unknown chip arch for COFF write Cromwell The chip architecture specified for producing a COFF file isn t recognized by Cromwell Ensure that you are using the P option as per Section 6 5 1 Pnamef architecture and that the architecture specified matches one of those in Table 6 7 602 null file format name Cromwell The I or o option to Cromwell must specify a file format 603 ambiguous file format name Cromwell The input or output format specified to Cromwell is ambiguous These formats are specified with the i key and o key options respectively 604 unknown file format name Cromwell The output format specified to CROMWELL is unknown e g cromwell m P16F877 main HEX main sym ocot and output file type of cot did you mean cof 605 did not recognize format of input file Cromwell The input file to Cromwell is required to be COD Intel HEX Motorola HEX COFF OMF51 P amp E or HI TECH 606 inconsistent symbol tables Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 607 inconsistent line number tables Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 608 bad path specification Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 2009 Microchip Technology Inc
121. variable 18 endasm directive cccccsssccssececceeeeeeeeeeeeseseeseeess 92 resetbits variable cccccscsecsessessessesseesessessecseeses 18 include directive EE 8 29 43 RER E EE 44 pragma AME MACO eet 99 WANG Ss ege a aadadsaducedacadson erae a deans 99 timeout variable 18 interrupt_leVel ENEE 99 AGFXXX type mars 98 iSite eee eee sitet e EE 100 BANKBITS maen 98 NOS nette ees 100 COMMON Macro eesecsesesesessesesesrevsesesecevevseseees 98 pakaina aya ri ay acnandt a a 100 EE 99 170 printf check 100 _EEPROMSIZE maen 54 98 PSCCK eg steig REES 100 GPRBITS maer 98 FEQSUSCG EE 101 HTC EDITION mam 98 SWIICH EE 102 HTC VER MAJOR maero aaan 98 pragma directives AAA 99 HTC VER MINOR maer 98 ndef directes ret ae aeea asrar en EEEE 32 HTC VER PATCH maer 98 macro argument Drei 126 MEI tee 98 message format placeholder character 23 PIC12 EE 98 u psect pragma placeholder ssssssssssssssette 101 PiCH4 maen 98 de SUDOPUON viii i Ween i cee ieee 27 PIC14E ARCO EE 98 lt gt Macro argument characters 00 113 126 READ OSCCAL D TAmserng a 57 assembly label character s ssesseseeeseeeereeeee 114 RT EE EE 98 location counter Symbol En 114 i macro comment suppress character 126 Numerics aoe ae Co Ob binary radix specifier concerns 59 dot linker load address character 140 ae data tyPe S 0 iiie dhl devel dh ened 61 EEN 89 EE eg ST Asm files 89 2
122. variable argument list pointer rather than a list of arguments See the description of va_start for more information on variable argument lists An example of using vprintf is given below 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 207 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Example printf 4d 23 yields Total 23 oe printf is Slx size where size is a long prints size as hexadecimal DEEN s 3s DP yields Name al1234567 printf S d 3 4 yields xx 4 vprintf example include lt stdio h gt int error char Syr aen va_list ap va_start ap s DEE es TS vprintf s ap putchar n va end ap void main void int i i 3 error 1 2 Sd i See Also sprintf Return Value The printf and vprintf functions return the number of characters written to stdout ES a a aT DS51865A page 208 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions PUTCHAR Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int putchar int c Description The putchar function calls put ch to print one character to stdout and is defined in stdio h Example include lt stdio h gt char x is a string void main void char cp cp x while x putchar x putchar n See Also putc getc freopen fclose Return Value The character passed as argument or EOF if an error occurre
123. variable result will define an assembly label result If the C variable is qualified st at ic there again is a chance that there could be more than one variable in the program with exactly the same C name The same rules apply to variables as to functions The name of the first variable will map to a special symbol of the form fileName variableName where fileName is the name of the file that contains the variable and variableName is the name of the variable If there is more than one static function with the same name and they contain static variables of the same name then the assembly symbol used will be of the form fileName func tionName variableName For example a program contains the definition for two static variables both called result One lives in the file main c and the other in 1cd c The first function will generate an assembly label _result The second will generate the label lced result Parameter and auto variables also cannot use a simple mapping as there is quite often more than one auto or parameter variable with the same C name in a program The parameter area is grouped along with the function s auto memory and is placed in the compiled stack See Section 3 4 2 Compiled Stack Operation for detailed informa tion on the compiled stack The parameter variables in memory will be referenced in assembler as an offset from the symbol _ function where function is the name of the function in which the parameter
124. void printf d n strspn is a string printf d n strspn is a string See Also strcspn Return Value The length of the segment DS51865A page 224 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions STRSTR STRISTR STRTOD Synopsis include lt string h gt char strstr const char sl const char sii char stristr const char sl const char s2 Description The strstr function locates the first occurrence of the sequence of characters in the string pointed to by s2 in the string pointed to by s1 The stristr routine is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void printf d n strstr is a string Return Value Pointer to the located string or a null pointer if the string was not found Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt double strtok const char s const char res Description Parse the string s converting it to a double floating point type This function converts the first occurrence of a substring of the input that is made up of characters of the expected form after skipping leading white space characters If res is not NULL it will be made to point to the first character after the converted sub string Example include lt stdio h gt include lt strlib h gt void main void char buf 35 7 23 27 T char end double inl in2 inl
125. where the start is greater than the end The parameters may be incomplete or entered in the wrong order 951 start of fill range must be less than end of range Hexmate The FILL option has been given a range where the start is greater than the end The parameters may be incomplete or entered in the wrong order 953 unknown HELP sub option Hexmate Invalid sub option passed to HELP Check the spelling of the sub option or use HELP with no sub option to list all options 956 SERIAL value must be between 1 and bytes long Hexmate The serial number being stored was out of range Ensure that the serial number can be stored in the number of bytes permissible by this option 958 too many input files specified file maximum Hexmate Too many file arguments have been used Try merging these files in several stages rather than in one command 960 unexpected record type on line of Hexmate Intel HEX file contained an invalid record type Consult the Intel HEX format specification for valid record types 962 forced data conflict at address h between and Hexmate Sources to HEXMATE force differing data to be stored to the same address More than one source using the specifier store data at the same address The actual data stored there may not be what you expect DS51865A page 314 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 963 checksum range includes voids or unspecified memo
126. within a psect the following could be used ALIGN 2 Note that what follows will only begin on an even absolute address if the psect begins on an even address i e alignment is done within the current psect See Section 4 3 9 3 10 Reloc for psect alignment The ALIGN directive can also be used to ensure that a psect s length is a multiple of a certain number For example if the above ALIGN directive was placed at the end of a psect the psect would have a length that was always an even number of bytes long 4 3 9 23 REPT The REPT directive temporarily defines an unnamed macro then expands it a number of times as determined by its argument For example REPT 3 ADDWF fred w ENDM will expand to ADDWF fred w ADDWF fred w ADDWF fred w See also Section 4 3 9 24 IRP and IRPC 4 3 9 24 IRP AND IRPC The IRP and IRPC directives operate in a similar way to REPT however instead of repeating the block a fixed number of times it is repeated once for each member of an argument list In the case of IRP the list is a conventional macro argument list in the case or IRPC itis each character in one argument For each repetition the argument is substituted for one formal parameter For example IRP number 4865h 6C6Ch 6F00h DW number ENDM would expand to DW 4865h DW 6C6Ch DW 6F00h Note that you can use local labels and angle brackets in the same manner as with conventional macros 2
127. without specifying the module name will list all the symbols defined or undefined in the library The following command deletes the object modules a obj b obj and c obj from the library lcd 1ib LIBR d red Tib a obj b obj c obj 6 2 3 Supplying Arguments Since it is often necessary to supply many object file arguments to LIBR arguments will be read from standard input if no command line arguments are given If the stan dard input is attached to the console LIBR will prompt for input Multiple line input may be given by using a backslash as a continuation character on the end of a line If standard input is redirected from a file LIBR will take input from the file without prompting For example libr libr gt r file lib 1l obj 2 obj 3 0bj libr gt 4 0bj 5 obj 6 o0bj will perform much the same as if the object files had been typed on the command line The libr gt prompts were printed by LIBR itself the remainder of the text was typed as input libr lt lib cmd LIBR will read input from 1ib cmd and execute the command found therein This allows a virtually unlimited length command to be given to LIBR 6 2 4 Ordering of Libraries The librarian creates libraries with the modules in the order in which they were given on the command line When updating a library the order of the modules is preserved Any new modules added to a library after it has been created will be appended to the end The ordering of the modules i
128. 009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 127 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide The IRPC directive is similar except it substitutes one character at a time from a string of non space characters For example IRPC char ABC DB char ENDM will expand to DB Ai DB DI D ZG 4 3 9 25 BANKSEL This directive can be used to generate code to select the bank of the operand The operand should be the symbol or address of an object that resides in the data memory Depending on the target device the generated code will either contain one or more bit instructions to set clear bits in the appropriate register or use a MOVLB instruction in the case of enhanced Mid Range PIC devices In case this directive expands to more than one instruction it should not immediately follow a BTF SX instruction For example MOVLW 20 BANKSEL _ foobar select bank for next file instruction MOVWF _foobar amp 07fh write data and mask address 4 3 9 26 PAGESEL This directive can be used to generate code to select the current page i e the page which contains this directive Depending on the target device the generated code will either contain one or more bit instructions to set clear bits in the appropriate register or use a MOVLP instruction in the case of enhanced Mid Range PIC devices In case this directive expands to more than one instruction it should not immediately follow a BTF SX instruction For example CA
129. 09 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 83 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide If a psect has to be split into two ranges then the letters 1 elle and h are used as div to indicate if it is the lower or higher division A psect would be split if memory in the middle of a bank has been reserved or is in some what not available to position objects If an absolute variable is defined and is located anywhere inside a memory range that range will need to be split to ensure that anything in the psects located there do not overwrite the absolute object Thus you might see bssBANKO1 and bssBANKOh psects if a split took place The contents of these psects are described below listed by psect base name 3 7 1 1 PROGRAM SPACE PSECTS checksum This is a psect that is used to mark the position of a checksum that has been requested using the CHECKSUM option see Section 2 7 19 CHECKSUM Calculate a checksum The checksum value is added after the linker has executed so you will not see the contents of this psect in the assembly list file nor specific information in the map file Linking this psect at a non default location will have no effect on where the checksum is stored although the map file will indicate it located at the new address Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect cinit Used by the C initialization runtime startup code Code in this psect is output by the code generator along with the
130. 29 hexadecimal ox number or 0X number Ox2F Any integral constant will have a type of int or alarger type such that the type can hold the value without overflow however later optimizations may reduce this toa smaller type The suffix 1 or L may be used with the constant to indicate that it must be assigned either a signed long int Or unsigned long int type and the suffix u Or U may be used with the constant to indicate that it must be assigned an unsigned type and both 1 or L and u or U may be used to indicate unsigned long int type Floating point constants have double type unless suffixed by or F in which case it is a float constant The suffixes 1 or L specify a long double type which is consid ered an identical type to double by HI TECH C Character constants are enclosed by single quote characters for example a A character constant has char type Multi byte character constants are not supported String constants or string literals are enclosed by double quote characters for exam ple hello world The type of string constants is const char andthe character that make up the string are stored in the program memory as are all objects qualified const Assigning a string literal to a pointer to anon const char will generate a warning from the compiler This code is legal but the behavior if the pointer attempts to write to the string will fail For example char cp one one in ROM produces wa
131. 4 bit double type snee ene ila 36 EE EE 37 EE E L 35 108 Seeerei SS TEE GE be h files 16 32 bit double twpe ee 36 i Se E is 22 bit loa te ase Oe eee 37 en Mes EE EE e MDa Ie IAS cao 18 8 bit datatypes EE 61 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 331 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide A EIER Ui Tele EE 171 abe PSECT Tag 119 absolute functions ccccccecceceeeeeeseeseeeeeeees 78 101 absolute Object les 139 absolute PS Cts iea eaea aaae 119 120 absolute variables ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeees 77 123 IN program MEOMOLY eeeseeeeesteeeeeneeeeneees 65 77 linear addreseimg AAA 77 memory allocation s 77 ACOS neen NEE 171 address types pk Ae eet tot tae ec 139 OAD lide iain ean en eee 139 addressing unt eee eeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeenseeetseeeneseenees 120 advisory messages 22 38 235 alignment Of psects 0 0 cece eeeeeeeseeeeesneeeeeneeetenaeees 121 all SUDOPTION wes seisicctei ied thie anode Sack AER ai 27 ANSI C standard 44 51 68 71 72 82 263 266 298 eelster 44 implementation defined behaviour 51 application NAMES ce eeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneeetenaeees 11 anay Saien iana Eege eet eas 58 MAXIMUM size Of 58 ASCllicharacters ck kien 61 113 ASCHIME Tunchon eee stir inead 172 ASIN TUNCON ee eid eel Seeks Wield ee tik 173 ASM C drechhye tiones e ia aiaa S 92 assembler disabling MESSAGES eeeereeerere 110 maximum number Of errorg
132. 52 bad minimum address format in P option Linker The minimum address specification in the linker s p option is badly formatted e g pbss datat f000 Did you forget the radix pbss datat f000h 453 missing number after in P option Linker The operator in a p option for rounding boundaries must have a number after it 454 link and load address can t both be set to in P option Linker The link and load address of a psect have both been specified with a dot character Only one of these addresses may be specified in this manner e g Pmypsect 1000h Pmypsect 1000h Both of these options are valid and equivalent however the following usage is ambig uous Pmypsect What is the link or load address of this psect 455 psect not relocated on 0x byte boundary Linker This psect is not relocated on the required boundary Check the relocatability of the psect and correct the p option if necessary 456 psect not loaded on 0x boundary Linker This psect has a relocatability requirement that is not met by the load address given in a p option For example if a psect must be on a 4K byte boundary you could not start it at 100H 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 277 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 459 remove failed error xstrip The creation of the output file failed when removing an intermediate file 460 rename failed error
133. 6 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler 4 3 8 Program Sections Program sections or psects are simply a section of code or data They are a way of grouping together parts of a program via the psect s name even though the source code may not be physically adjacent in the source file or even where spread over several modules A psect is identified by a name and has several attributes The PSECT assembler direc tive is used to define a psect It takes as arguments a name and an optional comma separated list of flags See Section 3 7 1 Compiler generated Psects for a list of all psects that the code generator defines Chapter 5 Linker has more infor mation on the operation of the linker and on options that can be used to control psect placement in memory The assembler associates no significance to the name of a psect and the linker is also not aware of which psects are compiler generated or which are user defined Unless defined as abs absolute psects are relocatable The following is an example showing some executable instructions being placed in the mytext psect and space being reserved in the mybss psect Neither of these psects are compiler defined PSECT mytext class CODE delta 2 adjust GOTO clear_fred increment INCF _fred PSECT mybss class BANKO space 1 fred DS 2 PSECT mytext class CODE delta 2 clear_fred CLRF _fredt1l RETURN Note that even though
134. 865A page 188 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions FMOD Example include lt htc h gt void main void unsigned int data unsigned short address 0x1000 data flash_read address flash_erase address Return Value flash_read returns the data found at the given address as an unsigned int Note The functions flash_erase and flash_read are only available on those devices that support such functionality Synopsis include lt math h gt double fmod double x double y Description The function fmod returns the remainder of x y as a floating point quantity Example include lt math h gt void main void double rem x x 12 34 rem fmod x 2 1 Return Value The floating point remainder of x y __ SS a aE 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 189 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide FLOOR Synopsis include lt math h gt double floor double f Description This routine returns the largest whole number not greater than Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void prinef TENDE floor pr a printf f n floor 1 5 FREXP Synopsis include lt math h gt double frexp double f int p Description The frexp function breaks a floating point number into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2 The integer is stored into the int object pointed to by
135. 9 3 4 Delta The delta flag defines the size of the addressing unit In other words the number of data bytes which are associated with each address With PIC Mid Range and baseline devices the program memory space is word addressable hence psects in this space must use a delta of 2 That is to say each address in program memory requires 2 bytes of data in the HEX file to define their contents Thus addresses in the HEX file will not match addresses in the program memory The data memory space on these devices is byte addressable hence psects in this space must use a delta of 1 This is the default delta value The redefinition of a psect with conflicting delta values can lead to phase errors being issued by the assembler 4 3 9 3 5 Global A psect defined as global will be combined with other global psects with the same name at link time Psects are grouped from all modules being linked Psects are considered global by default unless the local flag is used 4 3 9 3 6 Limit The limit flag specifies a limit on the highest address to which a psect may extend If this limit is exceeded when it is positioned in memory an error will be generated 4 3 9 3 7 Local A psect defined as Local will not be combined with other local psects from other modules at link time even if there are others with the same name Where there are two local psects in the one module they reference the same psect A local psect may not have the same name as an
136. 9 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 293 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 711 bad how in expand Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 712 can t generate code for this expression Code Generator This error indicates that a C expression is too difficult for the code generator to actually compile For successful code generation the code generator must know how to com pile an expression and there must be enough resources e g registers or temporary memory locations available Simplifying the expression e g using a temporary vari able to hold an intermediate result may get around this message Contact HI TECH Support with details of this message This error may also be issued if the code being compiled is in some way unusual For example code which writes to a const qualified object is illegal and will result in warning messages but the code generator may unsuccessfully try to produce code to perform the write 713 bad initialization list Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 714 bad intermediate code Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 715 bad pragma Code Generator The code generator has been passed a pragma directive that it does not understand This implies that the pragma you
137. ACODE 0h 1fffh 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 275 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 443 bad low address in A spec Linker The low address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for HEX A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is default e g ACODE 1fff 3fffh Did you forget the radix ACODE 1fffh 3fffh 444 expected in A spec Linker There should be a minus sign between the high and low addresses in a A linker option e g AROM 1000h maybe you meant AROM 1000h 1fffh 445 bad high address in A spec Linker The high address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing for octal or H for HEX A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is the default e g ACODE 0h ffff Did you forget the radix ACODE 0h ffffh See Section 5 2 1 Aclass low high for more information 446 bad overrun address in A spec Linker The overrun address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal
138. Adjust ROM ranges RUNTIME options Specify runtime options SCANDEP Scan for dependencies SERIAL specification Insert a hexadecimal code or serial number SETOPTION argument Set advanced options SETUP specification Setup the compiler SHROUD Shroud obfuscate generated p code files STRICT Use strict ANSI keywords SUMMARY type Summary options TIME Report compilation times VER Show version information WARN number Set warning threshold level WARNFORMAT specifica Set warning format tion DS51865A page 26 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 2 7 0 1 OPTION FORMATS All single letter options are identified by a leading dash character e g c Some single letter options specify an additional data field which follows the option name immediately and without any whitespace e g Ddebug In this manual options are written in upper case and suboptions are in lower case oo Multi letter or word options have two leading dash characters e g ASMLIST Because of the double dash the driver can determine that the option DOUBLE for example is not a D option followed by the argument OUBLE Some of these word options use suboptions which typically appear as a comma sep arated list following an equal character e g OUTPUT hex cof The exact format of the options varies and are described in detail in the following sections Some commonly used suboptions includ
139. CH universal toolsuite AA 46 Hl TIDE IDES 2 000 ath arin eege tae its HLINK application HTC_ERR_FORMAT environment variable 23 HTC_MSG_FORMAT environment variable 23 HTC_WARN_FORMAT environment variable 23 l 11 symbol Prefix A 88 RRE 52 dala PSOCt EE 84 identifiers assembly riisin arie a aa 114 Lae MT 31 del ele e EE 84 IEEE floating point format 62 ege 125 implementation defined behaviour ee 51 division ANd modulus AA 82 Shifts sce bles nee ie 82 INCLUDE Control x donna antes 130 include files see header files incremental builds eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeers 13 INHX32 hex fles 160 163 INHX8M hex Hee 160 164 INI PSCC e aac ceresbe res desen ee ege Ee 84 initialized variables AAA 17 inline pragma directive 0 eee eeeeeeeesteeeeenteeteeeees 99 INPUT UE 7 dl A e 61 integer suffix LONG Secs nth lee Abend evita alee peed 59 in Die e DEE 59 Integer SUPPIXES 2 eeeeceeeesceeeseeeeeeeeceeseeeeeseseeeeeseners 59 integral constants AAA 59 integral PrOMOTION 00 eeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 81 Intel HEX dee eigene ae tele 160 IG e EE 84 DS51865A page 336 2009 Microchip Technology Inc intermediate files ccccceeeeeeeeeee ee 7 10 11 39 40 assembly prerie deaet eaea a paoa an E Teina 14 interrupt FUNCTIONS 0 0 eee eeeneeeeeseeeeeneeeteeaeeeteneeees 86 Context retrieval ccesecceeseceeeseeenereeeeeeeeeeees 87 CONTEXT
140. E DLOC 2 AEBEDATA 00h OFFh 02100h peeprom_data EEDATA A DCODE 2 startup obj test obj Object code version is 3 10 Machine type is 16F946 The Linker command line shows all the command line options and files that were passed to the linker for the last build Remember these are linker options and not command line driver options DS51865A page 144 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Linker The linker options are necessarily complex Fortunately they rarely need adjusting from their default settings They are formed by the command line driver PICC based on the selected target device and the specified driver options You can often confirm that driver options were valid by looking at the linker options in the map file For exam ple if you ask the driver to reserve an area of memory you should see a change in the linker options used If the default linker options must be changed this can be done indirectly through the driver using the driver L option see Section 2 7 7 L Adjust Linker Options Directly If you use this option always confirm the change appears correctly in the map file 5 4 2 2 PSECT INFORMATION LISTED BY MODULE The next section in the map file lists those modules that made a contribution to the out put and information regarding the psects these modules defined This section is heralded by the line that contains the headings Name Link Load L
141. E Table of Contents Chapter 1 HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs EIERE eegen 5 1 2 Conventions gereest eet ee ee Ae geg 5 Chapter 2 PICC Command line Driver DP ASOVEINIOW gt Sessie ihe oleracea sedans ans a pach dE e Als ata taki D E Areca Ane ati ety 7 2 2 EHNEN sere 7 2 3 The Compilation Sequence ccecisiccrages sadedianceeenebonshedmaelettdes aed e GEN 9 24 R ntime FIGS as sre eaae anaana SEENEN 15 2 5 Debugging Information EE 20 2 6 Gompiler MESSAGES eege eege ee 21 2 7 PICC Driver Option Descriptions AAA 25 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeees 46 Chapter 3 C Language Features 3 GAINS Standard ISSUES EE 51 3 2 Processor related Features ie gugeueku kk eC NEEN edee ENEE e aes Een 51 3 3 Supported Data Types and Variables cccccccccceecesseseseeeeeeeeesesseneeeeeeeees 58 3 4 Storage Class and Object Placement c ccccceeceeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 72 3 5 UCONN Ee 78 sO Operators dee ee Ee 81 SOC dee an cad ecie cee Seat aa eege aa ater 83 3 8 Interrupt Handling KI RE 86 3 9 Mixing C and Assembler Code Abu 89 3 10 Giele le EE 96 3AA Linking dee IL 104 Chapter 4 Macro Assembler uge Ee GE 107 Ee le aga cicada deat ache ete eae ated a ach her ceded seducing a cede aoa ea 108 4 3 HI TECH C Assembly Language cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeenees 111 4 4 Assembly List Eege EueaekkueuERkeuSeeenktdh CECR eebe NEEN ENEE 131 Cha
142. E 37 a i siisii 43 KE e seann a aaa a 122 enhanced SYMPOI eees eee 138 KEE 122 HDF ALY EE 149 151 ll 136 E E EE EEN 27 139 151 EEPROM PIOPlOCOSSOM iiini e iaaeaie ale ais 40 dataro anat a wera he es 53 PIOLOTY DO est a A ts 40 EEPROM memory SVMDOl is eect inte degen heaven sete 138 initializing oes eles eae eo tees 53 files PSACING MER 54 MAUL aes ergeet cadet reegen eae hg 7 WHITING ise open Boned ee heels A era eee 54 intermediate 00 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 38 39 40 GEPIOM EE 84 El elt ET EE 38 eeprom qualifier 2 2 eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeteseeeeeeeners 33 55 filling UNUSED Memory seeen 34 36 162 eeprom_data Deet 53 FIXUP DEE 143 eeprom_read function sssseesssseernessrrrereeese ee 54 185 fixup overflow erorg resene 142 143 EEPROM_READ mac 54 flash memory eeprom _write function 54 185 E DEE 55 EEPROM_WRITE macrg 54 Ee Tu BETEN 55 EIMA rO ares et A aaa iat ates 184 WHUN G farce ee Gi etek cer Sc 55 ELSE directe esse rn a REENEN 125 flash_Copy function eee eeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeees 55 187 ELSIF Gir Ctive eienn indesat ee dee eee 125 flash_erase function 56 188 enabling interrupts A 87 flash_read function 55 188 END directive cccceecssssssseceeeeeeeeteeeeeseeesnees 19 118 FLASH READ maer 55 wel EE EE 61 62 FLASH WRITE mac 55 ENDIF directive cccesscseeseecereseeeesseeeenseeeenensees 125 Fletcher s checksum algorithm An 162 ENDM directive cceeccce
143. EN 190 ue DEE 191 get Cal data ue naan ean ei 192 gethan E 191 a CEET 192 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 337 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide ell EE 193 TOASCM RE 229 ISELIN EPET TTT 194 ele EE 229 Ile Ae sde ecg ege 194 TOUPPOleincsiPioeebnexiesivedeaetyselecesteexs Woesht aaa 229 EE 195 THUING eebe D se ere eege DEE 229 Set eegne eebe Gye thee 194 ue i see eel ce cee Seek oo bee al 230 ISIOWGN e 2 aL eid 194 HO ge ee EA E T ABS 231 Le 195 va ONO iss oie nis aera cer 232 laDS tia eens Sn ne 196 VC BE DEE 232 ID OX e EE 196 CEET 232 el 197 N I cin heh Sin ee ee 206 eier EE 198 VSDMN ty iere tee avert dee Ee node meee 214 LOG EE aa eis cies gh Se 199 VSSCANT EE 216 JOG 10 si scecstseecipadtigendetcnguscepesdanecssateteaacsaaaghapasaees 199 MUOM BEE 233 eine Tue EE 199 library function see also library macro Mtera EEPE EEEE AT 200 library macro Le 201 Be E VE 168 ue nn o EE 202 D EN US eene Ee ee EE 168 WUES 203 CE RW eent herrea he naa E 179 MEMMOVE sai feces N N A 203 Det eae ee E 184 MEMS OTid Atte gege TEEN 204 Ee Pataca ved e Ass Geet nae peaks EAN 184 UO 204 le 205 ele EECH 205 SLEEP EEN 213 POW Sree ne ee aie eerie ee 206 library modules A 149 DOE eebe geed cnaatcack ce T 19 206 ele 151 PUtCNal er i argira epre n a 209 limit PSECT flag eeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeenes 120 141 DUS aa a a a ee aaa 209 link addresses EE 139 SOM ice ike a ee 210 linker le WEE 211 gel
144. G Bulle LIT 199 MPLAB IDE wy eaae arr ae rar bests raaa p EEn Aaa teats 37 log RAR lee EE 199 build option 30 46 long data He 62 debug builds ceeccceeeeeeceeceeeeeneeeeseeeneeseeeees 142 long double types e cceeseeeeseseeeseeeeeseeeeeeseeeees 63 DIUQIN EE 13 46 longjmp FUNCTION 0 eee eeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeenees 199 S ch D n Ral eege dee Ada 29 MOAAUNCHOM eise sers erena aa noit 200 multi character constants M assembl yenin n a ee 114 Multiple Nex filesinin eeeeeeeeeeeceseeeeeeseeeeeeneeeenees 137 MACRO directive cccceesssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 112 125 MAIN FUNCTION EET 17 N MaM DE COG v a EnaA 74 near QUALIFION 2 eee ceecceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeenneees 33 66 MAINTOXt PSOCH ee cece ceseneeeenseeeseeeeeseeeneneeeeretieeees 85 NOCOND Control 130 mantissa EE 62 NOEXPAND contra 130 Map RU 21 139 143 nojis pragma directive eee eee ee eeteeeteeeeteteeeees 100 CONTER EEN 144 NOLIST contre 109 130 generating eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 30 139 143 NONE SUboptoen cise de hii aise teeeess 27 processor selection 0 00 eeeeeeeeseeeeeenteeteneeees 140 non volatile RAM secessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeessees 65 SOlCCION EE 138 NOR VH Geteste Seegen 205 symbol tables mm 139 NOXREF control 22 3 aaeeeo erae ereire eanais 131 WAMO EE 141 nul MaCroO Operator eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeeeteneeeees 126 ME E E TT 21 NWED ele lu EE 72 memchr FU
145. H C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 1237 endpoint 0 is pre defined Driver An attempt has been made to define endpoint 0 in a USB file This channel c 1238 FNALIGN failure on Linker Two functions have their auto parameter blocks aligned using the FNALIGN directive but one function calls the other which implies that must not be aligned This will occur if a function pointer is assigned the address of each function but one function calls the other For example int one int a return a int two int a return two a 2 int ip int ip one ip 23 ip two ip references one and two two calls one ip 67 1239 pointer has no valid targets Code Generator A function call involving a function pointer was made but the pointer was never assigned a target address e g void fp int fp 23 oops what function does fp point to 1240 unknown checksum algorithm type i Driver The error file specified after the Efile or E file options could not be opened Check to ensure that the file or directory is valid and that has read only access 1241 bad start address in Driver The start of range address for the CHECKSUM option could not be read This value must be a hexadecimal number 1242 bad end address in Driver The end of range address for the CHECKSUM option could not be read This value must be a hexadecimal number 1243
146. I TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide FIGURE 2 1 COMPILER APPLICATIONS AND FILES assembly source files Command line driver processed files module preprocessor relocatable object file C source files debug file hexmate cromwell absolute object file relocatable object files libraries You can consider the large underlying box to represent the whole compiler which is controlled by the command line driver PICC You may be satisfied just knowing that C source files shown on the far left are passed to the compiler and the resulting output files Shown here as a HEX and COFF debug file on the far right are produced how ever internally there are many applications and temporary files being produced An understanding of the internal operation of the compiler while not necessary does assist with using the tool The driver will call the required compiler applications These applications are shown as the smaller boxed inside the large driver box The temporary file produce by each appli cation can also be seen in this diagram DS51865A page 10 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver Table 2 2 lists the compiler applications The names shown are the names of the exe cutables which can be found in the bin directory under the compiler s installation directory TABLE 2 2 COMPILER APPLICATION NAMES
147. INGS Several comment strings are appended to assembler instructions by the code genera tor These are typically used by the assembler optimizer The comment string volatile is used to indicate that the memory location being accessed in the commented instruction is associated with a variable that was declared as volatile in the C source code Accesses to this location which appear to be redundant will not be removed by the assembler optimizer if this string is present This comment string may also be used in assembler source to achieve the same effect for locations defined and accessed in assembly code 4 3 5 Constants 4 3 5 1 NUMERIC CONSTANTS The assembler performs all arithmetic with signed 32 bit precision The default radix for all numbers is 10 Other radices may be specified by a trailing base specifier as given in Table 4 3 TABLE 4 3 ASPIC NUMBERS AND BASES Radix Format Binary Digits 0 and 1 followed by B Octal Digits 0 to 7 followed by 0 Q o org Decimal Digits 0 to 9 followed by D d or nothing Hexadecimal Digits 0 to 9 A to F preceded by ox or followed by H orh Hexadecimal numbers must have a leading digit e g Offffh to differentiate them from identifiers Hexadecimal digits are accepted in either upper or lower case Note that a binary constant must have an upper case B following it as a lower case b is used for temporary numeric label backward references 2009 Microchip Tec
148. It is fully defined by the user however as it is very closely associated with the runtime startup module it is discussed with the other runtime files in the following sections 2 4 1 Library Files The names of the C standard library files appropriate for the selected target device and other driver options are determined by the driver and passed to the code generator and linker P code libraries 1pp libraries are used by the code generator and object code libraries 1ib files are used by the linker Most library routines are derived from p code libraries By default PICC will search the 1ib directory under the compiler installation directory for library files that are required during compilation 2 4 1 1 USING LIBRARY ROUTINES Library functions or routines and any associated variables will be automatically linked into a program once they have been referenced in your source code The use of a func tion from one library file will not include any other functions from that library Only used library functions will be linked into the program output and consume memory 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 15 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Your program will require declarations for any functions or symbols used from libraries These are contained in the standard C header h files Header files are not library files and the two files types should not be confused Library files contain precompiled code
149. LIFIER The volatile type qualifier is used to tell the compiler that an object cannot be guar anteed to retain its value between successive accesses This prevents the optimizer from eliminating apparently redundant references to objects declared volatile because it may alter the behavior of the program to do so Any SFR which can be modified by hardware or which drives hardware is qualified as volatile and any variables which may be modified by interrupt routines should use this qualifier as well For example volatile static unsigned int TACTL 0x160 The volatile qualifier does not guarantee that any access will be atomic which is often not the case with the PIC10 12 16 architecture which can only access a maxi mum of 1 byte of data per instruction The code produced by the compiler to access volatile objects may be different to that to access ordinary variables and typically the code will be longer and slower for volatile objects so only use this qualifier if it is necessary However failure to use this qualifier when it is required may lead to code failure Another use of the volatile keyword is to prevent variables being removed if they are not used in the C source If a non volatile variable is never used or used ina way that has no effect on the program s function then it may be removed before code is generated by the compiler 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 65 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guid
150. LL get input PAGESEL select this page 4 3 9 27 PROCESSOR The output of the assembler may vary depending on the target device The device name is typically set using the CHIP option to the command line driver PICC see Section 2 7 20 CHIP Define Processor or using the assembler s CHIP option see Section 4 2 15 CHIP Specify Device Name but can also be set with this directive e g PROCESSOR 16F877 This directive will override any processor selected by a command line option DS51865A page 128 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler 4 3 9 28 SIGNAT This directive is used to associate a 16 bit signature value with a label At link time the linker checks that all signatures defined for a particular label are the same and pro duces an error if they are not The SIGNAT directive is used by HI TECH C to enforce link time checking of C function prototypes and calling conventions Use the SIGNAT directive if you want to write assembly language routines which are called from C For example SIGNAT _fred 8192 will associate the signature value 8192 with the symbol _ fred If a different signature value for _f red is present in any object file the linker will report an error The easiest way to determine the correct signature value for a routine is to write a C routine with the same prototype as the assembly routine and check the signature value determined by the code generator T
151. MACROS Similar to the EEPROM read write routines described above there are equivalent Flash memory routines For example to write a byte sized value to an address in Flash memory use FLASH_WRITE address value To read a byte of data from an address in Flash memory and store it in a variable use variable FLASH_READ address 3 2 6 2 FLASH ACCESS FUNCTIONS The flash_read function provides the same functionality as the FLASH_READ macro but will potentially cost less in code space if multiple invocations are required The flash_copy function allows duplication of a block of memory at a location in Flash memory The block of data being duplicated can be sourced from either RAM or program memory This routine is only available for those devices which support writes to Flash memory in sizes greater than one word 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 55 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide For the small subset of devices which allow independent control over a Flash block era sure process the flash_erase function provides this service It is not required for other devices 3 2 7 Baseline PIC MCU special instructions The baseline 12 bit instruction word devices have some registers which are not in the normal SFR area and cannot be accessed using an ordinary file instruction The HI TECH C compiler is instructed to automatically use the special instructions intended for such cases w
152. NCTION 0 eeeeeeeeseeeeeneeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereaees 201 de EE 85 MEMCMP Tunchon ee eeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeneeeeteneerenees 202 o MOMCPy Alt le LTE 203 MEMMOVE TuncHon eneee 203 object code version NUMDET sssssssssssssssssesssese 144 memory object file libraries eet eeeeeeeeeseeeesseeeeseeereseeeees 142 DANKS oo eecccccccccccccccececcccecececcuetteeceeececeseseasnees 91 128 object TER 27 1 10 149 GE 112 121 128 eloo E zezcascastssasteedehactpaeaueassedes aha T 139 E es Nea acl fale erst Aten mn that to 34 41 42 ele EEN 142 Specifying RANGES EEN 136 relocatable siiicar aenieei iinan iniiai 142 SUMMIMANY aana n a EE 44 symbol Only ecsseeseeseerseessessseeseessesseeneesneesees 137 UNUSEO ececccceccscecesecsesecsesecsesecseecseeessesensesananees 36 OBJTOHEX application 152 memset Tunchon n 204 OBJSTOHEX Options EE 152 Merging hex les 160 OPT control direchhve eneeier 129 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 339 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide optimizations 20 2 2 eeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 38 39 assembler snnnnnnosossosnnnnnnnnrressssnnrnrrrreone 39 111 debugging i sui isikirin prierons arianen 39 111 global arene aa a E 39 Speed VS space 39 option instruction cceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeenaeees 56 options see driver compiler options options see driver options ORG directive risie iienaa i Ph 121 oscillator calibration
153. O oops IN is already defined 980 this identifier is already a union tag Parser This identifier following a st ruct or enum keyword is already the tag fora union and thus should only follow the keyword union e g union IN int a b enum IN ONE 1 TWO oops IN is already defined 981 pointer required Parser A pointer is required here e g struct DATA data data gt a 9 data is a structure not a pointer to a structure 982 unknown op in nxtuse Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 983 storage class redeclared Parser A variable previously declared as being static has now be redeclared as extern 984 type redeclared Parser The type of this function or object has been redeclared This can occur because of two incompatible declarations or because an implicit declaration is followed by an incompatible declaration e g int a char a oops what is the correct type 985 qualifiers redeclared Parser This function or variable has different qualifiers in different declarations DS51865A page 316 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 986 enum member redeclared Parser A member of an enumeration is defined twice or more with differing values Does the member appear twice in the same list or does the name of the member appear in more than one enum list 987 arguments redecla
154. OR directive in the assembler source file see Section 4 3 9 27 PROCESSOR You can also add your own processors to the compiler via the compiler s chipinfo file This option is applied if compiling using PICC the command line driver and the CHIP driver option see Section 2 7 20 CHIP Define Processor 4 2 16 DISL Disable Messages This option is mainly used by the command line driver PICC to disable particular message numbers It takes a comma separate list of message numbers that will be disabled during compilation This option is applied if compiling using PICC the command line driver and the MSGDISABLE driver option see Section 2 7 37 MSGDISABLE Disable Warn ing Messages See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information about the compiler s messaging system DS51865A page 110 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler 4 3 4 2 17 EDF Set Message File Path This option is mainly used by the command line driver PICC to specify the path of the message description file The default file is located in the dat directory in the compiler s installation directory See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information about the compiler s messaging system 4 2 18 EMAX Specify Maximum Number of Errors This option is mainly used by the command line driver PICC to specify the maximum number of errors that can be encountered before the assembler
155. PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 338 can t create file Any The application tried to create or open the named file but it could not be created Check that all file pathnames are correct 339 initializer in extern declaration Parser A declaration containing the keyword extern has an initializer This overrides the extern Storage class since to initialise an object it is necessary to define i e allocate storage for it e g extern int other 99 if it s extern and not allocated storage how can it be initialized 340 string not terminated by null character Parser A char array is being initialized with a string literal larger than the array Hence there is insufficient space in the array to safely append a null terminating character e g char foo 5 12345 the string stored in foo won t have a null terminating i e foo ZE WEE TE E SE 343 implicit return at end of non void function Parser A function which has been declared to return a value has an execution path that will allow it to reach the end of the function body thus returning without a value Either insert a return statement with a value or if the function is not to return a value declare it void e g int mydiv double a int b if b 0 return a b what about when b is 0 warning flagged here 344 non void function returns no value Parser A function that is declared as returning a value
156. Re EE 84 configuration FUSES ee eeeeeeeeeeteneeeteeneeeteeeeeeenaeees 52 const objects Tate 7 2 1 a aE E ET TTT 65 storage Jocatton 76 eege E E 65 constants ASSEMBLY ves eege E EES ESEEN 113 EE EE 59 e Tee 59 string see string literals AA 59 context switch code 86 101 DS51865A page 333 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide control EIER 56 eeledde uf 31 ee CAL 180 ee Di Ier EE 181 CPUTS FUNCTION perincian nnanet eb ceevectaenes ENEE 181 CREF application 108 131 153 CREF option Pins anna alain ain eine 154 RN 154 EE 154 ON steele earth ered thn ete emt eraser dhe 154 EEREN EEE E EAE e E 154 EE 154 Mopeds stan Sneath el a Sabena 155 CREF Options 0 ccccceceseeeeseeeeeneeeeeteeeeseees 153 154 CROMWELL application cccceeeeeeeeeees 20 156 CROMWELL option EE 158 EE 157 ENEE 157 eich BGG Ee Saal eA 158 SE 157 I Skeeter aie and det tia 157 EE a E T EENS 158 EEE eed wh ene ee RA ert 158 KEE 157 Goto thd Sata Bite teach e Ee at ot 157 Pas deeg EE 157 VE 158 CROMWELL option 156 cross reference file ee ceeeeeeceeseeeeseeeeeneeeeeeneee 108 cross reference files cceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 108 153 Cross reference Wetngs 35 excluding header symbols AAA 154 excluding evmbols AAA 154 155 WEE 154 GUIDEIE HS APEE PETET TETEE 154 page length eee eeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeseeeees 154 PAGS EU seenen dee eEeg 154 cross referencing application EE 153 disabling
157. T Generate Assem bler List Files generates a list files andthe M option Section 2 7 8 M Generate Map File specifies generation of a map file The assembly list file contains the mapping between the original source code and the generated assembly code It is useful for information such as how C source was encoded or how assembly source may have been optimized It is essential when con firming if compiler produced code that accesses objects is atomic and shows the psects in which all objects and code are placed See Section 4 4 Assembly List Files for more information on the contents of this file The map file shows information relating to where objects were positioned in memory It is useful for confirming if user defined linker options were correctly processed and for determining the exact placement of objects and functions It also shows all the unused memory areas in a devices and memory fragmentation See Section 5 4 Map Files for complete information on the contents of this file 2 6 COMPILER MESSAGES All compiler applications including the command line driver PICC use textual mes sages to report feedback during the compilation process A centralized messaging sys tem is used to produce the messages which allows consistency during all stages of the compilation process 2 6 1 Messaging Overview A message is referenced by a unique number which is passed to the messaging sys tem by the compiler applic
158. T what a definition for WHAT was never seen 199 logical type required Parser The expression used as an operand to if while statements or to boolean operators like and amp amp must be a scalar integral type e g struct FORMAT format if format this operand must be a scaler type format a 0 200 taking the address of a register variable is illegal Parser A variable declared register may not have storage allocated for it in memory and thus it is illegal to attempt to take the address of it by applying the amp operator e g int proc register int in int ip amp in oops in may not have an address to take return ip DS51865A page 246 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 201 taking the address of this object is illegal Parser The expression which was the operand of the amp operator is not one that denotes memory storage an lvalue and therefore its address can not be defined e g ip amp 8 oops you can t take the address of a literal 202 only Ivalues may be assigned to or modified Parser Only an lIvalue i e an identifier or expression directly denoting addressable storage can be assigned to or otherwise modified e g int array 10 ant py char c array ip array isn t a variable it can t be written to A typecast does not yield an lvalue eg the contents of c cast to int is only a intermediate value int
159. TIVE The pragma interrupt_level directive can be used to prevent function duplica tion of functions called from main line and interrupt code See Section 3 8 3 1 Disabling Duplication for more information 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 99 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 3 10 3 3 THE PRAGMA JIS AND NOUJIS DIRECTIVES If your code includes strings with two byte characters in the JIS encoding for Japanese and other national characters the pragma jis directive will enable proper handling of these characters specifically not interpreting a backslash character when it appears as the second half of a two byte character The nojis directive disables this special handling JIS character handling is disabled by default 3 10 3 4 THE PRAGMA PACK DIRECTIVE Some MCUs requires word accesses to be aligned on word boundaries Consequently the compiler will align all word or larger quantities onto a word boundary including structure members This can lead to holes in structures where a member has been aligned onto the next word boundary This behavior can be altered with this directive Use of the directive pragma pack 1 will prevent any padding or alignment within structures Use this directive with caution in general if you must access data that is not aligned on a word boundary you should do so by extracting individual bytes and re assembling the data This will result in por table code Not
160. The usage of this option is FILL Code Start End data where Code is the opcode that will be assigned to unused locations in memory Multi byte codes should be entered in little endian order e Start and End specify the address range over which this fill will apply e The data flag will specify that only records within the range that contain data will be filled The default is to fill all records in the range For example FILL 3412 0 1FFF data will program opcode 1234h in all unused addresses from program memory address 0 to 1FFFh Note the endianism This option accepts whole bytes of hexadecimal data from 1 to 8 bytes in length If the data flag has been specified HEXMATE will only perform ROM filling to records that actually contain data This means that these records will be padded out to the default data record length or the width specified in the FORMAT option Records will also begin on addresses which are multiples of the data record length used The default data record length is 16 bytes This facility is particularly useful or is a requirement for some bootloaders that expect that all data records will be of a particular length and address alignment 6 6 1 7 FIND This option is used to detect and log occurrences of an opcode or partial code sequence The usage of this option is FIND Findcode mMask Start End Align w t Title where e Findcode is the hexadecimal code sequence to se
161. The duplicated code and data uses different symbols and are allocated different memory so are fully independent This is similar to the process you would need to undertake if this feature was not imple mented in the compiler the C function could be duplicated by hand given different names and one called from main line code the other from the interrupt function How ever you would have to maintain both functions and the code would need to be reverted if it was ported to a compiler which did support reentrancy The duplicate output will have unique identifiers for the assembly symbols used within it The identifiers consists of the same name used in the original output prefixed with i The output of the function called from main line code will not use any prefixes and the assembly names will be those normally used To illustrate in a program the function main calls a function called input This function is also called by an interrupt function Examination of the assembly list file will show assembly code for both the original and duplicate function outputs The output corresponding to the C function input will use the assembly label _input The corresponding label used by the duplicate func tion will be i1_input If the original function makes reference to a temporary variable the generated output will use the symbol _input compared to i1_input forthe duplicate output Even local labels within the function output will be duplicated
162. This option is on by default when compiling in under MPLAB IDE and using the HI TECH Universal Toolsuite 2 7 18 ADDRQUAL Set Compiler Response to Memory Qualifiers The ADDRQUAL option indicates the compiler s response to non standard memory qualifiers in C source code By default these qualifiers are ignored i e they are accepted without error but have no effect Using this option allows these qualifiers to be binding and forces the compiler to position the qualified objects in the locations specified by the qualifiers If the requirements of the qualifier cannot be met an error will be generated The suboptions are detailed in Table 2 7 TABLE 2 7 COMPILER RESPONSES TO MEMORY QUALIFIERS Selection Response bank0 bank The banko bank3 qualifiers are binding See Section 3 3 11 3 Banko 1 bank2 or Bank1 Bank2 and Bank3 Type Qualifiers bank3 near The near qualifier is binding See Section 3 3 11 2 Near Type Quali fier eeprom The eeprom qualifier is binding See Section 3 3 11 4 EEPROM Type Qualifier For example the option ADDRQUAL bank0 near requests that the compiler honour the banko and near qualifiers if present in source code but to ignore any other non standard memory qualifiers encountered If an object qualified as bankO cannot be placed into bank 0 data RAM and error will be issued if an object qualified near cannot be placed in the common memory an err
163. VF Portage w MOVWF _read lat byte local storage MOVE PORTB w MOVWF _read 1 2nd byte local storage The compiler will take into account the 2 bytes required by this routine when calculating the stack size If this routine is called from C code the compiler will automatically see that the routine is part of the call graph when it encodes the call If this routine is called from other assembly code that assembly code must use the FNCALL directive to indicate that the call has been made The code generator cannot scan any assembly code for calls but will know of any calls made in C code For exam ple if this routine was called by another assembly routine called _scan then the following would be required somewhere in the code FNCALL _scan _read 3 10 PREPROCESSING All C source files are preprocessed before compilation The preprocessed file is always left behind and will have a pre extension and the same base name as the source file from which it is derived The PRE option can be used to preprocess and then stop the compilation See Section 2 7 46 PRE Produce Preprocessed Source Code Assembler files can also be preprocessed if the P driver option is issued See Section 2 7 11 P Preprocess Assembly Files DS51865A page 96 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features 3 10 1 Preprocessor Directives HI TECH C accepts several specialized preprocessor directives in addition to the standard
164. X usage map file Driver The driver was unable to open the indicated file The HEX usage map file is generated by the driver when the driver option summary file is used Ensure that the file is not open in another application 894 unknown source file type Driver The extension of the indicated input file could not be determined Only files with the extensions as c obj usb p1 1ib or HEX are identified by the driver 895 can t request and specify options in the one command Driver The usage of the driver options get option and setoption is mutually exclu sive 896 no memory ranges specified for data space Driver No on chip or external memory ranges have been specified for the data space memory for the device specified 897 no memory ranges specified for program space Driver No on chip or external memory ranges have been specified for the program space memory for the device specified 899 can t open option file for application Driver An option file specified by a get option or setoption driver option could not be opened If you are using the set option option ensure that the name of the file is spelt correctly and that it exists If you are using the get option option ensure that this file can be created at the given location or that it is not in use by any other application 900 exec failed Driver The subcomponent listed failed to execute Does the file exist
165. _add globally accessible SIGNAT _add 8298 tell the linker how it should be called FNSIZE _add 0 4 this required 4 bytes of params no autos everything following will be placed into the mytext psect psect mytext local class CODE delta 2 our routine to add to ints and return the result _add params are loaded by the calling function we access them here using the special symbol BANKSEL _add select the bank of this object MOVE BANKMASK _add 2 w take the LSB of the second param ADDWF BANKMASK _add f add to the LSB of the first param BTFSC STATUS 0 check for carry INCF BANKMASK _addt 1 f handle carry MOVE BANKMASK _add 3 w take the MSB of the second param ADDWF BANKMASK _add 1 f add to the MSB of the first param the result is already in the required location so we can just return immediately RETURN To compile this the assembly file must be preprocessed as we have used the C pre processor include directive See Section 2 7 11 P Preprocess Assembly Files To call an assembly routine from C code a declaration for the routine must be provided This ensures that the compiler knows how to encode the function call in terms of parameters and return values Here is a C code snippet that declares the operation of the assembler routine then calls the routine declare the assembly routine so it can be correctly called extern unsigned int add unsigned a
166. a n 1 Sf s When recompiled the following output will be displayed parser 362 12 main c redundant amp applied to array 492 attempt to position absolute psect text is illegal error Notice that the format of the warning was changed but that of the error message was not The warning format now follows the specification of the environment variable The application name parser was substituted for the sa placeholder the message number 362 substituted the n placeholder etc 2 6 5 Changing Message Behavior Both the attributes of individual messages and general settings for the messaging sys tem can be modified during compilation There are both driver options and C pragmas that can be used to achieve this 2 6 5 1 DISABLING MESSAGES Each warning message has a default number indicating a level of importance This number is specified in the MDF and ranges from 9 to 9 The higher the number the more important the warning Warning messages can be disabled by adjusting the warning level threshold using the WARN driver option see Section 2 7 59 WARN Set Warning Level Any warn ings whose level is below that of the current threshold are not displayed The default threshold is 0 which implies that only warnings with a warning level of O or higher will be displayed by default The information in this option is propagated to all compiler applications so its effect will be observed during all stages of the compilat
167. a known location if it gets lost Storage of a serial number at a fixed address Storage of a string e g time stamp at a fixed address Store initial values at a particular memory address e g initialize EEPROM Detecting usage of a buggy restricted instruction Adjusting HEX file to meet requirements of particular bootloaders 6 6 1 HEXMATE Command Line Options HEXMATE is automatically called by the command line driver PICC This is primarily to merge in HEX files with the output generated by the source files however there are some PICC options which directly map to HEXMATE options and so other functionality can be requested without having to run HEXMATE explicitly on the command line For other functionality the following details the options available when running this application If HEXMATE is to be run directly its usage is HEXMATE specs filel HEX specs file2 HEX specs fileN HEX options Where filel HEX through to fileN HEX form a list of input Intel HEX files to merge using HEXMATE If only one HEX file is specified then no merging takes place but other functionality is specified by additional options Table 6 8 lists the command line options that HEXMATE accepts TABLE 6 8 HEXMATE COMMAND LINE OPTIONS Option Effect ADDRESSING Set address fields in a
168. a number of the output file formats which are used by PIC10 12 16 development tools The default behavior of PICC is to produce a Microchip format COFF and Intel HEX output Unless changed by a driver option the base names of these files will be the project name See Section 2 2 1 Output Files for more information on how this base name is derived The COFF file is used by debuggers to obtain debugging information about the project Table 2 13 shows all output format options available with PICC using the OUTPUT option The File Type column lists the filename extension which will be used for the output file 2 5 1 1 SYMBOL FILES PICC creates two symbol files which are used to generate the debug output files such as COFF and ELF files These are the SYM file sym extension produced by the linker and the SDB file sdb extension produced by the code generator The SDB file contains type information and the SYM file contains address informa tion These two files in addition to the HEX file are combined by the CROMWELL appli cation see Section 6 5 Cromwell to produce the output debug files such as the COFF file DS51865A page 20 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 2 5 2 Support Files Two valuable files produced by the compiler are the assembly list file produced by the assembler and the map file produced by the linker The compiler options ASMLIST Section 2 7 17 ASMLIS
169. absolute code associated with it will appear in the psect called _rv_text As these psects are already placed at the address indicated in the C source code the linker options that position them should not be changed 3 7 1 2 DATA SPACE PSECTS nv These psects are used to store persistent variables They are not cleared or oth erwise modified at startup These psects may be linked anywhere in their targeted memory bank bss These psects contain any uninitialized variables These psects may be linked anywhere in their targeted memory bank data These psects contain the RAM image of any initialized variables These psects may be linked anywhere in their targeted memory bank estack These psects contain the compiled stack On the stack are auto and param eter variables for the entire program See 3 4 2 Compiled Stack Opera tion for information on the compiled stack 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 85 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 3 8 INTERRUPT HANDLING IN C The compiler incorporates features allowing interrupts to be fully handled from C code Interrupt functions are often called Interrupt Service Routines ISRs Baseline devices do not utilize interrupts and so the following sections are only appli cable for Mid Range and Enhanced Mid Range devices 3 8 1 Interrupt Functions The function qualifier interrupt may be applied to C function definitions to allow them to be called directly fr
170. allocate auto variables Baseline and Mid Range PIC devices can only use their hardware stack for function return addresses and have no instructions to access this stack for variables The stack size is also only several words long and so it unsuitable for data of any substantial quantity As a result HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs uses a compiled stack for all auto variables Stored on the compiled stack are the auto variables for all functions plus the param eter variables for each function A function may also require temporary variables These are allocated space along with and are treated in a similar way as the function s auto variables Local variables which are qualified st atic are not stored on the stack A compiled stack consists of fixed memory areas that are usable by each function s stack based variables When a compiled stack is used functions are not re entrant since stack based variables in each function will use the same fixed area of memory every time the function is invoked Fundamental to the generation of the compiled stack is the call graph which defines a tree like hierarchy of function calls i e it shows what functions may be called by each function There will be one graph produced for each root function A root function is typically not called but which is executed via other means and contains a program entry point The function main is an example of a root function that will be in every project
171. alue to print 332 interrupt_level should be 0 to 7 Parser The pragma interrupt_level must have an argument from 0 to 7 e g pragma interrupt_level oops what is the level void interrupt isr void isr code goes here 333 unrecognized qualifier name after strings Parser The pragma strings was passed a qualifier that was not identified e g oops should that be pragma strings const pragma strings cinst 334 unrecognized qualifier name after printf_check Parser The pragma printf_check was passed a qualifier that could not be identified e g oops should that be const not cinst pragma printf_check printf cinst 335 unknown pragma Parser An unknown pragma directive was encountered e g pragma rugsused w I think you meant regsused 336 string concatenation across lines Parser Strings on two lines will be concatenated Check that this is the desired result e g char cp hi there this is okay but is it what you had intended 337 line does not have a newline on the end Parser The last line in the file is missing the newline operating system dependent character from the end Some editors will create such files which can cause problems for include files The ANSI C standard requires all source files to consist of complete lines only 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 263 HI TECH C for
172. ameter block and a in the w register A call test xyz 8 would generate code similar to MOVLW 08h move literal 0x8 into MOVWE _test the parameter memory CLRF _test l locations for the 16 bit parameter MOVE _XyZ W move xyz into the W register CALL _test In this example the parameter b is held in the memory locations _test Least Significant Byte and _test 1 Most Significant Byte The exact code used to call a function or the code used to access a parameters from within a function can always be examined in the assembly list file See Section 2 7 17 ASMLIST Generate Assembler List Files for the option that generates this file This is useful if you are writing an assembly routine that must call a function with parameters or accept arguments when it is called 3 5 4 Function Return Values Function return values are passed to the calling function using either the w register or the function s parameter memory Having return values also located in the parameter memory can reduce the code size for functions that return a modified copy of their parameter Eight bit values are returned from a function in the w register Values larger than a byte are returned in the function s parameter memory area with the least significant word in the lowest memory location For example the function int return_16 void return 0x1234 will exit with the code similar to MOVLW 34h MOVWF _ret
173. an begin execution of its function main It is the job of the runtime startup code to perform these tasks specifically e Initialization of global variables assigned a value when defined e Clearing of non initialized global variables e General setup of registers or processor state Rather than the traditional method of linking in a generic precompiled routine HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs uses a more efficient method which actually determines what runtime startup code is required from the user s program Both the driver and code generator are involved in generating the runtime startup code The driver takes care of device setup and this code is placed into a separate assembly startup module The code generator handles initialization of the C environment such as clearing uninitialized C variables and copying initialized C variables This code is output along with the rest of the C program The runtime startup code is generated automatically every time you build a project The file created by the driver may be deleted after compilation and this operation can be controlled with the keep suboption to the RUNTIME option The default operation of the driver is to keep the start up module however if using MPLAB IDE to build it requests that the file be deleted unless you indicate otherwise If the startup module is kept it will be called startup as and will be located in the current working directory If you are using an IDE to
174. an see that any p code files p1 extension or p code libraries 1pp extension that are supplied on the command line are initially passed to the code generator Other examples of input files include object files obj extension and object libraries 1ib extension both of which are passed initially to the linker and even HEX files hex extension which are passed to one of the utility applications called HEXMATE which is run right at the end of the compilation sequence Some of the temporary files shown in this diagram are actually preserved and can be inspected after compilation has concluded There are also driver options to request that the compilation sequence stop after a particular application and the output of that application becomes the final output 1 Assembly file will be preprocessed before being passed to the assembler if the P option is selected DEER 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 11 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide FIGURE 2 2 MULTI FILE COMPILATION Intermediate files l preprocess amp parse reprocess prep code amp d eneration SERIES parse g First stage of compilation Second stage of compilation 2 3 1 Single step Compilation Figure 2 1 showed us the files that are generated by each application and the order in which these applications are executed However this does not indicate how these appli cations are executed when th
175. and reads those if they are found The options are further described in the following paragraphs DS51865A page 156 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Utilities 6 5 1 Pname architecture The P options takes a string which is the name of the processor used CROMWELL may use this in the generation of the output format selected Note that to produce output in COFF format an additional argument to this option which also specifies the processor architecture is required Hence for this format the usage of this option must take the form Pname architecture Table 6 7 enumerates the architectures supported for producing COFF files TABLE 6 7 ARCHITECTURE ARGUMENTS Architecture Description PIC12 Microchip baseline PIC MCU chips PIC14 Microchip Mid Range PIC MCU chips PIC14E Microchip Enhanced Mid Range PIC MCU chips PIC16 Microchip high end 17CXXX PIC MCU chips PIC18 Microchip PIC18 chips PIC24 Microchip PIC24F and PIC24H chips PIC30 Microchip dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 chips 6 5 2 N To produce some output file formats e g COFF CROMWELL requires that the names of the program memory space psect classes be provided The names of the classes are specified as a comma separated list See the map file Section 5 4 Map Files to determine which classes the linker uses For example mid range devices typically requires NCODE CONST ENTRY STRING 6 5 3 D The D option is u
176. ar EOF putchar c 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 191 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide See Also getc fgetc freopen fclose Note This routine is not usable in a ROM based system GETS Synopsis include lt stdio h gt char gets char s Description The gets function reads a line from standard input into the buffer at s deleting the newline c f fgets The buffer is null terminated In an embedded system gets is equivalent to cgets and results in getche being called repeatedly to get characters Editing with backspace is available Example include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 printi a line if gets buf puts buf See Also fgets freopen puts Return Value It returns its argument or NULL on end of file GET_CAL_DATA Synopsis include lt htc h gt double get_cal_data const unsigned char code_ptr Description This function returns the 32 bit floating point calibration data from the PIC MCU 14000 calibration space Only use this function to access KREF KBG VHTHERM and KTC that is the 32 bit floating point parameters FOSC and TWDT can be accessed directly as they are bytes DS51865A page 192 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions GMTIME Example include lt htc h gt void main void double x unsigned char y
177. arch for and is entered in little endian byte order e Mask is optional It specifies a bit mask applied over the Findcode value to allow a less restrictive search It is entered in little endian byte order DS51865A page 162 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Utilities Start and End limit the address range to search Align is optional It specifies that a code sequence can only match if it begins on an address which is a multiple of this value w if present will cause HEXMATE to issue a warning whenever the code sequence is detected Title is optional It allows a title to be given to this code sequence Defining a title will make log reports and messages more descriptive and more readable A title will not affect the actual search results Here are some examples The option FIND 3412 0 7FFF 2w will detect the code sequence 1234h when aligned on a 2 two byte address boundary between 0h and 7FFFh w indicates that a warning will be issued each time this sequence is found In this next example F IND 3412MO0F00 0 7FFF 2wt ADDxy the option is the same as in last example but the code sequence being matched is masked with 000Fh SO HEXMATE will search for any of the opcodes 123xh where x is any digit Ifa byte mask is used is must be of equal byte width to the opcode it is applied to Any messaging or reports generated by HEXMATE will refer to this opcode by the name ADDXY as this was the title defined for this sear
178. are too many symbols for the assembler s symbol table Reduce the number of symbols in your program 310 expected Parser A closing square bracket was expected in an array declaration or an expression using an array index e g process carray idx oops should be process carray idx 311 closing quote expected Parser A closing quote was expected for the indicated string 312 expected Parser The indicated token was expected by the parser 313 function body expected Parser Where a function declaration is encountered with K amp R style arguments i e argument names but no types inside the parentheses a function body is expected to follow e g the function block must follow not a semicolon int get_value a b DS51865A page 260 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 314 expected Parser A semicolonis missing from a statement A close brace or keyword was found following a statement with no terminating semicolon e g while a b a oops where is the semicolon error is flagged here Note Omitting a semicolon from statements not preceding a close brace or keyword typically results in some other error being issued for the following code which the parser assumes to be part of the original statement 315 expected Parser An opening brace was expected here This error may be the result of a function defini tion missing the opening brace e g
179. arting from address zero Even though the ranges are contiguous no psect will straddle a 64k boundary thus this may result in different psect placement to the case where the option ACODE 0 OFFFFFh had been specified which does not include boundaries on 64k multiples The a option does not specify the memory space associated with the address Once a psect is allocated to a class the space value of the psect is then assigned to the class see Section 4 3 9 3 12 Space 5 2 2 Cx This option is now obsolete Cpsect class This option will allow a psect to be associated with a specific class Normally this is not required on the command line since psect classes are specified in object files See Section 4 3 9 3 3 Class 5 2 3 Dclass delta This option allows the delta value for psects that are members of the specified class to be defined The delta value should be a number and represents the number of bytes per addressable unit of objects within the psects Most psects do not need this option as they are defined with a delta value See Section 4 3 9 3 4 Delta 5 2 4 Dsymfile Use this option to produce an old style symbol file An old style symbol file is an ASCII file where each line has the link address of the symbol followed by the symbol name 5 2 5 Eerrfile Error messages from the linker are written to the standard error stream Under DOS there is no convenient way to redirect this to a file the compi
180. at string Parser A long long argument is required for this format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding arguments e g printf Sllx 2 maybe you meant printf llx 2LL Note that not all HI TECH C compilers provide support for a long long integer type 328 int argument required in printf style format string Parser An integral argument is required for this printf style format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding arguments e g printf d 1 23 wrong number or wrong placeholder DS51865A page 262 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 329 double argument required in printf style format string Parser The printf format specifier corresponding to this argument is zt or similar and requires a floating point expression Check for missing or extra format specifiers or arguments to printf printf f 44 should be printf f 44 0 330 pointer to argument required in printf style format string Parser A pointer argument is required for this format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding arguments 331 too few arguments for printf style format string Parser There are too few arguments for this format string This would result in a garbage value being printed or converted at run time e g printf td SOT low oops where is the other v
181. ata to have a link address of zero text will have a load address of zero and data will have a load address starting after the end of text The bss psect will concatenate with data in terms of both link and load addresses The load address may be replaced with a dot character This tells the linker to set the load address of this psect to the same as its link address The link or load address may also be the name of another previously linked psect This will explicitly concatenate the current psect with the previously specified psect e g Ptext 0 data 8000h bss Pnvram bss heap This example shows text at zero data linked at 8000h but loaded after text bss is linked and loaded at 8000h plus the size of data and nvram and heap are concat enated with bss Note here the use of two P options Multiple P options are processed in order If a options see Section 5 2 1 Aclass low high have been used to specify address ranges for a class then this class name may be used in place of a link or load address and space will be found in one of the address ranges For example ACODE 8000h BFFEh E000h FFFEh Pdata C000h CODE This will link data at COOOh but find space to load it in the address ranges associated with the CODE class If no sufficiently large space is available in this class an error will result Note that in this case the data psect will still be assembled into one contiguous block whereas other psects
182. ate a 1 byte checksum from address 0x800 to Oxfff and store this at address 0x20 Fletcher s algorithm will be used See Section 6 6 1 5 CK The checksum calculations are performed by the HEXMATE application The informa tion in this driver option is passed to the HEXMATE application when it is executed 2 7 20 CHIP Define Processor This option can be used to specify the target processor or device for the compilation This is the only compiler option that is mandatory when compiling code To see a list of supported processors that can be used with this option use the CHIPINFO option described in Section 2 7 21 CHIPINFO Display List of Sup ported Processors 2 7 21 CHIPINFO Display List of Supported Processors The CHIPINFO option displays a list of devices the compiler supports The names listed are those chips defined in the chipinfo file and which may be used with the CHIP option 2 7 22 CODEOFFSET Offset Program Code to Address In some circumstances such as bootloaders it is necessary to shift the program image to an alternative address This option is used to specify a base address for the program code image and to reserve memory from address 0 to that specified in the option When using this option all code psects including reset and interrupt vectors and con stant data will be adjusted to the address specified The address is assumed to be a hexadecimal constant A leading OX or a trail
183. ated with a peripheral may be asserted even if the peripheral is not configured to generate an interrupt 3 8 1 1 CONTEXT SAVING ON INTERRUPTS Some registers are automatically saved by the hardware when an interrupt occurs Any registers or compiler temporary objects used by the interrupt function other than those saved by the hardware must be saved in software This is the context save or context switch code Enhanced Mid Range PIC devices save the w STATUS BSR and FSRx registers in hardware using special shadow registers and hence these registers do not need to be saved by software In fact the compiler will never have to produce code to save any registers when compiling for an Enhanced Mid Range as no additional registers are ever used This makes interrupt functions on Enhanced Mid Range PIC devices very fast and efficient DS51865A page 86 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features Other Mid Range PIC processors only save the entire PC excluding the PCLATH reg ister on the stack when an interrupt occurs The the W STATUS FSR and PCLATH reg isters and the BTEMP pseudo register must be saved by the compiler if required The compiler fully determines which registers and objects are used by an interrupt func tion or any of the functions that it calls based on the known call graph and saves these appropriately Assembly code placed in line within the interrupt function is not scanned for re
184. ation of all the source files specified The files must be specified in full no default extensions or suffixes are assumed options is an optional space separated list of assembler options each with a minus sign as the first character in the case of single letter options or two minus signs in the case of multi letter options The assembler options must be specified on the command line before any files 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 107 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide A full list of possible options is given in Table 4 1 and a full description of each option follows TABLE 4 1 ASPIC COMMAND LINE OPTIONS Option Meaning Default A Produce assembler output Produce object code C Produce cross reference file No cross reference Cchipinfo Define the chipinfo file dat picc ini E file digit Set error destination format F length Specify listing page length 66 H Output HEX values for Decimal values constants I List macro expansions Don t list macros L listfile Produce listing No listing N Disable merging optimizations Merging optimizations enabled 0 Perform optimization No optimization ooutfile Specify object name srcfile obj R Specify non standard ROM Twidth Specify listing page width 80 V Produce line number info No line numbers VER version Specify full version information for list file title wlevel Set warn
185. ation that needs to convey the information The message string corresponding to this number is obtained from Message Description Files MDF which are stored in the dat directory in the compiler s installation directory When a message is requested by a compiler application its number is looked up in the MDF that corresponds to the currently selected language The language of messages can be altered as discussed in Section 2 6 2 Message Language Once found the alert system can read the message type and the string to be displayed from the MDF There are several different message types which are described in Section 2 6 3 Message Type and the type can be overridden by the user as described in the same section The user is also able to set a threshold for warning message importance so that only those which the user considers significant will be displayed In addition messages with a particular number can be disabled A pragma can also be used to disabled a partic ular message number within specific lines of code These methods are explained in Section 2 6 5 1 Disabling Messages Provided the message is enabled and it is not a warning messages whose level is below the current warning threshold the message string will be displayed In addition to the actual message string there are several other pieces of information that may be displayed such as the message number the name of the file for which the message is applicable
186. bad destination address in Driver The destination address for the CHECKSUM option could not be read This value must be a hexadecimal number 1245 value greater than zero required for Hexmate The align operand to the HEXMATE FIND option must be positive 1246 no RAM defined for variable placement Code Generator No memory has been specified to cover the banked RAM memory 1247 no access RAM defined for variable placement Code Generator No memory has been specified to cover the access bank memory DS51865A page 326 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 1248 symbol Cl encountered with undefined type size Code Generator The code generator was asked to position a variable but the size of the variable is not known This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1250 could not find space byte for variable Code Generator The code generator could not find space in the banked RAM for the variable specified 1253 could not find space byte for auto param block Code Generator The code generator could not find space in RAM for the psect that holds auto and parameter variables 1254 could not find space byte for data block Code Generator The code generator could not find space in RAM for the data psect that holds initialized variables 1255 conflicting paths for output directory Driver The compiler has been given
187. ble addresses in the same psect may be sub tracted An absolute value must be used in various places where the assembler must know a value at assembly time 847 operand error Assembler The operand to this opcode is invalid Check your assembler reference manual for the proper form of operands for this instruction 848 symbol has been declared EXTERN Assembler An assembly label uses the same name as a symbol that has already been declared as EXTERN 849 illegal instruction for this processor Assembler The instruction is not supported by this processor 850 PAGESEL not usable with this processor Assembler The PAGESEL pseudo instruction is not usable with the device selected 851 illegal destination Assembler The destination either or w is not correct for this instruction 852 radix must be from 2 16 Assembler The radix specified using the RADIX assembler directive must be in the range from 2 binary to 16 hexadecimal 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 307 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 853 invalid size for FNSIZE directive Assembler The assembler FNSIZE assembler directive arguments must be positive constants 855 ORG argument must be a positive constant Assembler An argument to the ORG assembler directive must be a positive constant or a symbol which has been equated to a positive constant e g ORG 10 this must a positive offset
188. ble in expressions are listed in Table 4 4 TABLE 4 4 ASPIC OPERATORS Operator Purpose Example Multiplication MOVLW 4 33 w Addition BRA 1 Subtraction DB 5 2 Division MOVLW 100 4 0req Equality IF inp eq 66 gt or gt Signed greater than IF inp gt 40 gt DOE ge Signed greater than or equal to IF inp ge 66 lt orlt Signed less than IF inp lt 40 lt orle Signed less than or equal to IF inp le 66 lt gt or ne Signed not equal to IF inp lt gt 40 low Low byte of operand OVLW low inp high High byte of operand OVLW high 1008h highword High 16 bits of operand DW highword inp mod Modulus OVLW 77mod4 amp Bitwise AND CLRF inp amp 0ffh A Bitwise XOR exclusive or OVF inp80 w Bitwise OR OVF inp 1 w not Bitwise complement OVLW not 055h w lt lt Or shl Shift left DB inp gt gt 8 gt gt or shr Shift right OVLW inp shr 2 w rol Rotate left DB inp rol 1 ror Rotate right DB inp ror 1 float24 24 bit version of realoperand DW float24 3 3 nul Tests if macro argument is null The usual rules governing the syntax of expressions apply The operators listed may all be freely combined in both constant and relocatable expressions The HI TECH linker permits relocation of complex expressions so the results of expressions involving relocatable identifiers may not be resolved until link time DS51865A page 11
189. but in floating point format Values midway between integer values are rounded up 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 211 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Example include lt math h gt void main void double input rounded input 1234 5678 rounded round input See Also trunc SETJMP Synopsis include lt setjmp h gt int setjmp mp but buf Description The set jmp function is used with Long jmp for non local goto s See long jmp for further information Example include lt stdio h gt include lt setjmp h gt include lt stdlib h gt jmp_buf jb void inner void longjmp jb 5 void main void Dene T if i setjmp jb printf returned d n i exit 0 printf returned 0 good n printf inner n inner printf returned bad n See Also long jmp DS51865A page 212 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions SIN SLEEP Return Value The set jmp function returns zero after the real call and non zero if it apparently returns after a call to long jmp Synopsis include lt math h gt double sin double f Description This function returns the sine function of its argument Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt define C 3 141592 180 0 void main void double i for i 0 i lt 180 0 i 10 prin
190. c 1 However you can write this using pointers x int amp c 1 203 illegal operation on bit variable Parser Not all operations on bit variables are supported This operation is one of those e g Dit b int 25 1p ip amp b oops cannot take the address of a bit object 204 void function can t return a value Parser A void function cannot return a value Any return statement should not be followed by an expression e g void run void step return 1 either run should not be void or remove the 1 205 integral type required Parser This operator requires operands that are of integral type only 206 illegal use of void expression Parser A void expression has no value and therefore you can t use it anywhere an expression with a value is required e g as an operand to an arithmetic operator 207 simple type required for Parser A simple type i e not an array or structure is required as an operand to this operator 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 247 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 208 operands of not same type Parser The operands of this operator are of different pointer e g Int ip char cp cp2 cp flag ip cp2 result of will be int or char Maybe you meant something like cp flag char ip cp2 209 type conflict Parser The operands of this operator are of incompatib
191. called LIBR and the formats of commands to it are as follows LIBR options k file lpp filel pl file2 pl LIBR options k file lib filel obj file2 obj 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 149 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide The options are zero or more librarian options which affect the output of the program These are listed in Table 6 1 TABLE 6 1 LIBRARIAN COMMAND LINE OPTIONS Option Effect P width Specify page width W Suppress non fatal errors A key letter k denotes the command requested of the librarian replacing extracting or deleting modules listing modules or symbols These commands are listed in Table 6 2 TABLE 6 2 LIBRARIAN KEY LETTER COMMANDS Key Meaning r Replace modules d Delete modules x Extract modules m List modules s List modules with symbols o Re order modules The first file name listed after the key is the name of the library file to be used The following files if required are the modules of the library required by the command specified If you are building a p code library the modules listed must be p code files If you are building an object file library the modules listed must be object files When replacing or extracting modules the names of the modules to be replaced or extracted must be specified If no names are supplied all the modules in the library will be replaced or extracte
192. ced Mid Range PIC device the memory allocated for some objects may be spread over multiple RAM banks Such objects will only ever be accessed indirectly in assembly code and will use the linear GPR memory imple mented on these devices A linear address which can be mapped back to the ordinary banked address will be used with these objects internally by the compiler The address specified for absolute objects may either be the traditional banked mem ory address or the linear address As the linear addresses start above the largest banked address it is clear which address is intended In the following example int inputBuffer 100 0x2000 it is clear that input Buffer should placed at address 0x2000 in the linear address space which is address 0x20 in bank 0 RAM in the traditional banked address space See the device data sheet for exact details regarding your selected device Objects qualified const can also be made absolute in the same way however the address will indicate an address in program memory Both initialized and uninitialized const objects can be made absolute That latter is useful when you only need to define a label in program memory without making a contribution to the output file Variables can also be placed at specific positions by using the psect pragma see Section 3 10 3 6 The pragma psect Directive The decision whether variables should be positioned this way or using absolute variables should be based on
193. cessor s include directive If you are using the latter method make sure you compile with the P driver option to prepro cess assembly files see Section 2 7 11 P Preprocess Assembly Files The symbols in this header file look similar to the identifiers used in the C domain when including lt htc h gt e g PORTA EECON1 etc They are different symbols in different domains but will map to the same memory location Bits within registers are defined as the registerName bitNumber So for example RAO is defined as PORTA 0 Here is an example of an assembly module that uses SFRs include lt aspic h gt GLOBAL _setports PSECT text class CODE local delta 2 _setports MOVLW OxAA BANKSEL PORTA MOVWE BANKMASK PORTA BANKSEL PORTB BSF RB1 3 9 4 Interaction between Assembly and C Code HI TECH C Compiler for PIC 10 12 16 MCUs incorporates several features designed to allow C code to obey requirements of user defined assembly code The command line driver ensures that all user defined assembly files have been pro cessed first before compilation of C source files begin The driver is able to read and analyze certain information in the relocatable object files and pass this information to the code generator This information is used to ensure the code generator takes into account requirement of the assembly code See Section 2 3 3 Compilation of Assembly Source for further information o
194. ch If HEXMATE is generating a log file it will contain the results of all searches F IND accepts whole bytes of HEX data from 1 to 8 bytes in length Optionally F IND can be used in conjunction with REPLACE or DELETE as described below 6 6 1 8 FIND DELETE If the DELETE form of the FIND option is used any matching sequences will be removed This function should be used with extreme caution and is not normally recommended for removal of executable code H 6 6 1 9 FIND REPLACE If the REPLACE form of the F IND option is used any matching sequences will be replaced or partially replaced with new codes The usage for this sub option is FIND REPLACE Code mMask where Code is a little endian hexadecimal code to replace the sequences that match the FIND criteria Mask is an optional bit mask to specify which bits within Code will replace the code sequence that has been matched This may be useful if for example it is only necessary to modify 4 bits within a 16 bit instruction The remaining 12 bits can masked and be left unchanged 6 6 1 10 FORMAT The FORMAT option can be used to specify a particular variant of INHX format or adjust maximum record length The usage of this option is FORMAT Type Length where Type specifies a particular INHX format to generate Length is optional and sets the maximum numb
195. cially useful when linking code which contains non standard pro gram sections or psects as may be the case if the program contains hand written assembly code which contains user defined psects see 4 3 9 3 PSECT or C code which uses the pragma psect directive see 3 10 3 6 The pragma psect Direc tive Without this L option it would be necessary to invoke the linker manually to allow the linker options to be adjusted This option can also be used to replace default linker options If the string starting from the first character after the L up to the first equal character matches a psect or class name in the default options then the reference to the psect or class name in the default option and the remainder of that option are deleted that default linker option is replaced by the option specified by the L For example if a default linker option was preset_vec 00h intentry init end_init the driver option L pinit 100h would result in the following options being passed to the linker pinit 100h preset_vec 00h Note the end_init linker option has been removed entirely If there are no characters following the first equal character in the L option then no replacement will be made for the default linker options that will be deleted For example the driver option L pinit will adjust the default options passed to the linker as above but the pinit linker option would be removed entirely No warnin
196. ck down the cause of the errors However if the linker ultimately reports too many errors then it did not run to completion and the map file will be either not created or not complete You can use the ERRORS option see Section 2 7 28 ERRORS Maximum Number of Errors on the command line to increase the number of errors before the linker exits 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 143 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 5 4 2 The sections in the map file in order of appearance are as follows Contents e The compiler name and version number e A copy of the command line used to invoke the linker e The version number of the object code in the first file linked e The machine type e The call graph information e A psect summary sorted by the psect s parent object file e A psect summary sorted by the psect s CLASS e A segment summary e Unused address ranges summary e The symbol table Portions of an example map file along with explanatory text are shown in the following sections GENERAL INFORMATION At the top of the map file is general information relating to the execution of the linker 5 4 2 1 When analyzing a program always confirm the compiler version number shown in the map file if you have more than one compiler version installed to ensure the desired compiler is being executed The device selected with the CHIP option Section 2 7 20 CHIP Define Proces sor
197. comma separated symbols If the symbols are defined within the current module they are made public If the symbols are not defined in the current module they are made references to public symbols defined in external modules Thus to use the same symbol in two modules the GLOBAL directive must be used at least twice once in the module that defines the symbol to make that symbol public and again in the module that uses the symbol to link in with the external definition For example GLOBAL labl lab2 1lab3 4 3 9 2 END The END directive is optional but if present should be at the very end of the program It will terminate the assembly and not even blank lines should follow this directive If an expression is supplied as an argument that expression will be used to define the entry point of the program This is stored in a start record in the object file produced by the assembler Whether this is of any use will depend on the linker DS51865A page 118 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler The default runtime startup code defined by the compiler will contain an END directive with a start address As only one start address can be specified for each project you normally do not need to define this address but may use the END directive with no entry point in any file For example END start_label defines th ntry point or END do not define entry point 4 3 9 3 PSECT The PSECT directive
198. const char fmt va_list ap Description The sscanf function operates in a similar manner to scanf except that instead of the conversions being taken from stdin they are taken from the string at buf The vsscanf function takes an argument pointer rather than a list of arguments See the description of va_start for more information on variable argument lists See Also scanf fscanf sprintf Return Value Returns the value of EOF if an input failure occurs else returns the number of input items STRCAT Synopsis include lt string h gt char strcat char sl const char s2 Description This function appends concatenates string s2 to the end of string s1 The result will be null terminated The argument s1 must point to a character array big enough to hold the resultant string Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 char si eis strcpy buffer of line sl buffer s2 end of line strcat s1 s2 printf d n strlen buffer printf s n buffer DS51865A page 216 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions See Also strcpy stremp strncat strlen Return Value The value of s1 is returned STRCHR STRICHR Synopsis include lt string h gt char strchr const char s int c char strichr const char s int c Description The strchr functi
199. countered before the assembler terminates The default number is 10 errors This option is applied if compiling using PICC the command line driver and the ERRORS driver option see Section 2 7 28 ERRORS Maximum Number of Errors See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information about the compiler s messaging system 5 2 30 NORLF Do Not Relocate List File Use of this option prevents the linker applying fixups to the assembly list file produced by the assembler This option is normally using by the command line driver PICC when performing pre link stages but is omitted when performing the final link step so that the list file shows the final absolute addresses If you are attempting to resolve fixup errors this option should be disabled so as to fixup the assembly list file and allow absolute addresses to be calculated for this file If the compiler driver detects the presence of a preprocessor macro DEBUG which is equated to 1 then this option will be disabled when building This macro is set when choosing a Debug build in MPLAB IDE so always have this selected if you encounter such errors 5 2 31 VER Print Version Number This option printed information relating to the version and build of the linker The linker will terminate after processing this option even if other options and files are present on the command line 5 3 RELOCATION AND PSECTS This section looks at the input files that t
200. ct reset_vec This psect contains code associated with the reset vector Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect as it must be linked to the reset vector location of the target device See the CODEOFF SET option Section 2 7 22 CODEOFFSET Offset Program Code to Address if you want to move code when using a bootloader reset_wrap For baseline PIC devices this psect contains code which is executed after the device PC has wrapped around to address 0x0 from the oscillator calibration location at the top of program memory Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect as it must be linked to the reset vector location of the target device strings The strings psect is used for const objects It also includes all unnamed string literals This psect is linked into ROM since the contents do not need to be modified This psect can be linked anywhere in the program memory provided it does not interfere with the requirements of other psects textn These psects where nis a decimal number contain all other executable code that does not require a special link location These psects can be linked anywhere in the program memory provided they does not interfere with the requirements of other psects xxx_text Defines the psect for a function that has been made absolute i e placed at an address xxx will be the assembly symbol associated with the function For example if the function rv is made
201. ct See also Section 4 3 9 3 8 Ovrlid An abs flagged psect is not relocatable and an error will result if a linker option is issued that attempts to place such a psect at any location 4 3 9 3 2 Bit The bit flag specifies that a psect holds objects that are 1 bit long Such psects will have a scale value of 8 to indicate that there are 8 addressable units to each byte of storage and all addresses associated with this psect will be bit address not byte addresses The scale value is indicated in the map file see Section 5 4 Map Files 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 119 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 4 3 9 3 3 Class The class flag specifies a corresponding linker class name for this psect A class is a range of addresses in which psects may be placed Class names are used to allow local psects to be located at link time since they cannot always be referred to by their own name in a P linker option as would be the case if there are more than one local psect with the same name Class names are also useful where psects need only be positioned anywhere within a range of addresses rather than at a specific address The association of a class witha psect that you have defined typically means that you do not need to supply a custom linker option to place it in memory See Section 5 2 1 Aclass low high for information on how linker classes are defined 4 3
202. ction 176 Atol lu WEE 176 auto vatlables 72 73 133 assembly symbols AAA 73 ll Ee BEE 18 Avocet symbol file A 141 B bank keyword 0 AAA bank quallifier ccc cccssssesdesecesscecndescesensneeesestsaessciae bank2 keyword enan i bank ousltier AAA bank3 Keyword 23 7 Cgeh ege iaieiett ies bank3 oualtter banked memory linear addressing e seessseseeeeseererreeereerneeee 58 77 selection in assembly code 000 91 128 BANKMASK mac 91 BANKSEL directive ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 91 bankx qualifiers ccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeaees 33 67 base specifier see radix specifier base Vale Jessie eevee teeoistoe Ges Eder Eege 75 baseline PIC special instructions ssesssnneeeeeee 56 biased exponent arinei sniadania 63 big endian Tomat 161 pim directory EE 11 binary constants ASSOMDIV A rinia eae dst 113 EE 58 Dit INStFUCTIONS EE EEE EE EE 53 60 itPSEGTHag WEE 119 elen Leite WEE 53 tele Ss wdcetvtev sere dest Seege ee 63 initializing E 64 USD seirena eei aae ade edu 64 bItSeL maer siauri ei eii Ve 53 bitwise complement operator eeereeeeeeeeeeen 81 bootloaders cccceceeeeeeeaeeessseeeeeess 42 43 162 163 bsearch functions serii neresna esanik 177 DSS PSeCt wile niet 18 85 building Projects Aiaia aikakin anapi 13 2009 Microchip Technology Inc CG C standard libraries 0 0 eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeteeee
203. ction 3 7 1 Compiler generated Psects The runtime startup code will copy all the blocks of initial values from program memory to RAM so the variables will be contain the correct values before main is executed 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 17 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Since auto objects are dynamically created they require code to be positioned in the function in which they are defined to perform their initialization It is possible that the initial value of an auto object may change on each instance of the function and so the initial values cannot be stored in program memory and copied As a result initialized auto objects are not considered by the runtime startup code but are instead initialized by assembly code in each function output Note Initialized auto variables can impact on code performance particularly if the objects are large in size Consider using global or st atic objects instead Variables whose contents should be preserved over a reset or even power off should be qualified with the persistent qualifier see Section 3 3 11 1 Persistent Type Qualifier Such variables are linked at a different area of memory and are not altered by the runtime startup code in any way 2 4 2 2 CLEARING OBJECTS Those non auto objects which are not initialized must be cleared before execution of the program begins This task is also performed by the runtime startup code Unini
204. ctionally identical to the corresponding HEXMATE option For more detailed information and advanced controls that can be used with this option refer to Section 6 6 1 15 SERIAL The driver will also define a label at the location where the value was stored and which can be referenced from C code as ___serial0 To enable access to this symbol remember to declare it for example extern const int __serial0 See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 7 53 SETOPTION Set The Command line Options for Application This option is used to supply alternative command line options for the named application when compiling The general form of this option is SETOPTION app file where the app component specifies the application that will receive the new options and the file component specifies the name of the file that contains the additional options that will be passed to the application This option is not required for most projects If specifying more than one option to a component each option must be entered on a new line in the option file This option can also be used to remove an application from the build sequence If the file parameter is specified as of f execution of the named application will be skipped In most cases this is not desirable as almost all applications are critical to the success of the build process Disabling a critical application will resul
205. d PUTS Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int puts const char s Description The puts function writes the string s to the stdout stream appending a newline The null character terminating the string is not copied Example include lt stdio h gt void main void puts world 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 209 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide See Also fputs gets freopen fclose Return Value EOF is returned on error zero otherwise QSORT Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void qsort void base size_t nel size_t width int fune const void 4 const word St Description The gsort function is an implementation of the quicksort algorithm It sorts an array of nel items each of length width bytes located contiguously in memory at base The argument func is a pointer to a function used by gsort to compare items It calls func with pointers to two items to be compared If the first item is considered to be greater than equal to or less than the second then func should return a value greater than zero equal to zero or less than zero respectively Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt int array 567 23 456 1024 17 567 66 int sortem const void pl const void p2 return int pl ink lp void main void register int i qsort aray sizeof array sizeof
206. d line Contact HI TECH Support if the INI has not been edited 830 missing ARCH specification for in chipinfo file Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section without an ARCH values The architecture of the processor must be specified Contact HI TECH Support if the chipinfo file has not been modified 832 empty chip info file Assembler The chipinfo file contains no data If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 833 no valid entries in chipinfo file Assembler The chipinfo file contains no valid processor descriptions 834 page width must be gt 60 Assembler The listing page width must be at least 60 characters Any less will not allow a properly formatted listing to be produced e g LIST C 10 the page width will need to be wider than this 835 form length must be gt 15 Assembler The form length specified using the F length option must be at least 15 lines Setting this length to zero is allowed and turns off paging altogether The default value is zero pageless 836 no file arguments Assembler The assembler has been invoked without any file arguments It cannot assemble anything 839 relocation too complex Assembler The complex relocation in this expression is too big to be inserted into the object file 840 phase error Assembler The assembler has calculated a different value for a symbol on two different pass
207. d respectively Adding a file to a library is performed by requesting the librarian to replace it in the library Since it is not present the module will be appended to the library If the r key is used and the library does not exist it will be created When using the d key letter the named modules will be deleted from the library In this instance it is an error not to give any module names The mand s key letters will list the named modules and in the case of the s key letter the global symbols defined or referenced within A D or U letter is used to indicate whether each symbol is defined in the module or referenced but undefined As with the r and x key letters an empty list of modules means all the modules in the library The o key takes a list of module names and re orders the matching modules in the library file so they have the same order as that listed on the command line Modules which are not listed are left in their existing order and will appear after the re ordered modules SSS EE EE ERT DS51865A page 150 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Utilities 6 2 2 1 EXAMPLES Here are some examples of usage of the librarian The following command LIBR s htpic c lpp ctime pl lists the global symbols in the modules ct ime pi as shown here ctime pl D _moninit D _localtime D _gmtime D _asctime D _ctime The D letter before each symbol indicates that these symbols are defined by the module Using the command above
208. d text in control line ignored Preprocessor This warning occurs when extra characters appear on the end of a control line e g The extra text will be ignored but a warning is issued It is preferable and in accordance with Standard C to enclose the text as a comment e g if defined END define NEXT endif END END would be better in a comment here 164 include filename was converted to lower case Preprocessor The include file name had to be converted to lowercase before it could be opened e g include lt STDIO H gt oops should be include lt stdio h gt 165 include filename does not match actual name check upper lower case Preprocessor In Windows versions this means the file to be included actually exists and is spelt the same way as the include filename however the case of each does not exactly match For example specifying include code c will include Code c if itis found In Linux versions this warning could occur if the file wasn t found DS51865A page 242 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 166 too few values specified with option Preprocessor The list of values to the preprocessor CPP s option is incomplete This should not happen if the preprocessor is being invoked by the compiler driver The values passes to this option represent the sizes of char short int long float and double types 167 too many values specified with S op
209. ddress which must be known prior to compilation The psect pragma is more complex but offers all the flexibility of the linker to position the new psect into memory For example you can specify that functions or variables reside at a fixed address or that they be placed after other psects or that the psect be placed anywhere in a compiler defined or user defined range of address See Chapter 5 Linker for the features and options available when linking See also 2 7 7 L Adjust Linker Options Directly for information on controlling the linker from the driver or in MPLAB IDE 3 10 3 7 THE PRAGMA REGSUSED DIRECTIVE The pragma regsused directive allows the programmer to indicate register usage for functions that will not be seen by the code generator for example if they were writ ten in assembly code It has no effect when used with functions defined in C code but in these cases the register usage of these functions can be accurately determined by the compiler and the pragma is not required The compiler will determine only those registers and objects which need to be saved for the particular interrupt function defined and use of this pragma allows the code generator to also determine register usage with routines written in assembly code The general form of the pragma is Eech 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 101 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide pragma regsused routineName registerList
210. de but not the PRO mode 2 7 37 MSGDISABLE Disable Warning Messages This option allows warning or advisory messages to be disabled during compilation of a project The messagelist is a comma separated list of warning numbers that are to be disabled If the number of an error is specified it will be ignored by this option If the message list is specified as 0 then all warnings are disabled See Section 2 6 5 Changing Message Behavior for other ways to disable messages For full information on the compiler s messaging system see Section 2 6 Compiler Messages 2 7 38 MSGFORMAT Set Advisory Message Format This option sets the format of advisory messages produced by the compiler Warning and error messages are controlled separately by other options See Section 2 7 27 ERRFORMAT Define Format for Compiler Messages and Section 2 7 60 WARNFORMAT Set Warning Message Format for information on change the format of these sorts of messages See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information on the compiler s messag ing system 2 7 39 NODEL Do not remove temporary files Specifying NODEL when building will instruct PICC not to remove the intermediate and temporary files that were created during the build process 2 7 40 NOEXEC Don t Execute Compiler The NOEXEC option causes the compiler to assemble all the command lines for the compiler applications but not to perform any compi
211. de Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 690 interrupt function requires address Code Generator The high end PIC devices support multiple interrupts An address is required with the interrupt definition to indicate with which vector this routine is associated e g void interrupt isr void 0x10 isr code goes here This construct is not required for Mid Range PIC devices 691 interrupt functions not implemented for 12 bit PIC Code Generator The 12 bit range of PIC MCU processors do not support interrupts 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 291 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 692 interrupt function may only have one interrupt level Code Generator Only one interrupt level may be associated with an interrupt function Check to ensure that only one interrupt_level pragma has been used with the function specified This pragma may be used more than once on main line functions that are called from interrupt functions For example pragma interrupt_level 0 pragma interrupt_level 1 which is it to be 0 or 1 void interrupt isr void 693 interrupt level may only be 0 default or 1 Code Generator The only possible interrupt levels are 0 or 1 Check to ensure that all interrupt_level pragmas use these levels pragma interrupt_level 2 oops only 0 or 1 void interrupt isr void
212. declaration The initialization of the argument happens when the function is called and a value is provided for the argument by the calling function e g oops a is initialized when proc is called extern int proc int a 9 280 arrays of functions are illegal Parser You can t define an array of functions You can however define an array of pointers to functions e g int farray oops should be int farray 281 functions can t return functions Parser A function cannot return a function It can return a function pointer A function returning a pointer to a function could be declared like this int name Note the many parentheses that are necessary to make the parts of the declaration bind correctly 282 functions can t return arrays Parser A function can return only a scalar simple type or a structure It cannot return an array 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 257 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 283 dimension required Parser Only the most significant i e the first dimension in a multi dimension array may not be assigned a value All succeeding dimensions must be present as a constant expression e g This should be e g int arr 7 int get_element int arr 2 return array 1 6 284 invalid dimension Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details
213. declares or resumes a program section It takes as argument a name and optionally a comma separated list of flags The allowed flags are listed in Table 4 6 and specify attributes of the psect Once a psect has been declared it may be resumed later by another PSECT directive however the flags need not be repeated and will be propagated from the earlier decla ration If two PSECT directives are encountered with contradicting flags then an error will be generated TABLE 4 6 PSECT FLAGS Flag Meaning abs Psect is absolute bit Psect holds bit objects class name Specify class name for psect delta size Size of an addressing unit global Psect is global default limit adaress Upper address limit of psect local Psect is not global ovrld Psect will overlap same psect in other modules pure Psect is to be read only reloc boundary Start psect on specified boundary size max Maximum size of psect space area Represents area in which psect will reside with psect Place psect in the same page as specified psect Some examples of the use of the PSECT directive follow PSECT fred PSECT bill size 100h global PSECT ob abs ovrld class CODE delta 2 4 3 9 3 1 Abs The abs flag defines the current psect as being absolute i e it is to start at location 0 This does not mean that this module s contribution to the psect will start at 0 since other modules may contribute to the same pse
214. default memory will include all the on chip RAM specified for the target P1IC10 12 16 device thus this option only need be used if there are special memory requirements Typically this option is used to reserve memory reduce the amount of memory available Specifying additional memory that is not in the target device will typ ically result in a successful compilation but may lead to code failures at runtime The default RAM memory for each target device is specified in the chipinfo file PICC INI Strictly speaking this option specifies the areas of memory that may be used by writ able RAM based objects and not necessarily those areas of memory which contain physical RAM The output that will be placed in the ranges specified by this option are typically variables that a program defines For example to specify an additional range of memory to that present on chip use RAM default 100 lff This will add the range from 100h to 1ffh to the on chip memory To only use an external range and ignore any on chip memory use RAM 0 ff 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 41 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide This option may also be used to reserve memory ranges already defined as on chip memory in the chipinfo file To do this supply a range prefixed with a minus character for example RAM default 100 103 will use all the defined on chip memory but not use the addresse
215. defined symbol in FNSIZE record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNSIZE record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 471 recursive function calls Linker These functions or function call each other recursively One or more of these functions has statically allocated local variables compiled stack Either use the reentrant keyword if supported with this compiler or recode to avoid recursion e g int test int a if a 5 recursion may not be supported by some compilers return test a return 0 DS51865A page 278 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 472 non reentrant function appears in multiple call graphs rooted at and Linker This function can be called from both main line code and interrupt code Use the reentrant keyword if this compiler supports it or recode to avoid using local variables or parameters or duplicate the function e g void interrupt my_isr void scan 6 scan is called from an interrupt function void process int a scan a scan is also called from main line code 473 function is not called from specified interrupt_level Linker The indicated function is never called from an interrupt function of the same interrupt level eg pragma interrupt_level 1 void foo void pragma interrupt_level 1 void interrupt bar void
216. der Windows or in a configuration file on other systems On subsequent builds the default language used will be that specified Table shows the MDF applicable for the currently supported languages TABLE 2 3 SUPPORTED LANGUAGES Language MDF name English en_msgs txt German de_msgs txt French fr_msgs txt If a language other than English is selected and the message cannot be found in the appropriate non English MDF the alert system tries to find the message in the English MDF If an English message string is not present a message similar to error warning generated but no description available where indicates the message number that was generated that will be printed otherwise the message in the requested language will be displayed 2 6 3 Message Type There are four types of message These are described below along with the compiler s behavior when encountering a message of each type Advisory Messages convey information regarding a situation the compiler has en countered or some action the compiler is about to take The information is being displayed for your interest and typically require no action to be taken Compilation will continue as normal after such a message is issued Warning Messages indicate source code or some other situation that can be com piled but is unusual and may lead to runtime failure of the code The code or situation that triggered the warning should be in
217. detailed explanation of the detailed information in this file 3 11 1 Replacing Library Modules HI TECH C comes with a librarian LIBR which allows you to unpack a library file and replace modules with your own modified versions See Section 6 2 Librarian How ever you can easily replace a library module that is linked into your program without having to do this If you add to your project a source file which contains the definition for a routine with the same name as a library routine then the library routine will be replaced by your rou tine This works due to the way the compiler scans source and library files When trying to resolve a symbol a function name or variable name for example the compiler first scans all the source modules for the definition Only if it cannot resolve the symbol in these files does it then search the library files If the symbol is defined in both a source file and a library file the compiler will never actually search the libraries for this symbol and no error will result This may not be true if a symbol is defined twice in source files and an error may result if there is a conflict in the definitions All libraries are written C code and the p code libraries that contain these library rou tines are actually passed to the code generator not the linker but both these applica tions work in the way described above in resolving library symbols You cannot replace a C library function with an e
218. directives All of these are listed in Table 3 6 Macro expansion using arguments can use the character to convert an argument to a string and the sequence to concatenate arguments TABLE 3 6 PREPROCESSOR DIRECTIVES Directive Meaning Example Preprocessor null directive do nothing assert Generate error if condition false assert SIZE gt 10 asm Signifies the beginning of in line asm MOVLW FFh assembly endasm define Define preprocessor macro define SIZE 5 define FLAG define add a b a b elif Short for else if see ifdef else Conditionally include source lines see if endasm Terminate in line assembly see asm endif Terminate conditional source inclusion see if error Generate an error message error Size too big if Include source lines if constant if SIZE lt 10 expression true c process 10 else skip endif ifdef Include source lines if preprocessor ifdef FLAG symbol defined do_loop elif SIZE 5 skip_loop endif ifndef Include source lines if preprocessor ifndef FLAG symbol not defined jump endif include _ Include text file into source include lt stdio h gt include project h line Specify line number and filename for line 3 final listing nn Where nn is a number short for 20 line nn pragma Compiler specific options Refer to Section 3 10 3 Pragma Directives undef Undefines preprocessor symbol und
219. dition to the standard symbol file class names associated with each symbol and a segments section which lists each class name and the range of memory it occupies This format is recommended if the code is to be run in conjunction with a debugger The optional argument symfile specifies a file to receive the symbol file The default file name is 1 sym 5 2 10 I Usually failure to resolve a reference to an undefined symbol is a fatal error Use of this option will cause undefined symbols to be treated as warnings instead 5 2 11 Jerrcount The linker will stop processing object files after a certain number of errors other than warnings The default number is 10 but the J option allows this to be altered 5 2 12 K For compilers that use a compiled stack the linker will try and overlay function auto and parameter blocks to reduce the total amount of RAM required For debugging pur poses this feature can be disabled with this option however doing so will increase the data memory requirements DS51865A page 138 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Linker 5 2 13 L When the linker produces an output file it does not usually preserve any relocation information since the file is now absolute In some circumstances a further relocation of the program will be done at load time The L option will generate in the output file one null relocation record for each relocation record in the input 5 2 14 LM Similar to the above
220. dle address size Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 633 unknown symbol class Cromwell Cromwell has encountered a symbol class in the symbol table of a COFF Microchip COFF or ICOFF file which it can t identify 634 error dumping Cromwell Either the input file to CROMWELL is of an unsupported type or that file cannot be dumped to the screen 635 invalid HEX file on line Cromwell The specified HEX file contains an invalid line Contact HI TECH Support if the HEX file was generated by the compiler 636 checksum error in Intel HEX file on line Cromwell HEXMATE A checksum error was found at the specified line in the specified Intel HEX file The HEX file may be corrupt 637 unknown prefix in SDB file Cromwell This is an internal compiler warning Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 638 version mismatch 0x expected Cromwell The input Microchip COFF file wasn t produced using Cromwell 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 289 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 639 zero bit width in Microchip optional header Cromwell The optional header in the input Microchip COFF file indicates that the program or data memory spaces are zero bits wide 668 prefix list did not match any SDB types Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH So
221. dth This option allows specification of the assembly list file page width in characters width should be a decimal number greater than 41 The default width is 80 characters 4 2 12 V Produce Assembly Debug Information This option will include line number and filename information in the object file produced by the assembler Such information may be used by debuggers Note that the line numbers will correspond with assembler code lines in the assembler file This option should not be used when assembling an assembly file produced by the code generator In that case debug information should relate back to the original C source not the intermediate assembly code 4 2 13 VER Specify Version Information This option allows the full version information including optional text to indicate beta builds or release candidate builds to be passed to the assembler This information is only used in the title of the assembly list file and is not reflected in the output to the VER option 4 2 14 A Strip Local Symbols The object file created by the assembler contains symbol information including local symbols i e symbols that are neither public or external The X option will prevent the local symbols from being included in the object file thereby reducing the file size description 4 2 15 CHIP Specify Device Name This option defines the processor which is being used The processor type can also be indicated by use of the PROCESS
222. due to assembler modules with conflicting class options to the PSECT directive or use of the c option to the linker e g psect final class CODE finish elsewhere psect final class ENTRY 485 unknown with psect referenced by psect Linker The specified psect has been placed with a psect using the psect with flag The psect it has been placed with does not exist e g psect starttext class CODE with rext was that meant to be with text 486 psect selector value redefined Linker The selector value for this psect has been defined more than once 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 281 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 487 psect type redefined Linker This psect has had its type defined differently by different modules This probably means you are trying to link incompatible object modules e g linking 386 flat model code with 8086 real mode code 488 psect memory space redefined Linker A global psect has been defined in two different memory spaces Either rename one of the psects or if they are the same psect place them in the same memory space using the space psect flag e g psect spdata class RAM space 0 ds 6 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM space 1 489 psect memory delta redefined Linker A global psect has been defined with two different delta values e g psect final class CODE delta 2 finish e
223. e A C statement that consists only of a volatile variable will produce code that reads the variable s memory location and discards the result For example the entire state ment PORTB will produce assembly code the reads PORTB but does nothing with this value This is useful for some peripheral registers that require reading to reset the state of interrupt flags Normally such a statement is not encoded as it has no effect Some variables are treated as being volatile even though they may not be qualified in the source code See Section 3 9 4 2 Undefined Symbols if you have assembly code in your project 3 3 11 Special Type Qualifiers HI TECH C Compiler for PIC 10 12 16 MCUs supports special type qualifiers to allow the user to control placement of static and extern Class variables into particular address spaces 23111 PERSISTENT TYPE QUALIFIER By default any C variables that are not explicitly initialized are cleared to zero on startup This is consistent with the definition of the C language However there are occasions where it is desired for some data to be preserved across a reset The persistent type qualifier is used to qualify variables that should not be cleared by the runtime startup code In addition any persistent variables will be stored in a different area of memory to other variables Different psects are used to hold these objects See 3 7 1 Compiler generated Psects for more information Thi
224. e lower four bits of each ID location is programmed so the following __IDLOC 15F0 will attempt to fill ID locations with the values 1 5 F and 0 The base address of the ID locations is specified by the idloc psect which will be auto matically assigned as appropriate address based on the type of device selected Some devices will permit programming up to seven bits within each ID location To pro gram the full seven bits the regular IDLOc macro is not suitable For this situation the ___ IDLOC7 a b c d macro is available The parameters a to dare the values to be programmed The values can be entered in either decimal or hexadecimal format such as IDLOCT OST 70 0 5a It is not appropriate to use the __IDLOC7 macro on a device that does not permit seven bit programming of ID locations DS51865A page 52 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features 3 2 4 Bit Instructions Wherever possible HI TECH C will attempt to use the PIC 10 12 16 bit instructions For example when using a bitwise operator and a mask to alter a bit within an integral type the compiler will check the mask value to determine if a bit instruction can achieve the same functionality unsigned int foo foo 0x40 will produce the instruction BSF _f00 6 To set or clear individual bits within integral type the following macros could be used define bitset var bitno var 1UL lt lt bitno define bitc
225. e XREF generation Note 1 The default options are listed with an asterisk 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 129 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 4 3 10 1 COND Any conditional code will be included in the listing output See also the NOCOND control in Section 4 3 10 5 NOCOND 4 3 10 2 EXPAND When EXPAND is in effect the code generated by macro expansions will appear in the listing output See also the NOEXPAND control in Section 4 3 10 6 NOEXPAND 4 3 10 3 INCLUDE This control causes the file specified by pat hname to be textually included at that point in the assembly file The INCLUDE control must be the last control keyword on the line for example OPT INCLUDE options h The driver does not pass any search paths to the assembler so if the include file is not located in the working directory the pathname must specify the exact location See also the driver option P in Section 2 7 11 P Preprocess Assembly Files which forces the C preprocessor to preprocess assembly file thus allowing use of pre processor directives such as include see Section 3 10 1 Preprocessor Direc tives 4 3 10 4 LIST If the listing was previously turned off using the NOLIST control the LIST control on its own will turn the listing on Alternatively the LIST control may includes options to control the assembly and the listing The options are listed in Table 4 8
226. e an MS DOS exe file F fill Fill unused memory with words of value fill default value is OFFh I Produce an ntel HEX file with linear addressed extended records L Pass relocation information into the output file used with exe files M Produce a Motorola HEX file S19 S28 or S37 format N Produce an output file for Minix Pstk Produce an output file for an Atari ST with optional stack size R Include relocation information in the output file Sfile Write a symbol file into file Produce a Tektronix HEX file TE Produce an extended TekHEX file U Produce a COFF output file UB Produce a UBROF format file V Reverse the order of words and long words in the output file n m Format either Motorola or Intel HEX file where n is the maximum number of bytes per record and m specifies the record size rounding Non rounded records are zero padded to a multiple of m m itself must be a multiple of 2 EDF Specify message file location EMAX Specify maximum number of errors MSGDISABLE Specify disabled messages VER Print version number and stop If output file is omitted it defaults to 1 HEX or 1 bin depending on whether the b option is used The input file defaults to 1 obj Except where noted any address will be interpreted as a decimal value To force inter pretation as a HEX number a trailing H or h should be added e g 765FH will be treated as a HEX number DS51865A page 152 2009 Microchip Techn
227. e assigned any non zero starting value i e a true value in the code itself Bit objects will be cleared on startup unless the bit is qualified persistent When assigning a larger integral type to a bit variable only the Least Significant bit is used For example if the bit variable bitvar was assigned as in the following int data 0x54 bit bitvar bitvar data it will be cleared by the assignment since the Least Significant bit of data is zero If you want to set a bit variable to be 0 or 1 depending on whether the larger integral type is zero false or non zero true use the form bitvar data 0 The psects in which bit objects are allocated storage are declared using the bit PSECT directive flag see Section 4 3 9 3 PSECT All addresses specified for bit objects and psects will be bit addresses Take care when comparing these addresses to byte addresses used by all other variables If the PICC flag STRICT is used the bit keyword becomes unavailable DS51865A page 60 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features 3 3 4 8 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs supports both signed char and unsigned char 8 bit integral types If the signed or unsigned keyword is absent from the variable s definition the default type is unsigned char The signed char type is an 8 bit two s complement signed integer type representing integral values from 128 to 127
228. e code must end with a GOTO instruction to the label called start As with all user defined assembly code it must take into consideration program memory paging and or data memory banking as well as any applicable errata issues for the device you are using The program s entry point is already defined by the runtime startup code so this should not be specified in the power up routine with the END directive if used See Section 4 3 9 2 END for more information on this assembler directive 2 4 4 The printf Routine The code associated with the printf function is not found in the library files The printf function is generated from a special C template file that is customized after analysis of the user s C code See Section PRINTF VPRINTF for more information on the printf library function The template file is found in the 1ib directory of the compiler distribution and is called doprnt c It contains a minimal implementation of the printf function but with the more advanced features included as conditional code which can be utilized via preprocessor macros that are defined when it is compiled The parser and code generator analyze the C source code searching for calls to the printf function For all calls the placeholders that were specified in the printf format strings are collated to produce a list of the desired functionality of the final func tion The doprnt c file is then preprocessed with the those macros sp
229. e corresponding source file Proto type files contain both ANSI C style prototypes and old style C function declarations within conditional compilation blocks The extern declarations from each pro file should be edited into a global header file which can then be included into all the C source files in the project The pro files may also contain static declarations for functions which are local to a source file These static declarations should be edited into the start of the source file SSeS a ST DS51865A page 40 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver To demonstrate the operation of the PROTO option enter the following source code as file test c include lt stdio h gt add argl arg2 rne 2 argl mt arg2 return argl arg2 void printlist int list int count while count printf d H list putchar n If compiled with the command PICC CHIP 16F877AA PROTO test c PICC will produce test pro containing the following declarations which may then be edited as necessary Prototypes from test c extern functions include these in a header file ALE PROTOTYPES extern int add int int extern void printlist int int else PROTOTYPES extern int add extern void printlist endif PROTOTYPES 2 7 48 RAM Adjust RAM Ranges This option is used to adjust the default RAM which is specified for the target device The
230. e default which represent the default spec ification that would be used if this option was absent altogether a11 which indicates that all the available suboptions should be enabled as if they had each been listed and none which indicates that all suboptions should be disabled For example OPT none will turn off all optimizers Some suboptions may be prefixed with a plus character to indicate that they are in addition to the other suboptions present or a minus character to indicate that they should be excluded For example OPT default asm indicates that the default optimization be used but that the assembler optimizer should be disabled If the first character after the equal sign is or then the default keyword is implied For example OPT asm is the same as the previous example See the HELP option Section 2 7 32 HELP Display Help for more information about options and suboptions 2 7 1 C Compile to Object File The C option is used to halt compilation after executing the assembler leaving a relo catable object file as the output It is frequently used when compiling assembly source files using a make utility See Section 2 3 2 Generating Intermediate Files for more information on generat ing and using intermediate files 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 27 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 2 7 2 D Define Macro The D option is used t
231. e end of the file was found while more data was expected Has this input file been truncated 1045 short read on block of bytes Cromwell A while reading a block of byte data from a UBROF record the block ended before the expected length 1046 short string read Cromwell A while reading a string from a UBROF record the string ended before the specified length 1047 bad type byte for UBROF file Cromwell This UBROF file did not begin with the correct record 1048 bad time date stamp Cromwell This UBROF file has a bad time date stamp 1049 wrong CRC on 0x bytes should ber Cromwell An end record has a mismatching CRC value in this UBROF file 1050 bad date in 0x52 record Cromwell A debug record has a bad date component in this UBROF file 1051 bad date in 0x01 record Cromwell A start of program record or segment record has a bad date component in this UBROF ile 1052 unknown record type Cromwell A record type could not be determined when reading this UBROF file 1053 additional RAM ranges larger than bank size Driver A block of additional RAM being requested exceeds the size of a bank Try breaking the block into multiple ranges that do not cross bank boundaries 1054 additional RAM range out of bounds Driver The RAM memory range as defined through custom RAM configuration is out of range DS51865A page 320 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 1055 RAM range out of bounds Dri
232. e float 24 bit S External memory Wordwrite 6 Printf Instruction set 4 4 gt RAM ranges ROM ranges Additional command line options link time only 1 Memory model Not applicable 2 Double float This selector allows the size of double float objects to be selected See Section 2 7 25 DOUBLE Select kind of Double Types 3 Printf Not applicable Use strict calls Not applicable RAM ranges This field allows the default RAM data space memory used to be adjusted See Section 2 7 48 RAM Adjust RAM Ranges Code pointer size Not applicable External memory Not applicable Instruction set Not applicable ROM ranges This field allows the default ROM program space memory used to be adjusted See Section 2 7 49 ROM Adjust ROM Ranges OV gt OO Am DS51865A page 50 2009 Microchip Technology Inc HI TECH CS FOR PIC10 12 16 MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 3 C Language Features HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs supports a number of special features and extensions to the C language which are designed to ease the task of producing ROM based applications This chapter documents the special language features which are specific to these devices 3 1 ANSI STANDARD ISSUES 3 1 1 Implementation defined behavior Certain sections of the ANSI C standard have implementation defined behavior This means that the exact behavior of some C code can vary from com
233. e nested to a depth greater than specified 522 library is badly ordered Linker This library is badly ordered It will still link correctly but it will link faster if better ordered 523 argument to W option illegal and ignored Linker The argument to the linker option w is out of range This option controls two features For warning levels the range is 9 to 9 For the map file width the range is greater than or equal to 10 524 unable to open list file Linker The named list file could not be opened The linker would be trying to fixup the list file so that it will contain absolute addresses Ensure that an assembler list file was generated during the compilation stage Alternatively remove the assembler list file generation option from the link step 525 too many address memory spaces space ignored Linker The limit to the number of address spaces specified with the PSECT assembler directive is currently 16 526 psect not specified in P option first appears in Linker This psect was not specified in a P or A option to the linker It has been linked at the end of the program which is probably not where you wanted it 528 no start record entry point defaults to zero Linker None of the object files passed to the linker contained a start record The start address of the program has been set to zero This may be harmless but it is recommended that you define a start add
234. e nul operator may be used within a macro to test a macro argument for example IF nul arg3 argument was not supplied ELSE argument was supplied ENDIF See Section 4 3 9 21 LOCAL for use of unique local labels within macros By default the assembly list file will show macro in an unexpanded format i e as the macro was invoked Expansion of the macro in the listing file can be shown by using the EXPAND assembler control see Section 4 3 10 2 EXPAND 4 3 9 21 LOCAL The LOCAL directive allows unique labels to be defined for each expansion of a given macro Any symbols listed after the LOCAL directive will have a unique assembler generated symbol substituted for them when the macro is expanded For example down MACRO count LOCAL more more DECFSZ count GOTO more ENDM when expanded will include a unique assembler generated label in place of more For example down foobar expands to 0001 DECFSZ foobar GOTO 220001 If invoked a second time the label more would expand to 0002 and multiply defined symbol errors will be averted DS51865A page 126 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler 4 3 9 22 ALIGN The ALIGN directive aligns whatever is following data storage or code etc to the spec ified offset boundary within the current psect The boundary is specified as a number of bytes following the directive For example to align output to a 2 byte even address
235. e storage Conditional assembly Alternate conditional assembly Alternate conditional assembly DIF End conditional assembly DDR Inform the linker that a function may be indirectly called mj 4 K i ARG Inform the linker that evaluation of arguments for one function requires calling another BREAK Break call graph links CALL Inform the linker that one function calls another CONF Supply call graph configuration information for the linker yy ap a a INDIR Inform the linker that all functions with a particular signature may be indirectly called FNROOT Inform the linker that a function is the root of a call graph FNSIZE Inform the linker of argument and local variable for a function ACRO Macro definition DM ti End macro definition LOCAL Define local tabs ALIGN Align output to the specified boundary BANKSEL Generate code to select bank of operand PAGESE Generate set clear instruction to set PCLATH bits for this page PROCESSOR Define the particular chip for which this file is to be assembled REPT Repeat a block of code n times ER Repeat a block of code with a list IRPC Repeat a block of code with a character list SIGNAT Define function signature 4 3 9 1 GLOBAL The GLOBAL directive declares a list of
236. e that this directive must not appear before any system header file as these must be consistent with the libraries supplied P1IC10 12 16 devices can only perform byte accesses to memory and so do not require any alignment of memory objects This pragma will have no effect when used 3 10 3 5 THE PRAGMA PRINTF_CHECK DIRECTIVE Certain library functions accept a format string followed by a variable number of argu ments in the manner of printf Although the format string is interpreted at runtime it can be compile time checked for consistency with the remaining arguments This directive enables this checking for the named function for example the system header file lt stdio h gt includes the directive pragma printf_check printf const to enable this checking for printf You may also use this for any user defined function that accepts printf style format strings The qualifier following the function name is to allow automatic conversion of pointers in variable argument lists The above example would cast any pointers to strings in RAM to be pointers of the type const char Note that the warning level must be set to 1 or below for this option to have any visible effect See Section 2 7 59 WARN Set Warning Level 3 10 3 6 THE PRAGMA PSECT DIRECTIVE Normally the object code generated by the compiler is broken into the standard psects as described in 3 7 1 Compiler generated Psects This is fine for most app
237. e times Example include lt htc h gt void main void control 0x80 _delay 10 delay for 10 cycles control amp Ox7F See Also delay_us delay_ms DS51865A page 170 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions ABS ACOS Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int abs int 2 Description The abs function returns the absolute value of j Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt void main void int a 5 printf absolute value of Sd is d n a abs a See Also labs fabs Return Value The absolute value of j Synopsis include lt math h gt double acos double f Description The acos function implements the inverse of cos i e it is passed a value in the range 1 to 1 and returns an angle in radians whose cosine is equal to that value Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt Print acos values for 1 to 1 in degrees void main void float i a for i 1 0 i lt 1 0 i 0 1 a acos i 180 0 3 141592 printf f f degrees n i a 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 171 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide ASCTIME See Also sin cos tan asin atan atan2 Return Value An angle in radians in the range 0 to x Synopsis include lt time h gt char asctime struct tm t Description T
238. e unsigned Parser A floating point type cannot be made unsigned e g unsigned float uf what DS51865A page 256 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 275 illegal in non prototype argument list Parser The ellipsis symbol may only appear as the last item in a prototyped argument list It may not appear on its own nor may it appear after argument names that do not have types i e K amp R style non prototype function definitions For example K amp R style non prototyped function definition int kandr a b int a D 276 type specifier required for prototyped argument Parser A type specifier is required for a prototyped argument It is not acceptable to just have an identifier 277 can t mix prototyped and non prototyped arguments Parser A function declaration can only have all prototyped arguments i e with types inside the parentheses or all K amp R style args i e only names inside the parentheses and the argument types in a declaration list before the start of the function body e g int plus int a b oops a is prototyped b is not int b return a b 278 argument redeclared Parser The specified argument is declared more than once in the same argument list e g can t have two parameters called a int calc int a int a 279 initialization of function arguments is illegal Parser A function argument can t have an initializer in a
239. e used for the source level symbol file sym extension for use with supported debuggers and simulators such as HI TIDE and MPLAB IDE See also Section 2 5 Debugging Information If no filename is given the symbol file will have the same base name as the project name see Section 2 2 Invoking the Compiler and an extension of sym For example the option Gtest sym generates a symbol file called test sym Symbol files generated using the G option include source level information for use with source level debuggers 2 7 5 cl Include Search Path Use I to specify an additional directory to search for header files which have been included using the include directive The directory can either be an absolute or rel ative path The I option can be used more than once if multiple directories are to be searched The compiler s include directory containing all standard header files is always searched even if no I option is present If header filenames are specified using quote characters rather than angle brackets as in include lcd bn then the current working directory is searched in addition to the compiler s include directory Note that if compiling within MPLAB IDE the search path is relative to the output directory not the project directory These default search paths are searched after any user specified directories have been searched For example PICC CHIP 16F877AA C Ic include Id myapp
240. eateextas testi 181 size Of doubles kt sinri ieee 36 size Of le EC 37 size PSECT an 121 skipping applications eee cette eeeeneeeeeeteeeeeeeees 44 SLEEP MAC iiipin ahe te aetna 213 SOUICO TO Eege eA Rie ee ee 8 source level debugging seeeeeeeeesteeeeeneeeenaeees 156 SOUICES drechornm 0 00 eeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeneeeeenaeees 19 SPACE Control 131 space PSECT flag eecseeceesseseseeseeseeeeseeeseeneees 121 special type qualifiers AAA 66 Sports CAlS 2 sis eseou eet 114 Sp fonction csesicsieseeeevesethecesdedindeesesecieaassans 214 SE fUNCHON Retter wh id hel Glee 214 Srand fUNCtION scien lenin detainee 215 SSCA AUNCHON A eege eech dees det de den hs 216 le 51 COMPING DEE 73 Lee EE 134 I teiw apres deeedhegegr eeng e reaa a Neler NEE 51 73 OVEMIOW EE 43 USAQ EE 43 standard library files ccceeceseceeeeeteeeseeeeeees 15 16 Start Jabel s c2 5 5 5sss2yevsaecenaiesseedeecissnsscasiacaperecenpiagedees 19 Start recorda EE 118 Startup unt TEE 43 StartUp E eg ue dee eege tne rn 17 Static variables o oo eeesseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeesseeeeeees 18 73 STATUS register OG WEE 18 tel Ee EE 72 Streat fUNCtiON wast eed EeN det deis 216 Gel Rule e DEE 217 SUCMP FUNCTION eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeteeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeenaeees 218 Step TUNCTION 2 aseinani naiera aoni naiisipan 218 SUCSPN function sieri siririn naianei 219 Ster UNCON ws geed EES 217 SUICMP FUNCTION sieniin aniier inatit 218 String literals
241. ecified the output file s name will be the same as the project name see Section 2 2 1 Output Files The available output file format are shown in Table 2 13 More than one output format may be specified by supplying a comma separated list of tags Not all formats are sup ported by Microchip development tools 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 39 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Those output file types which specify library formats stop the compilation process before the final stages of compilation are executed Hence specifying an output file for mat list containing e g lib or a11 will prevent the other formats from being created TABLE 2 13 OUTPUT FILE FORMATS Type tag File format lib Object Library File lpp P code library intel Intel HEX tek Tektronic aahex American Automation symbolic HEX file mot Motorola S19 HEX file ubrof UBROF format bin Binary file mcof Microchip COFF cof Common Object File Format cod Bytecraft COD file format elf ELF DWAPF file format 2 7 45 PASS1 Compile to P code The PASS1 option is used to generate a p code intermediate files p1 file from the parser then stop compilation Such files need to be generated if creating a p code library files however the compiler is able to generate library files in one step if required See Section 2 7 44 OUTPUT type Specify Output File Type for speci
242. ecified by the preliminary analysis thus creating a custom printf function for the project being compiled After parsing the p code output derived from doprnt c is then combined with the remainder of the C program in the final code generation step For example if a program contains one call to printf which looks like printf input is d The compiler will note that only the sd placeholder is used and the doprnt c module that is linked into the program will only contain code that handles printing of decimal integers Consider now that the code is changed and another call to printf is added The new call looks like printf output is 6d Now the compiler will detect that additional code to handle printing decimal integers to a specific width must be enabled as well As more features of printf are detected the size of the code generated for the printf function will increase 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 19 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide If the format string in a call to printf is nota string literal as above but is rather a pointer to a string then the compiler will not be able to reliably predict the printf usage and so it forces a more complete version of printf to be generated However even without being able to scan printf placeholders the compiler can still make certain assumptions regarding the usage of the function In particular the compiler can
243. ect linker Contact HI TECH Support if the object file if you have not patched the linker 505 no end record found inobject file Linker An object file did not contain an end record This probably means the file is corrupted or not an object file Contact HI TECH Support if the object file was generated by the compiler DS51865A page 284 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 506 object file record too long Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 507 unexpected end of file in object file Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 508 relocation offset out of range 0 1 Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 509 illegal relocation size Linker There is an error in the object code format read by the linker This either means you are using a linker that is out of date or that there is an internal error in the assembler or linker Contact HI TECH Support with details if the object file was created by the compiler 510 complex relocation not supported for R or L options Linker The linker was given a R or L option with file that contain complex relocation 511 bad complex range check Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 512 unknown complex operator 0
244. ectly rather than using file I O In an embedded system cputs and puts are equivalent 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 181 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide CTIME Example include lt conio h gt include lt string h gt char buffer 80 void main void for cgets buffer if strcmp buffer 0 break cputs exit to finish n See Also cputs puts putch Synopsis include lt time h gt char ctime time_t t Description The ctime function converts the time in seconds pointed to by its argument to a string of the same form as described for asct ime Thus the example program prints the current time and date Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock time amp clock printf s ctime amp clock See Also gmtime localtime asctime time Return Value A pointer to the string Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail DS51865A page 182 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions DEVICE_ID_READ Synopsis include lt htc h gt unsigned int device_id_read void Description This function returns the device ID code that is factory programmed into the chip This code can be used to identify the device and its r
245. ed picc ini and can be found in the dat directory in the compiler s installation directory This file specifies information about the currently selected device 4 2 4 E Specify Error Format File The default format for an error message is in the form filename line messag where the error of type message occurred on line 1 ine of the file filename The E option with no argument will make the assembler use an alternate format for error and warning messages Specifying a filename as argument will force the assembler to direct error and warning messages to a file with the name specified 4 2 5 F Specify Page Length By default the assembly listing format is pageless i e the assembler listing output is continuous The output may be formatted into pages of varying lengths Each page will begin with a header and title if specified The F option allows a page length to be specified A zero value of 1ength implies pageless output The length is specified in a number of lines 4 2 6 H Print Hexadecimal Constant This option specifies that output constants should be shown as hexadecimal values rather than decimal values This option affects both the assembly list file as well as assembly output when requested 4 2 7 I List Macro Expansions This option forces listing of macro expansions and unassembled conditionals which would otherwise be suppressed by a NOLIST assembler control see Section 4 3 10 Assembler Contr
246. ed static addresses Function parameter variables as well as tem porary variables allocated by the compiler are also placed in this compiled stack These variables behave in a similar way to auto variables See Section 3 4 2 Compiled Stack Operation for detailed information on the compiled stack and how it is formed The auto variables defined in a function will not necessarily be allocated memory in the order declared in contrast to parameters which are always allocated memory based on their lexical order In fact auto variables for one function may be scattered across many RAM banks Note that most type qualifiers cannot be used with auto variables since there is no control over the storage location The exceptions are the standard qualifiers const and volatile DS51865A page 72 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features Each auto object is referenced in assembly code using a special symbol defined by the code generator If accessing auto variables defined in C source code you must use these symbols which are discussed in Section 3 9 3 1 Equivalent Assembly Sym bols 3 4 1 2 STATIC VARIABLES Uninitialized st atic variables are allocated a permanent fixed memory location Static variables are local in scope to the function in which they are declared but may be accessed by other functions via pointers since they have permanent duration Variables which are static are guaranteed to retain their val
247. ed to the first symbol 480 function signatures do not match 0x 0x Linker The specified function has different signatures in different modules This means it has been declared differently e g it may have been prototyped in one module and not another Check what declarations for the function are visible in the two modules specified and make sure they are compatible e g extern int get_value int in and in another module this is different to the declaration int get_value int in char type 481 common symbol psect conflict Linker A common symbol has been defined to be in more than one psect 482 symbol is defined more than once in Assembler This symbol has been defined in more than one place The assembler will issue this error if a symbol is defined more than once in the same module e g _next MOVE r0 55 MOVE rl r0 _next oops choose a different name The linker will issue this warning if the symbol C or assembler was defined multiple times in different modules The names of the modules are given in the error message Note that C identifiers often have an underscore prepended to their name after compilation 483 symbol can t be global Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 484 psect can t be in classes and Linker A psect cannot be in more than one class This is either
248. eeecesceeeeeeeceeeseeeeeeeseeeneneneneneenens 53 QUOUPING E 120 JO ALA e ae eel hn ho eens 84 el 84 TUES ses hen E See ESA e 84 INTSNUY eeh ee dese AE AE 84 IMP Cl RE 85 MAINIOX ieee isis a ieee 85 POWCIUD der SEENEN ak lathe nei 19 85 TEE VOC ite Ae eR 85 reset WIAD svi ig beeloiteiee ion ernie 85 SIDOT hide hide 85 DS51865A page 340 2009 Microchip Technology Inc ETH EE E 85 90 101 MAK MONG E 85 PSECT directive EE 119 PSECT flag See ee E 119 EI 119 ef 120 le seers See ee es 120 elle 120 iMi a e ahh ane eis 120 IOC Al WE 120 OVIIG EE 120 PUL Cs E vesSeocs does da teusts AT 120 Felge est does ete td Seier Eit 121 E 121 SPAaC iyi Mais eh a eh a 121 WITT ees deenens eg 121 PSEC flags EE 119 ClaSS vs ees eee 120 psect pragma directive s e 100 e EE 142 absolute ee ee een 119 120 alignment of EE 121 e EE 136 137 140 compiler generated AAA 83 Oeliavale civ si a s n dene eege een 137 differentiating ROM and DAM 121 dl le DEE 142 UE Ile EE 44 maximum address nssseesneeneeene neeesser eenen 120 MAXIMUM size 121 overlaid EE 120 page boundaries and 121 Placing iN MEMOTY ssec 120 139 Placing with others AAA 121 specifying address ranges A 140 specifying addresses eceeeeeeeeeeeee 136 139 pseudo ops ASSEMDIGN enee reu see 117 pure PSECT flag DEE 120 puthar FUNCTION vise cscceesescesteesdezesechiataredeecectaadeabhics 209 PUTS TUNCUON eu tacts eck tdes via 209
249. eeeeeeees 16 Clem Zeen ise A Al Ae le Aa 134 Call Grapnis i isiccite estas oe eesti 51 73 88 133 elle e EE 178 ee Elei WEE 179 Char data Tvpes ee eeeceeeeseeeesneeeeeneeeeeeeteteeeeeenaeees 61 Character constants eeseeeseeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeneeeeenaeees 59 assembly geg ent Rete een nee 114 CHECKSUM PSOCt ieee i nd oes 84 CHECKSUMS EE 34 161 algorithms erein aiden es 34 161 endiantem 34 161 SPECIFICATIONS iie en 153 CHipinto file wt sseiacassssateteaevacceveseteqaeestnnesside 41 42 109 CIN PSOCU EE 84 class PSEGT flag iscsi vee Naa Taia Tsaa 120 EE 137 address ranges eeeeeseeeeesteeeeeeteeseteteenetersaes 136 boundary argument 141 INKET seine ae EE E NE NE t 42 120 upper address Im 140 clearing variables AAA 18 GLRWDT D Esther DZ ee 179 COD Giles icine EES 40 COMMANG TES sc ssc eis rea aa een 9 INK GN EE 136 command line driver eee eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneeeeees 7 COMMO Cf ON 66 87 compilation firststag EE 12 IK RE 13 SOCONG SLAG S A E tees deceaseee ete 12 SEQUENCE 2 2 8 Ai ih eA Se ei 10 Single Step ws oe Sin ited Gene aha 12 IMG eee Avie Se ee 45 tO ODJECE file orice pets ses ninen 27 compiled stack AAA 73 disabling overlay s es 138 compiler applcetons A 9 11 command Ines 32 EIERE 37 38 compiler errors Volt EE 23 compiler generated psects ssseseseeeeeee een 83 100 compiler generated input files A 15 COND controleren i a 130 conditional ASSEMDIy AAA 125 CONTIG
250. ef FLAG warning Generate a warning message warning Length not set 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 97 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 3 10 2 Predefined Macros The compiler drivers define certain symbols to the preprocessor allowing conditional compilation based on chip type etc The symbols listed in Table 3 7 show the more common symbols defined by the drivers TABLE 3 7 PREDEFINED MACROS Symbol When set Usage HI_TECH_C Always To indicate that the compiler in use is HI TECH C HTC_VER_MAJOR Always To indicate the integer compo nent of the compiler s version number HTC_VER_MINOR Always To indicate the decimal compo nent of the compiler s version number HTC_VER_PATCH Always To indicate the patch level of the compiler s version number _HTC_EDITION_ Always Indicates which of PRO Standard or Lite compiler is in use Values of 2 1 or 0 are assigned respectively gt PICC Always Indicates HI TECH compiler for Microchip PIC10 12 16 in use _MPC_ Always Indicates compiling for Microchip PIC MCU family PTC LZ If Baseline 12 bit device To indicate selected device is a baseline PIC devices _PIC14 If Mid Range 14 bit device To indicate selected device is a Mid Range PIC devices _PIC14E If Enhanced Mid Range 14 bit To indicate selec
251. ege 140 ET GETT 235 Els leet Eege egen 141 Te El 22 38 VE 141 appending to Te 28 VER tte E AT 142 COUNTING EE 21 Wi Ba ee Ee ee 141 default IANGAUGE eee eeeeeeeneeeteneeeteneeteaes 22 EE ea dekh ces ea eee ae 141 default warning eye 24 KEE 141 CISADIING AA 21 24 38 103 Imker OPtiONS Sras a eS E 135 144 STEE EE EE E EET TAA 22 AJUSID EE 30 fatal errO nien i aN 23 eet WEE 144 Eine Hie EE 22 37 E e 136 MUM TEE 21 linker Scripts redai eanit rana areena eadera Taani 104 PlaCOhOlders cssescesisacascacecdecteseaeteestesepseacenns 23 linker defined symbols AAA 105 redirecting to file eeeseessseeesseeeteseeeeseneree 28 linking programs 104 supported languages sencer 22 LIST contro keni eegen eg G IE 130 A ETT E E TT 22 little endian format 61 62 161 WUIMING yest e setts Sed tase Sh eaesicsdecntetedtanestesss 22 38 ljmp pseudo instruction eerren 112 Wwaming level issii eiaeia aa 24 load addresses AAA 139 messaging SYSTEM 0 0 eeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeteneeeeeeeeeteneeeeaes 21 LOCAL ee 114 environment Variables AAA 23 local PSECT flag i 4 seni een 120 Microchip COF le 40 local symbols MAKtiMe f NC ON as era a 204 FOMOVIING EE 32 Mod guf ME 205 SUPPIOSSING EE 141 lee 8 local Variables iisen agn eredita aaiae a 72 generating EE 40 localtime function 00 eee eeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeetereaees 198 MPLAB location Coumter eeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneeeeenteeeeaes 114 121 PIUQIN sii eet Aa et eee ete 46 JO
252. eiiieaenii ha 59 concatenation dees torte err ae ees 60 strings Eu ea hierniana kee 114 PACKING heii 166 storage Jorcaton reene 59 165 TYPO O a EE diene Eug dech 59 SUINGS DSOCt six ii ee aie 85 SU ISU FUNCTION eea aarte aeie er raa E REEERE 225 Ster UNA EIE LO 1g PEAME AEE E E E E 220 igale lioa ei e 220 SUPNCMP FUNCTION sisisihan torina 221 SUPNCPY FUNCTION n Ein a aie 222 Strmicmp fUNCHON aisiari dny eo a 221 strpbrk function enen nnen eee 223 Strrchr fUnGtiON oisinnean opiner aaia 223 Strrichr function 223 SUSPM UNCON isna case rere eens t aa 224 EI erte kin BH Ae E ee es 225 StrtOd FUNCTION 0 cee cece reari eiere aaa Sen Epiri 225 StrTOK TUNCTON ees bet gg geg gen euer 226 Strtol TUMCUONM ss e ti casscceasn ces ge ee ES 226 SIUC TYPeSwisiitl theists Ree eae 63 structure bit fields ccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeettaeeeeeetees 63 structure qualifiers AA 64 SUCU rE Se ege eka in eas 63 alignment padding A 100 bit flelds ed n ed No n ee 63 MAXIMUM SIZE of 58 SUBTITLE Control sonnen nn 131 Supported devices A 34 Switch pragma directive s 102 switch statement type le a EEE E AE EEE 102 direct lOOKUP seeececeeseeeeresereeeseteeneseeeenesee 102 switch etatemente nerenin enee 102 symbol fileS ic 4 cee r 138 140 156 Avocet e E EE 141 enhanced eege 138 generating is iani i na 138 local symbols mm 141 Old SE aii e a eaS 137 removing symbols from 140 symbol tableS siirast ariana eai
253. embler identifiers conform with the assembly language of the target device 798 macro argument may not appear after LOCAL Assembler The list of labels after the directive LOCAL may not include any of the formal parameters to the macro e g mmm MACRO al MOVE r0 al LOCAL al oops the macro parameter cannot be used with local ENDM 799 REPT argument must be gt 0 Assembler The argument to a REPT directive must be greater than zero e g REPT 2 2 copies of this code MOVE rO rl ENDM 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 303 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 800 undefined symbol Assembler The named symbol is not defined in this module and has not been specified GLOBAL 801 range check too complex Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 802 invalid address after END directive Assembler The start address of the program which is specified after the assembler END directive must be a label in the current file 803 undefined temporary label Assembler A temporary label has been referenced that is not defined Note that a temporary label must have a number gt 0 804 write error on object file Assembler The assembler failed to write to an object file This may be an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 806 attempted to get a
254. ement option 1179 interrupt level for function may not exceed Code Generator The interrupt level for the function specified is too high Each interrupt function is assigned a unique interrupt level This level is considered when analyzing the call graph and reentrantly called functions If using the interrupt_level pragma check the value specified 1180 directory does not exist Driver The directory specified in the setup option does not exist Create the directory and try again 1182 near variables must be global or static Code Generator A variable qualified as near must also be qualified with static or made global An auto variable cannot be qualified as near 1183 invalid version number Activation During activation no matching version number was found on the HI TECH activation server database for the serial number specified 1184 activation limit reached Activation The number of activations of the serial number specified has exceeded the maximum number allowed for the license 1185 invalid serial number Activation During activation no matching serial number was found on the HI TECH activation server database 1186 licence has expired Driver The time limited license for this compiler has expired 1187 invalid activation request Driver The compiler has not been correctly activated 1188 network error Activation The compiler activation software was unable to connect to the
255. ength Selector Space Scale Under this on the far left is a list of object files These object files include both files gen erated from source modules and those that were extracted from object library files 1ib extension In the latter case the name of the library file is printed before the object file list Note that since the code generator combines all C source files and p code libraries there will only be one object file representing the entire C part of the program The object file corresponding to the runtime startup code is normally present in this list The information in this section of the map file can be used to confirm that a module is making a contribution to the output file and to determine the exact psects that each module defines Shown are all the psects under the Name column that were linked into the program from each object file and information about that psect The linker deals with two kinds of addresses link and load Generally speaking the link address of a psect is the address by which it will be accessed at run time The load address which is often the same as the link address is the address at which the psect will start within the output file HEX or binary file etc If a psect is used to hold bits the load address is irrelevant and is instead used to hold the link address in bit units converted into a byte address The Length of the psect is shown in the units used by that psect The Selector is le
256. ent in included file Preprocessor Comments begun inside an included file must end inside the included file 181 non scalar types can t be converted to other types Parser You can t convert a structure union or array to another type e g struct TEST test struct TEST sp sp test oops did you mean sp amp test 182 illegal conversion between types Parser This expression implies a conversion between incompatible types e g a conversion of a structure type into an integer e g struct LAYOUT layout int 1 layout i int cannot be converted to struct Note that even if a structure only contains an int for example it cannot be assigned to an int variable and vice versa DS51865A page 244 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 183 function or function pointer required Parser Only a function or function pointer can be the subject of a function call e g int ap Dy Gz d a b c d b is not a function did you mean a b ctd 184 calling an interrupt function is illegal Parser A function qualified interrupt can t be called from other functions It can only be called by a hardware or software interrupt This is because an interrupt function has special function entry and exit code that is appropriate only for calling from an interrupt An interrupt function can call other non interrupt functions 185 function does not take arguments Parser C
257. er Messages for full details of the messaging system employed by PICC and the place holders which can be used with this option This section is also applicable to the WARNFORMAT and MSGFORMAT options which adjust the format of warning and advisory messages respectively 2 7 28 ERRORS Maximum Number of Errors This option sets the maximum number of errors each compiler application as well as the driver will display before execution is terminated By default up to 20 error mes sages will be displayed by each application See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full details of the messaging system employed by PICC 2 7 29 FILL Fill Unused Program Memory This option allows specification of a hexadecimal opcode that can be used to fill all unused program memory locations Multi byte codes should be entered in little endian byte order See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE SSS SSS EE Se DS51865A page 36 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 2 7 30 FLOAT Select kind of Float Types This option allows the size of float types to be selected The types available to be selected are given in Table 2 9 See also the DOUBLE option in Section 2 7 25 DOUBLE Select kind of Double Types TABLE 2 9 FLOATING POINT SELECTIONS Suboption Effect double Size of float matches size of double type 24 24 bi
258. er of bytes per data record A valid length is between 1 and 16 with 16 being the default Consider the case of a bootloader trying to download an INHX32 file which fails because it cannot process the extended address records which are part of the INHX32 standard You know that this bootloader can only program data addressed within the 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 163 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide range 0 to 64k and that any data in the HEX file outside of this range can be safely disregarded In this case by generating the HEX file in INHX8M format the operation might succeed The HEXMATE option to do this would be FORMAT INHX8M Now consider if the same bootloader also required every data record to contain eight bytes of data no more no less This is possible by combining the FORMAT with FILL options Appropriate use of F ILL can ensure that there are no gaps in the data for the address range being programmed This will satisfy the minimum data length require ment To set the maximum length of data records to eight bytes just modify the previous option to become FORMAT INHX8M 8 The possible types that are supported by this option are listed in Table 6 10 Note that INHX032 is not an actual INHX format Selection of this type generates an INHX32 file but will also initialize the upper address information to zero This is a requirement of some device programmers TABLE 6 10 INHX
259. ere is more than one source file being compiled Consider the case when there are two C source files that form a complete project and that are to be compiled as is the case shown in Figure 2 2 If these files are called main c and io c these could be compiled with a single command such as PICC chip 16F877A main c io c This command will compile the two source files all the way to the final output but inter nally we can consider this compilation as consisting of two stages The first stage involves processing of each source file separately and generating some sort of intermediate file for each source file The second stage involves combining all these intermediate files and further processing to form the final output An intermediate file is a particular temporary file that is produced and marks the mid point between the first and second stage of compilation The intermediate file used by PICC is the p code p1 extension file output by the parser so there will be one p code file produced for each C source file As indicated in the diagram CPP and then P1 are executed to form this intermediate file For clarity the CPP and P1 applications have been represented by the same block in the dia gram In the second stage the code generator reads in all the intermediate p code files an produces a single assembly file output which is then passed to the subsequent appli cations that produce the final output The desirable attribute of
260. erent with psect name 875 bad character constant in expression Assembler The character constant was expected to consist of only one character but was found to be greater than one character or none at all An assembler specific example MOV r0 712 12 specifies two characters 876 syntax error Assembler A syntax error has been detected This could be caused a number of things 877 yacc stack overflow Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 878 S option used ignored Driver The indicated assembly file has been supplied to the driver in conjunction with the s option The driver really has nothing to do since the file is already an assembly file 880 invalid number of parameters Use HELP for help Driver Improper command line usage of the of the compiler s driver 881 setup succeeded Driver The compiler has been successfully setup using the setup driver option 883 setup failed Driver The compiler was not successfully setup using the setup driver option Ensure that the directory argument to this option is spelt correctly is syntactically correct for your host operating system and it exists 884 please ensure you have write permissions to the configuration file Driver The compiler was not successfully setup using the set up driver option because the driver was unable to access the XML configuration file E
261. ero value otherwise ITOA Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt char itoa char buf int val int base Description The function itoa converts the contents of vai into a string which is stored into buf The conversion is performed according to the radix specified in base buf is assumed to reference a buffer which has sufficient space allocated to it Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 10 itoa buf 1234 16 printf buffer holds s n buf 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 195 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide See Also strtol utoa ltoa ultoa Return Value This routine returns a copy of the buffer into which the result is written LABS Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int labs long int j Description The labs function returns the absolute value of long value j Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt void main void long int a 5 printf absolute value of ld is ld n a labs a See Also abs Return Value The absolute value of j LDEXP Synopsis include lt math h gt double ldexp double f int i Description The 1dexp function performs the inverse of frexp operation the integer i is added to the exponent of the floating point and the resultant returned DS51865A page 196 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions LDIV Example
262. error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 409 bad argument to P Objtohex This option requires an integer argument in either base 8 10 or 16 If you are invoking ob jtohex directly then see Section 6 3 Objtohex for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 410 bad combination of options Objtohex The combination of options supplied to OBJTOHEX is invalid 412 text does not start at 0 Objtohex Code in some things must start at zero Here it doesn t 413 write error on Assembler Linker Cromwell A write error occurred on the named file This probably means you have run out of disk space 414 read error on Linker The linker encountered an error trying to read this file 415 text offset too low in COFF file Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 416 bad character in extended TEKHEX line Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 417 seek error in Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 418 image too big Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 419 object file is not absolute Objtohex The object file pas
263. es This is probably due to bizarre use of macros or conditional assembly 841 bad source destination for movfp movpf instruction Assembler The absolute address specified with the MOVFP MOVPF instruction is too large 842 bad bit number Assembler A bit number must be an absolute expression in the range 0 7 DS51865A page 306 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 843 a macro name can t also be an EQU SET symbol Assembler An EQU or SET symbol has been found with the same name as a macro This is not allowed For example getval MACRO MOV r0 rl ENDM getval EQU 55h oops choose a different name to the macro 844 lexical error Assembler An unrecognized character or token has been seen in the input 845 symbol defined more than once Assembler This symbol has been defined in more than one place The assembler will issue this error if a symbol is defined more than once in the same module e g _next MOVE ro 55 MOVE et 0 _next oops choose a different name The linker will issue this warning if the symbol C or assembler was defined multiple times in different modules The names of the modules are given in the error message Note that C identifiers often have an underscore prepended to their name after compilation 846 relocation error Assembler It is not possible to add together two relocatable quantities A constant may be added to a relocatable value and two relocata
264. esceceteeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeens 125 float data tyPe ooo eeseeeeseeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeereneeees 37 62 enhanced symbol files AA 138 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 335 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide floating pOINT rn tee 62 biased ExpPONen e ceeecceeeseeeeteeeeeenseeeeeneees 63 OXPONENt eE E E de an ae dice 62 63 tel EE 62 MaANUSSA eh eked Se 62 floating point suffixes 59 TlOOGAUNCTION ans tee i ee 190 fmod TUNCHON 2 0005 elt enter a 189 FNCALL directive ccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesseeeeeaees 91 FNSIZE directive snieter neioii fees 91 TOXP TUNGOR Since sie te deed Eden yn ayes 190 FSR register eeben ee 102 fioa AUNCHON ET 191 FUNCTION duplication 2 2 ee ee eeeeeeesneeeeeneeeeeneeerenaeees 88 ele le ME 88 functions ADSONULE A hastecsscieaadaseceesedoash nidectentasehcacaataneecer 78 argument PASSING ee eeeseeeeeseeeeeeneeeteneeeteaees 78 Calling CONVENTION eee eeeeeeeeseeeeteeetenneeeeees 80 Creating prototypes ee eeeeeeeteeeeseeeeeeneeeeees 40 ENEE 80 INTSIMUP tices ese ee eerie ites 86 parameters eeh EEENEN eine 72 placing at specific addresses AN 100 lte 104 129 Petr Banker Seege 80 return ValUCS ks eis seas a ea raaraa de den 79 ll HE 104 129 SIZE restrictions ceseceeseceeeeseeeeesererseeneeetees 78 Stack Usage vase dln ein ence 80 written in assembler AN 89 G get_cal_data function ssssseeesesennee
265. esernneeeerrnneee 192 getchar fUNGHON iredentista isisiperei ieina i rapean 191 gets FUNCOM oiei iiano teteu nean tales eE i 192 GLOBAL directive 0 0 0 ceceeeeeeseeeteeeeeees 90 115 118 global optimization 20 0 eee eeeeeeeeesteeeeeneeereneeees 39 Global PSECT Tag 120 OIME UNGON ieee ae ie eee en ee 193 H hardware ll EIERE 19 header Tee as eet ded a aa Taa T seraa eaaa Eea 16 Search path EE 29 hex files address altgmment nesen 43 162 lee TE 120 ata record EE 43 161 embedding serial number 165 embedding strings AN 165 extended address record 163 filling UNUSED MEMOTSY eeeeeeeesteeeeseeeeeneeeeees 36 eu EE 163 MUNDI hiia cccehenctecgethae aai 137 record length ccceceeseseeeeeeeeeeees 43 162 163 renaming ig urr niee aiae atiae ee 31 GIE Ee 164 hexadecimal constants assembly E 113 HEXMATE application eeeeesseeeesneeeeees 11 159 HEXMATE option El 160 ADDRESSING iat eigene eege 161 BREAK deer e d hee a tie 161 Ghia igniting a aA RS 161 file SPECIFICATIONS 0 0 eeteeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneerenes 160 SIE EE 162 164 FIND esscvssees cestertssaesctte ee T dieu 162 FIND and DELETE ccci iii 163 FIND and REPLACE AA 163 FORMAT ean Seti ei Be eee 163 la a E EE EEEE EREA eege ie 164 elen BE 164 OT 164 RE 164 TACICOS EE 160 SERIA sexsi ege fet eet 44 165 IK GE 165 STRINGS ungeet sheets 165 STRPACKs innana nene iran 166 HEXMATE options AA 159 HI_TECH 2G Maer ei 98 HI TE
266. eter to a function is assigned a new object address every time the function is called The definition of the pointer must be valid for every target address assigned Note Care must be taken when describing pointers Is a const pointer a pointer that points to const objects or a pointer that is const itself You can talk about pointers to const and const pointers to help clarify the definition but such terms may not be universally understood DS51865A page 68 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features 3 3 12 2 DATA POINTERS HI TECH C monitors and records ai assignments of addresses to each data pointer the program contains This includes assignment of the address of objects to pointers assignment of one pointer to another initialization of pointers when they are defined and takes into account when pointers are ordinary variables and function parameters and when pointers are used to access basic objects or structures or arrays The size and format of the address held by each pointer is based on this information When more than one address is assigned to a pointer at different places in the code a set of all possible targets the pointer can address is maintained This information is spe cific to each pointer defined in the program thus two pointers with the same C type may hold addresses of different sizes and formats due to the way the pointers were used in the program The compiler tracks the
267. evision number Example include lt htc h gt void main void unsigned int id_value unsigned int device_code unsigned char revision_no id_value device_id_read lower 5 bits represent revision number upper 11 bits identify device device_code id_value gt gt 5 revision_no unsigned char id_value amp Ox1F See Also flash_read config_read Return Value device_id_read returns the 16 Bit factory programmed device id code used to identify the device type and its revision number Note The device_id_read is applicable only to those devices which are capable of reading their own program memory __ eS a 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 183 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide DI El Synopsis include lt htc h gt void ei void void di void Description The di and ei routines disable and re enable interrupts respectively These are implemented as macros The example shows the use of ei and di around access to a long variable that is modified during an interrupt If this was not done it would be possible to return an incorrect value if the interrupt occurred between accesses to successive words of the count value The ei macro should never be called in an interrupt function and there is no need to call di in an interrupt function Example include lt htc h gt long count void interrupt tick void countt long ge
268. expansion Preprocessor A macro argument has exceeded the length of an internal buffer This buffer is normally 4096 bytes long 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 241 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 155 work buffer overflow concatenating Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 156 work buffer overflow Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 157 can t allocate bytes of memory Code Generator Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 158 invalid disable in preprocessor macro Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 159 too many calls to unget Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 161 control line within preprocessor macro expansion Preprocessor A preprocessor control line one starting with a has been encountered while expanding a macro This should not happen 162 warning Preprocessor Driver This warning is either the result of user defined warning preprocessor directive or the driver encountered a problem reading the map file If the latter then please HI TECH Software technical support with details 163 unexpecte
269. ey It uses a binary search algorithm calling the function pointed to by compar to compare elements in the array Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt struct value char name 40 int value values 100 ant val_cmp const void pl const void p2 return strcmp const struct value pl gt name const struct value p2 gt name void main void char inbuf 80 Bly gk omen DEE EE 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 177 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide CEIL struct value vp i 0 while gets inbuf sscanf inbuf s San values i name amp values i value itt qsort values i sizeof values 0 val_cmp vp bsearch values i sizeof values 0 val_cmp if vp printf fred was not found n else printf fred has value d n vp gt value See Also qsort Return Value A pointer to the matched array element if there is more than one matching element any of these may be returned If no match is found a null pointer is returned Note The comparison function must have the correct prototype Synopsis include lt math h gt double ceil double f Description This routine returns the smallest whole number not less than Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void double j scanf lf ki printf ceiling of 1f
270. fects the entire module in which it is located regardless of the position of the pragma in the file Any given psect should only be redirected once in a particular module That is you cannot redirect the standard psect for some of the module then swap back to using the standard psect for the remainder of the source code The pragma should typically be placed at the top of the source file It is recommended that the code or variables to be separated be placed in a source file all to themselves so they are easily distinguished To determine the psect in which the function or object is normally located define the function or object in the usual way and without this pragma Now check the assembly list file see 4 4 Assembly List Files to determine in which psect the function or object is normally positioned Check either the assembly list file or the map file with the pragma in place to ensure that the mapping has worked as expected and that the function or variable has been linked at the address specified Variables can also be placed at specific positions by making them absolute see Section 3 4 4 Absolute Variables The same is also true for functions See 3 5 2 Absolute Functions The decision whether functions or variables should be positioned using absolutes or via the psect pragma should be based on the location requirements Using absolute functions and variables is the easiest method but only allows place ment at an a
271. fferent collating sequence the return value is negative zero or positive i e do not test explicitly for negative one 1 or one 1 Synopsis include lt string h gt char strncpy char sl const char s2 size_t n Description This function copies a null terminated string s2 to a character array pointed to by s1 At most n characters are copied If string s2 is longer than n then the destination string will not be null terminated The destination array must be large enough to hold the entire string including the null terminator Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 Ghar ci js2 strncpy buffer of line 6 sl buffer s2 end of line strcat s1 s2 printf d n strlen buffer printf s n buffer See Also strcpy strcat strlen strcmp Return Value The destination buffer pointer s1 is returned DS51865A page 222 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions STRPBRK Synopsis include lt string h gt char strpbrk const char sl const char s2 Description The strpbrk function returns a pointer to the first occurrence in string s1 of any character from string s2 or a null pointer if no character from s2 exists in s1 Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char str is a string while str NULL pri
272. for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 243 inappropriate break continue Parser A break or continue statement has been found that is not enclosed in an appropriate control structure A continue can only be used inside a while for or do while loop while break can only be used inside those loops or a switch statement e g switch input case 0 if output 0 input Oxff oops this shouldn t be here and closed the switch break this should be inside the switch 244 default case redefined Parser There is only allowed to be one default label in a switch statement You have more than one e g switch a default if this is the default case b 9 break default then what is this b 10 break 245 default case not in switch Parser A label has been encountered called default butitis not enclosed by a switch state ment A default label is only legal inside the body of a switch statement If there is a switch statement before this default label there may be one too many closing braces in the switch code which would prematurely terminate the switch statement See message 246 246 case label not in switch Parser A case label has been encountered but there is no enclosing switch statement A case label may only appear inside the body of a switch statement If there is a switch statement before this case label there may be one too many closing braces in the switch code whic
273. format the listing for a 132 column printer The default is 80 columns 6 4 6 Sstoplist The s option should have as its argument the name of a file containing a list of sym bols not to be listed in the cross reference Symbols should be listed one per line in the file Use the C domain symbols Multiple stoplists may be supplied with multiple s options DS51865A page 154 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Utilities 6 4 7 X prefix The X option allows the exclusion of symbols from the listing based on a prefix given as argument to x For example if it was desired to exclude all symbols starting with the character sequence xyz then the option Xxyz would be used If a digit appears in the character sequence then this will match any digit in the symbol e g XX0 would exclude any symbols starting with the letter x followed by a digit 6 4 8 EDF message file Set Message File Path This option is mainly used by the command line driver PICC to specify the path of the message description file The default file is located in the dat directory in the compiler s installation directory See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information about the compiler s messaging system 6 4 9 EMAX number Specify Maximum Number of Errors This option is mainly used by the command line driver PICC to specify the maximum number of errors that can be encountered before CREF terminates The default number is 10 errors
274. from the string pointed to by s2 Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void static char set printf d n strcespn set printf d n strcespn set printf d n strespn set See Also strspn Return Value Returns the length of the segment 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 219 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide STRLEN STRNCAT Synopsis include lt string h gt size_t strlen const char s Description The strlen function returns the number of characters in the string s not including the null terminator Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 Ghar shy os2 9 strcpy buffer of line sl buffer s2 end of line strcat s1 s2 printf d n strlen buffer printf s n buffer Return Value The number of characters preceding the null terminator Synopsis include lt string h gt char strncat char sl const char s2 size_t n Description This function appends concatenates string s2 to the end of string s1 At most n char acters will be copied and the result will be null terminated s1 must point to a character array big enough to hold the resultant string DS51865A page 220 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions Example include lt string h gt inc
275. ftware technical support with details 669 prefix list matched more than one SDB type Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 670 bad argument to T Clist The argument to the T option to specify tab size was not present or correctly formed The option expects a decimal integer argument 671 argument to T should be in range 1 to 64 Clist The argument to the T option to specify tab size was not in the expected range The option expects a decimal integer argument ranging from 1 to 64 inclusive 673 missing filename after option Objtohex The indicated option requires a valid file name Ensure that the filename argument supplied to this option exists and is spelt correctly 674 too many references to Cref This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 677 set_fact_bit on pic17 Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 678 case 55 on pic17 Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 679 unknown extraspecial Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 680 bad format for P option Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 681
276. function differs from st rcpy in that it copies a specified number of bytes rather than all bytes up to a null terminator Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 memset buf 0 sizeof buf memcpy buf partial string 10 printf s n buf See Also strncpy strncemp strchr memset Return Value The memcpy routine returns its first argument MEMMOVE Synopsis include lt string h gt void memmove void sl const void s2 size_t n Description The memmove function is similar to the function memcpy except copying of overlapping blocks is handled correctly That is it will copy forwards or backwards as appropriate to correctly copy one block to another that overlaps it See Also strncpy strncemp strchr memcpy Return Value The function memmove returns its first argument 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 203 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide MEMSET Synopsis include lt string h gt void memset void s int c size_t n Description The memset function fills n bytes of memory starting at the location pointed to by s with the byte c Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char abuf 20 strcpy abuf is a string memset abuf x 5 printf s n abuf See Also strncpy strncmp strch
277. fying a library output file type 2 7 46 PRE Produce Preprocessed Source Code The PRE option is used to generate preprocessed C source files also called mod ules or translation units with an extension pre This may be useful to ensure that pre processor macros have expanded to what you think they should Use of this option can also create C source files which do not require any separate header files If the pre files are renamed to c files that can be passed to the compiler for subsequent pro cessing This is useful when sending files to a colleague or to obtain technical support without having to send all the header files which may reside in many directories If you wish to see the preprocessed source for the printf family of functions do not use this option The source for this function is customized by the compiler but only after the code generator has scanned the project for printf usage Thus as the PRE option stops compilation after the preprocessor stage the code generator will not execute and no printf code will be processed If this option is omitted the pre processed source for printf willbe automatically retained in the file doprnt pre 2 7 47 PROTO Generate Prototypes The PROTO option is used to generate pro files containing both ANSI C and K amp R style function declarations for all functions within the specified source files Each pro file produced will have the same base name as th
278. g a deliberate error This is normally used to check compile time defines etc Remove the directive to remove the error but first check as to why the directive is there 104 preprocessor assert failure Preprocessor The argument to a preprocessor assert directive has evaluated to zero This is a programmer induced error assert SIZE 4 size should never be 4 105 no asm before endasm Preprocessor A endasm operator has been encountered but there was no previous matching asm eg void cleardog void clrwdt endasm in line assembler ends here only where did it begin 106 nested asm directives Preprocessor It is not legal to nest asm directives Check for a missing or misspelled endasm directive eg asm MOVE rO 0aah asm previous asm must be closed before opening another SLEEP endasm DS51865A page 236 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 107 illegal directive Preprocessor Parser The compiler does not understand the directive It is probably a misspelling of a preprocessor directive e g indef DEBUG oops that should be undef DEBUG 108 if n def without an argument Preprocessor The preprocessor directives if ifdef and ifndef must have an argument The argument to i f should be an expression while the argument to ifdef or ifndef should be a single name e g if oops no argument to check output
279. g is generated if such a default linker option cannot be found The default option that you are deleting or replacing must contain an equal character 2 7 8 M Generate Map File The option is used to request the generation of a map file The map is generated by the linker and includes detailed information about where objects are located in memory See Section 5 4 Map Files for information regarding the content of these files If no filename is specified with the option then the name of the map file will have the project name see Section 2 2 1 Output Files with the extension map This option is on by default when compiling from within MPLAB IDE and using the HI TECH Universal Toolsuite DS51865A page 30 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 2 7 9 N Identifier Length This option allows the C identifier length to be increased from the default value of 31 Valid sizes for this option are from 32 to 255 The option has no effect for all other val ues This option also controls the length of identifiers used by the preprocessor such as macro names The default length is also 31 and can be adjusted to a maximum of 255 See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 7 10 O Specify Output File This option allows the basename of the output file s to be specified If no 0 option is given the base name of output file s will be
280. ge description and which is also printed by the compiler when the message is issued The messages shown here are sorted by their number Un numbered messages appear toward the end and are sorted alphabetically The name of the application s that could have produced the messages are listed in brackets opposite the error message In some cases examples of code or options that could trigger the error are given The use of in the error message is used to represent a string that the compiler will substitute that is specific to that particular error Note that one problem in your C or assembler source code may trigger more than one error message You should attempt to resolve errors or warnings in the order in which they are produced 1 too many errors all applications The executing compiler application has encountered too many errors and will exit immediately Other uncompiled source files will be processed but the compiler appli cations that would normally be executed in due course will not be run The number of errors that can be accepted can be controlled using the ERRORS option See Section 2 7 28 ERRORS Maximum Number of Errors 2 error warning generated but no description available all applications The executing compiler application has emitted a message advisory warning error but there is no description available in the message description file MDF to print This may be because the MDF is out of da
281. generated code for the C program and does not appear in the runtime startup assembly module This psect can be linked anywhere in the program memory provided they does not interfere with the requirements of other psects config Used to store the configuration words This psect must be stored in a special location in the HEX file Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect eeprom Used to store initial values in the EEPROM memory Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect idata These psects contain the ROM image of any initialized variables These psects are copied into the data psects at startup In this case the class name is used to describe the class of the corresponding RAM based data psect These psects will be stored in program memory not the data memory space These psects are implicitly linked to a location that is anywhere within the CODE linker class The linker options can be changed allowing this psect to be placed at any address in the program memory provided it does not inter fere with the requirements of other psects idloc Used to store the ID location words This psect must be stored in a special location in the HEX file Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect init Used by assembly code in the runtime startup assembly module The code in this and the cinit define the runtime startup code If no interrupt code is defined code from the reset vector may fa
282. gister usage Thus if you include in line assembly code into an interrupt function you may have to add extra assembly code to save and restore any registers or locations used The same is true for any assembly routines called by the interrupt code If the w register is to be saved by the compiler it may be stored to memory reserved in the common RAM If the processor for which the code is written does not have common memory a byte is reserved in all RAM banks for the storage location for w register Other registers to be saved are done so in the interrupt function s auto area and thus look like ordinary auto variables 3 8 1 2 CONTEXT RESTORATION Any objects saved by software are automatically restored by software before the inter rupt function returns The order of restoration is the reverse to that used when context is saved 3 8 2 Enabling Interrupts Two macros are available once you have included lt htc h gt which control the masking of all available interrupts These macros are ei which enable or unmask all interrupts and di which disable or mask all interrupts On all Mid Range PIC devices they affect the GIE bit in the INTCON register These macros should be used once the appropriate interrupt enable bits for the interrupts that are required in a program have been enabled For example ADIE 1 A D interrupts will be used PEIE 1 all peripheral interrupts are enabled SC ba enable
283. gure A function s inclusion into the call graph does not imply the function was actually called but there is a possibility that the function was called For example code such as int test int a if a foo else bar will list foo and bar under test as either may be called If a is always true then the function bar will never be called even though it appears in the call graph 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 133 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide In addition to these functions there is information relating to the memory allocated in the compiled stack for main This memory will be used for auto temporary and parameter variables defined in main The only difference between an auto and temporary variable is that auto variables are defined by the programmer and temporaries are defined by the compiler but both behave in the same way In the orange box for main you can see that it defines 10 auto and temporary vari able It defines no parameters main never has parameters There is a total of 24 references in the assembly code to local objects in main Rather than the compiled stack being one memory allocation in one memory space it can have components placed in multiple memory spaces to utilize all available memory of the target device This break down is shown under the memory summary line for each function In this example it shows that some of the local object
284. h would prematurely terminate the switch statement e g switch input case DI count break case 1 if count gt MAX count 0 oops this shouldn t be here break case i error flagged here Eh DS51865A page 252 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 247 duplicate label Parser The same name is used for a label more than once in this function Note that the scope of labels is the entire function not just the block that encloses a label e g start if a gt 256 goto end start error flagged here if a 0 goto start which start label do I jump to 248 inappropriate else Parser An else keyword has been encountered that cannot be associated with an if statement This may mean there is a missing brace or other syntactic error e g here is a comment which I have forgotten to close if a gt b c 0 that will be closed here thus removing the if else my if has been lost c Oxff 249 probable missing in previous block Parser The compiler has encountered what looks like a function or other declaration but the preceding function has not been ended with a closing brace This probably means that a closing brace has been omitted from somewhere in the previous function although it may well not be the last one e g void set char a PORTA a the closing brace was left out here void clear void
285. ha oaeaeei a asad raa 131 enabling TEE 131 CStaCk PSOCt aniraa is oan era 85 CtiMe TUNCTION eens sila Rae et 182 D DABS directive AAA 123 Cat directory eet Hecgevel EENS ENEE NEE 21 e EC Malle IN E 120 121 data POINTERS ET 69 data Deet gedd TA eee 85 data types EE 58 Eu EE 114 floating D Cie L 62 DB directive s 22 028 ch ani iis 122 debug information cc eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneereneeees 29 assemble rispari sus Zeg n aaa 110 optimizers and 109 debugger file formats AAA 156 eet TC 35 156 default pSectis i sc eieiie ce eee tele 117 default SUDOPTION 0 eee eeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetnneeereaes 27 delay routine ccceceeseseeeeseeeeeesneeeeeeeeteseeenenseeeees 168 delta PSECT flagri naaa 90 120 137 dependencies sceceeseeceeeseeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeseeenenseeeteees 43 dependency file eseececeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeteseeeeesnneeenees 43 destination operandS A 112 device selection c cc cecseeeesceeeeseeeeeeseeeeeneneneeeeeeeesees 34 device_id_read function eee eeeeeeeeneeeenneeeees 183 DIAMACIO EE 184 directives assemblats misiistan ine adatre 117 directives see assembler directives eee 117 disabling interrupts AA 87 CIV TUMCUION EET EAT 184 divide by ZOFO EE 83 doprnt c source file oo eset eeeeeeeeneeeteeeeetenaeeeeees 19 COprnt pre fileres este ede cde 20 40 double data type o oo eeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeseneeeeeneeeeaes 36 62 driver Commande 9 command T
286. has a return statement that does not specify a return value e g int get_value void if flag return valt t return what is the return value in this instance 345 unreachable code Parser This section of code will never be executed because there is no execution path by which it could be reached e g while 1 how does this loop finish process flag FINISHED how do we get here DS51865A page 264 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 346 declaration of hides outer declaration Parser An object has been declared that has the same name as an outer declaration i e one outside and preceding the current function or block This is legal but can lead to accidental use of one variable when the outer one was intended e g int input input has filescope void process int a int input local blockscope input a input this will use the local variable Is this right 347 external declaration inside function Parser A function contains an extern declaration This is legal but is invariably not desirable as it restricts the scope of the function declaration to the function body This means that if the compiler encounters another declaration use or definition of the extern object later in the same file it will no longer have the earlier declaration and thus will be unable to check that the declarations are consistent This can lead to strange behavior of your pr
287. have used is a HI TECH specific pragma but the specific compiler you are using has not implemented this pragma 716 bad argument to M option Code Generator The code generator has been passed a M option that it does not understand This should not happen if it is being invoked by a standard compiler driver 718 incompatible intermediate code version should be Code Generator The intermediate code file produced by P1 is not the correct version for use with this code generator This is either that incompatible versions of one or more compilers have been installed in the same directory or a temporary file error has occurred leading to corruption of a temporary file Check the setting of the TEMP environment variable If it refers to a long path name change it to something shorter Contact HI TECH Support with details if required 720 multiple free Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 721 element count must be constant expression Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details DS51865A page 294 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 722 bad variable syntax in intermediate code Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 723 function definitions nested too deep Code Generator This error is unlikely t
288. he i e next to the pointer s name relate to the pointer variable itself The type and any qualifiers to the left of the relate to the pointer s tar gets This makes sense since it is also the operator that dereferences a pointer which allows you to get from the pointer variable to its current target Here are three examples of pointer definitions using the volatile qualifier The fields in the definitions have been highlighted with spacing volatile int vip int volatile ivp volatile int volatile vivp The first example is a pointer called vip It contains the address of int objects that are qualified volatile The pointer itself the variable that holds the address is not volatile however the objects that are accessed when the pointer is derefer enced are treated as being volatile In other words the target objects accessible via the pointer may be externally modified The second example is a pointer called ivp which also contains the address of int objects In this example the pointer itself is volatile that is the address the pointer contains may be externally modified however the objects that can be accessed when dereferencing the pointer are not volatile The last example is of a pointer called vivp which is itself qualified volatile and which also holds the address of volatile objects Bare in mind that one pointer can be assigned the addresses of many objects for example a pointer that is a param
289. he C code in the project including C library code There is only one of these files since the code generator compiles and combines all the C code of the pro gram and produces just the one assembly output The other file passed to the linker will be the object code produced from the runtime startup code see Section 2 4 2 Runtime Startup Code If there are assembly source files in the project then there will also be one object file produced for each source file and these will be passed to the linker Existing object files or object file libraries can also be specified in a project and if present these will also be passed to the linker The output of the linker is also an object file but there is only ever one file produced The file is absolute since relocation will have been performed by the linker The output file will consist of the information from all input object files merged together Relocation consists of placing the psect data into the memory of the target device The target device memory specification is passed to the linker by the way of linker options These options are generated by the command line driver PICC There are no linker scripts or means of specifying options in any source file The default linker options rarely need adjusting but can be changed if required and with caution using the driver option L see Section 2 7 7 L Adjust Linker Options Directly Once psects are placed at actual memory locati
290. he HEXMATE options should be entered as hexadecimal values without leading 0x or trailing h characters Note also that any address fields specified in these options are to be entered as byte addresses unless specified otherwise in the ADDRESSING option 6 6 1 1 SPECIFICATIONS FILENAME HEX Intel HEX files that can be processed by HEXMATE should be in either INHX82 or INHX8M format Additional specifications can be applied to each HEX file to put restrictions or conditions on how this file should be processed If any specifications are used they must precede the filename The list of specifications will then be separated from the filename by a comma A range restriction can be applied with the specification rStart End A range restric tion will cause only the address data falling within this range to be used For example r100 1FF myfile hex will use my file hex as input but only process data which is addressed within the range 100h 1FFh inclusive from that file An address shift can be applied with the specification soffset If an address shift is used data read from this HEX file will be shifted by the offset specified to a new address when generating the output The offset can be either positive or negative For example r100 1FFs2000 myfile HEX will shift the block of data from 100h 1FFh to the new address range 2100h 21FFh Be careful when shifting sections of executable code Program code should only be
291. he asctime function takes the time broken down into the struct tm structure pointed to by its argument and returns a 26 character string describing the current date and time in the format Sun Sep 16 01 03 52 1973 n 0 Note the newline at the end of the string The width of each field in the string is fixed The example gets the current time converts it to a struct tm pointer with Local time it then converts this to ASCII and prints it The time function will need to be provided by the user see time for details Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock struct tm tp time amp clock tp localtime amp clock printf s asctime tp See Also ctime gmtime localtime time Return Value A pointer to the string Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as it cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more details DS51865A page 172 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions ASIN ASSERT Synopsis include lt math h gt double asin double f Description The asin function implements the converse of sin i e itis passed a value in the range 1 to 1 and returns an angle in radians whose sine is equal to that value Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void float i a for i 1 0 i lt 1 0 i 0 1 a
292. he linker By default the segment selector will be generated by dividing the base load address of the segment by the relocation quantum of the segment which is based on the reloc flag value given to psects at the assembler level see Section 4 3 9 3 10 Reloc The G option allows an alternate method for calculating the segment selector The argument to G is a string similar to A 10h 4h where A represents the load address of the segment and represents division This means Take the load address of the psect divide by 10 HEX then subtract 4 This form can be modified by substituting N for A for to represent multiplication and adding rather than subtracting a constant The token Nis replaced by the ordinal number of the segment which is allocated by the linker For example N 8 4 means take the segment number multiply by 8 then add 4 The result is the segment selector This particular example would allocate segment selectors in the sequence 4 12 20 for the number of segments defined The selector of each psect is shown in the map file See Section 5 4 2 2 Psect Infor mation listed by Module 5 2 8 Hsymfile This option will instruct the linker to generate a symbol file The optional argument symfile specifies the name of the file to receive the data The default file name is 1l sym 5 2 9 H symfile This option will instruct the linker to generate an enhanced symbol file which provides in ad
293. he linker does not treat these compiler generated psect any differently to a psect that has been defined by yourself Compiler generated Psects Some psects in particular the data memory psects use special naming conventions For example take the bss psect The name bss is historical It holds uninitialized vari ables However there may be some uninitialized variables that will need to be located in bank 0 data memory others may need to be located in bank 1 memory As these two groups of variables will need to be placed into different memory banks they will need to be in separate psects so they can be independently controlled by the linker In addi tion the uninitialized variables that are bit variables need to be treated specially so they need their own psect So there are a number of different psects that all use the same basename but which have prefixes and suffixes to make them unique The general form of these psect names is bit psectBaseNameCLASS div where psect BaseName is the base name of the psect such as bss The CLASS is a name derived from the linker class see Section 5 2 1 Aclass low high in which the psect will be linked eg BANKO The prefix bit is used if the psect holds bit variables So there may be psects like bssBANKO bssBANK1 and bitbssBANKO defined by the compiler to hold the uninitialized variables 1 Some compilers use the terms segment or block but the concept is the same 20
294. he linker has to work with The linker can read both relocatable object files and object file libraries 1ib exten sion The library files are a collection of object files packaged into a single unit so essentially we only need consider the format of object files Each object file consists of a number of records Each record has a type that indicates what sort of information it holds Some record types hold general information about the target device and its configuration other records types may hold data and others program debugging information for example A lot of the information in object files relates to psects Psects are an assembly domain construct and are essentially a block of something either instructions or data Every thing that contributes to the program is located in a psect See Section 4 3 8 Program Sections There is a particular record type that is used to hold the data in psects The bulk of each object file consists of psect records containing the executable code and variables etc We are now in a position to look at the fundamental tasks the linker performs which are combining all the relocatable object files into one e relocation of psects contained in the object files into memory e fixup of symbolic references in the psects DS51865A page 142 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Linker There is typically at least two object files that are passed to the linker One will be pro duced from all t
295. he memory associated with a class can overlap that in others thus the total free space is not simply the addition of all the unused ranges 5 4 2 6 SYMBOL TABLE The final section in the map file list global symbols that the program defines This section has a heading Symbol Table and is followed by two columns in which the symbols are alphabetically listed As always with the linker any C derived symbol is shown with its assembler equivalent symbol name See Section 3 9 3 1 Equivalent Assembly Symbols The symbols listed in this table are e Global assembly labels e Global EQU SET assembler directive labels e Linker defined symbols Assembly symbols are made global via the GLOBAL assembler directive see Section 4 3 9 1 GLOBAL for more information Linker defined symbols act like EQU directives however they are defined by the linker during the link process and no definition for them will appear in any source or intermediate file See Section 3 11 3 Linker Defined Symbols Each symbol is shown with the psect in which they are placed and the value usually an address which the symbol has been assigned There is no information encoded into a symbol to indicate whether it represents code or data nor in which memory space it resides If the psect of a symbol is shown as abs this implies that the symbol is not directly associated with a psect Such is the case for absolute C variables or any symbo
296. hen pre defined symbols are accessed The definition of the special symbols make use of the cont rol qualifier This qualifier informs the compiler that the registers are outside of the normal address space and that a different access method is required 3 2 7 1 THE OPTION INSTRUCTION Some baseline PIC devices use an OPTION instruction to load the OPTION register The lt htc h gt header file will ensure a special definition for a C object called OPTION and macros for the bit symbols which are stored in this register PICC will automatically use the OPTION instruction when an appropriate processor is selected and the OPTION register is accessed For example to set the prescaler assignment bit so that prescaler is assigned to the watchdog timer the following code can be used OPTION PSA This will load the appropriate value into the w register and then call the OPTION instruction 3 2 7 2 THE TRIS INSTRUCTIONS Some PIC devices use a TRIS instruction to load the TRIS register The lt htc h gt header file will ensure a special definition for a C object called TRIS PICC will auto matically use the TRIS instruction when an appropriate processor is selected and the TRIS register is accessed For example to make all the bits on the output port high impedance the following code can be used TRIS OxFF This will load the appropriate value into the w register and then call the TRIS instruction Those PIC devices which have m
297. her than this the assembler does not care whether a symbol is used to represent bytes words or sports cars No special syntax is needed or provided to define the addresses of bits or any other data type nor will the assembler issue any warnings if a symbol is used in more than one context The instruction and addressing mode syntax provide all the information necessary for the assembler to generate correct code 4 3 6 2 ASSEMBLER GENERATED IDENTIFIERS Where a LOCAL directive is used in a macro block the assembler will generate a unique symbol to replace each specified identifier in each expansion of that macro These unique symbols will have the form nnnn where nnnnis a 4 digit number The user should avoid defining symbols with the same form 4 3 6 3 LOCATION COUNTER The current location within the active program section is accessible via the symbol This symbol expands to the address of the currently executing instruction which is dif ferent to the address contained in the program counter when executing this instruction Thus GOTO will represent code that will jump to itself and form an endless loop By using this symbol and an offset a relative jump destination can be specified FREE EE ae DS51865A page 114 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler The address represented by is a word address baseline and Mid Range devices use program memory which is word addressable and thus any offset to this symbol
298. here are two leading underscore characters The macro is defined in lt htc h gt header file so be sure to include this into the files that uses this macro The x argument is the value that is to be programmed in the configuration word The value can either be a literal or be built up from specially named quantities are defined in the header file appropriate for the processor you are using These macro names are similar to the names as used in the PIC10 12 16 data sheets to represent the configu ration conditions and must be bitwise ANDed together to form the configuration value Refer to your processor s header file for details For example include lt htc h gt __CONFIG WDIDIS amp HS amp UNPROTECT For devices that have more than one configuration word location each subsequent invocation of CONFIG will modify the next configuration word in sequence Typically this might look like include lt htc h gt __CONFIG WDTDIS amp XT amp UNPROTECT Program config word 1 ___CONFIG FCMEN Program config word 2 3 2 3 ID Locations Some PIC 10 12 16 devices have locations outside the addressable memory area that can be used for storing program information such as an ID number The __IDLOC macro may be used to place data into these locations The macro is used in a manner similar to include lt htc h gt __IDLOC x where x is a list of nibbles which are to be positioned into the ID locations Only th
299. hese macros defined in ct ype h test the supplied character for membership in one of several overlapping groups of characters Note that all except isascii are defined for c if isascii c is true or if c EOF isalnum c c is in 0 9 or a z or A Z isalpha c c s in A Z or a z isascii c cis a 7 bit ascii character iscntrl c c is a control character isdigit c c is a decimal digit islower c cis in a z isprint c c is a printing char isgraph c c is a non space printable character ispunct c c is not alphanumeric isspace c c s a space tab or newline isupper c c is in A Z isxdigit c c is in 0 9 or a f or A F Example include lt ctype h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 int i gets buf i 0 while isalnum it buf i 0 printf 3s is buf i the word n buf DS51865A page 194 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions See Also toupper tolower toascii ISDIG Synopsis include lt ctype h gt int isdig int GI Description The isdig function tests the input character c to see if is a decimal digit 0 9 and returns true is this is the case false otherwise Example include lt ctype h gt void main void char buf if isdig buf 0 printf type detected n See Also isdigit listed under isalnum Return Value Zero if the character is a decimal digit a non z
300. hich is an angle in radians The cosine is calculated by expansion of a polynomial series approximation Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt define C 3 141592 180 0 void main void double i for i 0 i lt 180 0 i 10 printf 3 0f f cos Sf n i sin i C cos i C See Also sin tan asin acos atan atan2 Return Value A double in the range 1 to 1 Eh DS51865A page 180 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions COSH SINH TANH Synopsis include lt math h gt double cosh double f double sinh double f double tanh double f Description These functions are the implement hyperbolic equivalents of the trigonometric functions cos sin and tan Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf f n cosh 1 5 printf f n sinh 1 5 printf f n tanh 1 5 Return Value The function cosh returns the hyperbolic cosine value The function sinh returns the hyperbolic sine value The function tanh returns the hyperbolic tangent value CPUTS Synopsis include lt conio h gt void cputs const char s Description The cputs function writes its argument string to the console outputting carriage returns before each newline in the string It calls put ch repeatedly On a hosted sys tem cputs differs from puts in that it writes to the console dir
301. his will be shown in the assembly list file see Section 2 7 17 ASMLIST Generate Assembler List Files and Section 4 4 Assembly List Files 4 3 10 Assembler Controls Assembler controls may be included in the assembler source to control assembler operation These keywords have no significance anywhere else in the program The control is invoked by the directive OPT followed by the control name Some keywords are followed by one or more arguments For example OPT EXPAND A list of keywords is given in Table 4 7 and each is described further below TABLE 4 7 ASPIC ASSEMBLER CONTROLS Control Meaning Format COND Include conditional code in the list COND ing EXPAND Expand macros in the listing output EXPAND INCLUDE Textually include another source INCLUDE lt pathname gt file LIST Define options for listing output LIST lt listopt gt lt listopt gt OCOND Leave conditional code out of the OCOND listing OEXPAND Disable macro expansion OEXPAND OLIST Disable listing output OLIST OXREF Disable generation of cross OXREF reference file PAGE Start a new page in the listing PAGE output SPACE Add blank lines to listing SPACE 3 SUBTITLE Specify the subtitle of the program SUBTITLE lt subtitle gt TITLE Specify the title of the program TITLE lt title gt XREF Enable cross reference fil
302. hnology Inc DS51865A page 113 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide In expressions real numbers are accepted in the usual format and are interpreted as IEEE 32 bit format 4 3 5 2 CHARACTER CONSTANTS AND STRINGS A character constant is a single character enclosed in single quotes Multi character constants or strings are a sequence of characters not including car riage return or newline characters enclosed within matching quotes Either single quotes or double quotes maybe used but the opening and closing quotes must be the same 4 3 6 Identifiers Assembly identifiers are user defined symbols representing memory locations or num bers A symbol may contain any number of characters drawn from the alphabetics numerics and the special characters dollar question mark and underscore _ The first character of an identifier may not be numeric The case of alphabetics is sig nificant e g Fred is not the same symbol as fred Some examples of identifiers are shown here An_identifier an_identifier an_identifierl 2 _12345 4 3 6 1 SIGNIFICANCE OF IDENTIFIERS Users of other assemblers that attempt to implement forms of data typing for identifiers should note that this assembler attaches no significance to any symbol and places no restrictions or expectations on the usage of a symbol The names of psects program sections and ordinary symbols occupy separate overlapping name spaces but ot
303. hould be written const char cp cp I am a string of characters that s better Omitting a qualifier from a pointer type is often disastrous but almost certainly not what you intend 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 267 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 360 array index out of bounds Parser An array is being indexed with a constant value that is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of elements in the array This warning will not be issued when accessing an array element via a pointer variable e g int in ip input KE DT i input 2 oops this element doesn t exist ip amp input 5 i ip 2 this is okay 361 function declared implicit int Parser Where the compiler encounters a function call of a function whose name is presently undefined the compiler will automatically declare the function to be of type int with unspecified K amp R style parameters If a definition of the function is subsequently encountered it is possible that its type and arguments will be different from the earlier implicit declaration causing a compiler error The solution is to ensure that all functions are defined or at least declared before use preferably with prototyped parameters If it is necessary to make a forward declaration of a function it should be preceded with the keywords extern Or static as appropriate For example I may preven
304. ht of the radix point There is an implied bit to the left of the radix point which is always 1 except for a zero value where the implied bit is zero A zero value is indicated by a zero exponent The value of this number is 1 99 x 2 exPo7ent 127 x 1 mantissa TABLE 3 3 FLOATING POINT FORMATS Format Sign Biased exponent Mantissa IEEE 754 32 bit xX XXXX XXXX XXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX modified IEEE 754 xX XXXX XXXX XXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 24 bit Here are some examples of the IEEE 754 32 bit formats shown in Table 3 4 Note that the Most Significant bit of the mantissa column i e the bit to the left of the radix point is the implied bit which is assumed to be 1 unless the exponent is zero in which case the float is zero TABLE 3 4 FLOATING POINT FORMAT EXAMPLE IEEE 754 Format Number Biased exponent 1 mantissa Decimal 32 bit 7DA6B69Bh_ 11111011b 1 0100110101101101 2 77000e 37 0011011b 251 1 302447676659 24 bit 42123Ah 10000100b 1 001001000111010b 36 557 132 1 142395019531 FREE EE EE ERT DS51865A page 62 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features The 32 bit example in Table 3 4 can be calculated manually as follows The sign bit is zero the biased exponent is 251 so the exponent is 251 127 124 Take the binary number to the right of the decimal point in the mantissa Convert this to dec imal and divide it by 2 3 where 23 i
305. id unsigned char data unsigned int address 0x0010 data eeprom_read address eeprom_write address data See Also flash_erase flash_read flash_write 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 185 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Note The high and low priority interrupt are disabled during sensitive sequences required to access EEPROM Interrupts are restored after the sequence has completed eeprom_write will clear the EEIF hardware flag before returning Both eeprom_read and eeprom_write are available in a similar macro form The essential difference between the macro and function implementations is that EPROM_READ the macro does not test nor wait for any prior write operations to complete T EVAL_POLY Synopsis include lt math h gt double eval_poly double x const double d int n Description The eval_poly function evaluates a polynomial whose coefficients are contained in the array a at x for example y x x d2 x dl do The order of the polynomial is passed in n Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void double x y double d 3 1 1 3 5 2 7 Ee y eval_poly x d 2 printf polynomial evaluated at Sf is f n x y Return Value A double value being the polynomial evaluated at x EXP Synopsis include lt math h gt double exp double f Description
306. id fnl void Ent a En St En2 9 yy Offending call char fn2 char fred return fred fn3 5 1 0 char fn3 char one char two char three return onettwotthree where fn1 is calling n3 and two arguments are evaluated by calling fn2 which in turn calls n3 The program structure should be modified to prevent this type of call sequence 743 divide by zero Code Generator An expression involving a division by zero has been detected in your code 744 static object has zero size Code Generator A static object has been declared but has a size of zero DS51865A page 296 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 745 nodecount Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 746 object qualified const but not initialized Code Generator An object has been qualified as const but there is no initial value supplied at the def inition As this object cannot be written by the C program this may imply the initial value was accidently omitted 747 unrecognized option to Z Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 748 variable may be used before set Code Generator This variable may be used before it has been assigned a value Since it is an auto variable this will result in it having a random value e g void main void
307. igned value to an unsigned equivalent e g signed char sc unsigned int ui uh Ses if sc contains Oxff ui will contain Oxffff for example will perform a sign extension of the char variable to the longer type If you do not want this to take place use a cast e g ui unsigned char sc 356 implicit conversion of float to integer Parser A floating point value has been assigned or otherwise converted to an integral type This could result in truncation of the floating point value A typecast will make this warning go away double dd int i 1 dd is this really what you meant If you do intend to use an expression like this then indicate that this is so by a cast i int dd DS51865A page 266 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 357 illegal conversion of integer to pointer Parser An integer has been assigned to or otherwise converted to a pointer type This will usu ally mean you have used the wrong variable but if this is genuinely what you want to do use a typecast to inform the compiler that you want the conversion and the warning will be suppressed This may also mean you have forgotten the address operator e g Jm Ip ANA A PAR ip eae oops did you mean ip Ei If you do intend to use an expression like this then indicate that this is so by a cast ip int zi 358 illegal conversion of pointer to integer Parser A pointer has been assigned to or other
308. igning an address to a pointer If there is no C object defined at the destination address then define or declare an object at this address which can be used for this purpose Make sure the size of the object matches the range of the memory locations that can be accessed For example a checksum for 1000 memory locations starting at address 0x900 in pro gram memory is to be generated A pointer is used to read this data You may be tempted to write code such as const char cp cp 0x900 what resides at 0x900 And increment the pointer over the data A much better solution is this const char cp const char inputData 1000 0x900 cp amp inputData cp is incremented over inputData and used to read values there In this case the compiler can determine the size of the target and the memory space The array size and type indicates the size of the pointer target the const qualifier on the object not the pointer indicates the target is located in program memory space Note that the const array does not need initial values to be specified in this instance see Section 3 3 10 1 Const Type Qualifier If the pointer has to access objects in data memory you need to define a different object to act as a dummy target For example if the checksum was to be calculated over 10 bytes starting at address 0x90 in data memory the following code could be used const char cp char inputData 10 0x90 cp amp inputData
309. iler will make no assumptions about the selected bank when such routines return The Tracked objects section associated with each function and which is shown in the assembly list file relates to this bank tracking mechanism DS51865A page 80 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features 3 6 OPERATORS HI TECH C supports all the ANSI operators The exact results of some of these are implementation defined The following sections illustrate code produced by the compiler 3 6 1 Integral Promotion When there is more than one operand to an operator they typically must be of exactly the same type The compiler will automatically convert the operands if necessary so they have the same type The conversion is to a larger type so there is no loss of information Even if the operands have the same type in some situations they are converted to a different type before the operation This conversion is called integral promotion HI TECH C performs these integral promotions where required If you are not aware that the type has changed the results of some expressions are not what would nor mally be expected Integral promotion is the implicit conversion of enumerated types signed or unsigned varieties of char short int or bit field types to either signed int or unsigned int Ifthe result of the conversion can be represented by an signed int then that is the destination type otherwise the conversion is to unsigned int Co
310. illegal in the C code Valid characters are the letters digits and those comprising the acceptable operators e g c a oops did you mean c a 229 unknown qualifier given to A Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 230 missing argument to A Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 231 unknown qualifier given to l Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 232 missing argument to I Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 233 bad Q option Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 234 close error Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 236 simple integer expression required Parser A simple integral expression is required after the operator used to associate an absolute address with a variable e g int address char LOCK address DS51865A page 250 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 237 function redefined Parser More than one definition for a function has been encountered in this module Function overloading is illegal e g int twice int a return a 2 only one prototype amp defini
311. in assembly language as separate as or asm source files included into your project They will be assembled and combined into the output image using the linker This technique allows arguments and return values to be passed between C and assembler code The following are guidelines that must be adhered to when writing a routine in a C callable assembly routine Select or define a suitable psect for the executable assembly code Select a name label for the routine using a leading underscore character Ensure that the routine s label is globally accessible from other modules Select an appropriate equivalent C prototype for the routine on which argument passing can be modelled Ensure any symbol used to hold arguments to the routine is globally accessible Optionally use a signature value to enable type checking when the function is called Write the routine ensuring arguments are read from the correct location the return value is loaded to the correct storage location before returning if appropriate Ensure any local variables required by the routine have space reserved by the appropriate directive Use bank selection instructions and mask addresses of symbols If the assembly routine calls other C functions or assembly routines ensure the compiler is aware of this using the appropriate directives 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 89 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide The following example goes through the
312. in crf main c modulel c nvram c Thus this option cannot be used when using any compilation process that compiles each source file separately using the C or PASS1 options Such is the case for most IDEs including MPLAB IDE HI TIDE and make utilities See Section 6 4 Cref for information on the CREF utility 2 7 24 DEBUGGER Select Debugger Type This option is intended for use for compatibility with development tools which can act as a debugger PICC supports several debuggers and using this option will configure the compiler to conform to the requirements of that selected The possible selections for this option are defined in Table 2 8 TABLE 2 8 SELECTABLE DEBUGGERS Suboption Debugger selected none No debugger default icd or icdl MPLAB ICD icd2 MPLAB ICD 2 icd3 MPLAB ICD 3 pickit2 MPLAB PICkit 2 pickit3 MPLAB PICkit 3 realice MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator For example PICC CHIP 16F877AA DEBUGGER icd2 main c Choosing the correct debugger is important as they can use memory resources which might be used by the project if this option is omitted Such a conflict would lead to run time failure If the debugging features of the development tool are not to be used for example the MPLAB ICD 3 is only being used as a programmer then the debugger option can be set to none as no memory resources will be used by the tool when operating in this way See Section 2 8
313. in the same way The call graph in the assembly list file will show the calls made to both of these functions as if they were independently written These symbols will also be seen in the map file symbol table This feature allows the programmer to use the same source code with compilers that use either reentrant or non reentrant models It does not handle cases where functions are called recursively Code associated with library functions are duplicated in the same way This also applies to implicitly called library routines such as those that perform division or float ing point operations associated with C operators 3 8 3 1 DISABLING DUPLICATION The automatic duplication of the function may be inhibited by the use of a special pragma This should only be done if the source code guarantees that an interrupt cannot occur while the function is being called from any main line code Typically this would be achieved by disabling interrupts before calling the function It is not sufficient to disable the interrupts inside the function after it has been called If an interrupt occurs when executing the function the code may fail See Section 3 8 2 Enabling Interrupts for more information on how interrupts may be disabled The pragma is pragma interrupt_level 1 The pragma should be placed before the definition of the function that is not to be dupli cated The pragma will only affect the first function whose definition follows Eh
314. ines 1199 compiler has not been activated Driver The trial period for this compiler has expired The compiler is now inoperable until acti vated with a valid serial number Contact HI TECH Software to purchase this software and obtain a serial number 1200 Found 0 IXh at address h Hexmate The code sequence specified in a FIND option has been found at this address 1201 all FIND REPLACE code specifications must be of equal width Hexmate All find replace and mask attributes in this option must be of the same byte width Check the parameters supplied to this option For example finding 1234h 2 bytes masked with FFh 1 byte will result in an error but masking with OOFFh 2 bytes will be okay 1202 unknown format requested in FORMAT Hexmate An unknown or unsupported INHX format has been requested Refer to documentation for supported INHX formats 1203 unpaired nibble in value will be truncated Hexmate Data to this option was not entered as whole bytes Perhaps the data was incomplete or a leading zero was omitted For example the value Fh contains only four bits of sig nificant data and is not a whole byte The value OFh contains eight bits of significant data and is a whole byte 1204 value must be between 1 and bytes long Hexmate An illegal length of data was given to this option The value provided to this option exceeds the maximum or minimum bounds required by this option 1205
315. ing h hexadecimal specifier can be used but is not necessary This option differs to the RoM option in that it will move the code associated with the reset and interrupt vectors which cannot be done using the ROM option see Section 2 7 49 ROM Adjust ROM Ranges DS51865A page 34 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver For example if the option CODEOFFSET 600 is specified the reset vector will be moved from address 0 to address 600h the interrupt vector will be moved from address 4 to 604h No code will be placed between address 0 and 600h See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 7 23 CR Generate Cross Reference Listing The CR option will produce a cross reference listing If the fi 1e argument is omitted the raw cross reference information will be left in a temporary cross reference file leav ing the user to run the CREF utility If a filename is supplied for example CR test crf PICC will invoke CREF to process the cross reference information into the listing file in this case test crf If multiple source files are to be included in the cross reference listing all must be com piled and linked with the one PICC command For example to generate a cross refer ence listing which includes the source modules main c modulel candnvram c compile and link using the command PICC CHIP 16F877AA CR ma
316. ing level threshold X No local symbols in OBJ file CHIP device Specify device name DISL list Specify disabled messages No message disabled EDF path Specify message file location EMAX number Specify maximum number of errors 10 OPT optimization Specify optimization type VER Print version number and stop OPTIONS The command line options recognized by ASPIC are described in the followings sections 4 2 1 A Generate Assembly File An assembler file will be produced if this option is used rather than the usual object file format This is useful when checking the optimized assembler produced using the 0 optimization option By default the output file will an extension opt unless the Oout file output option is used to specify another name 4 2 2 C Produce Cross Reference File A cross reference file will be produced when this option is used The cross reference file called srcfile crf where srcfile is the base portion of the first source file name will contain raw cross reference information The cross reference utility CREF must then be run to produce the formatted cross reference listing See Section 6 4 Cref for more information on this application DS51865A page 108 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler 4 2 3 C Specify Chip Info File Specify the chipinfo file to use The chipinfo file is call
317. intf at offset u n cp char ary See Also strchr Return Value A pointer to the first byte matching the argument if one exists NULL otherwise 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 201 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide MEMCMP Synopsis include lt string h gt int memcmp const void sl const void s2 size_t n Description The memcmp function compares two blocks of memory of length n and returns a signed value similar to st rncmp Unlike st rncmp the comparison does not stop on a null character Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void int buf 10 cow 10 i i memcmp buf cow 3 sizeof int if i lt 0 printf than n else if i gt 0 printf than n else printf n See Also strncpy strncmp strchr memset memchr Return Value Returns negative one zero or one depending on whether s1 points to string which is less than equal to or greater than the string pointed to by s2 in the collating sequence DS51865A page 202 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions MEMCPY Synopsis include lt string h gt void memcpy void d const void s size_t n Description The memcpy function copies n bytes of memory starting from the location pointed to by s to the block of memory pointed to by a The result of copying overlapping blocks is undefined The memcpy
318. ion The call graph in the list file shows the information collated and interpreted by the code generator which is primarily used to allow overlapping of functions APBs The following information can be obtained from studying the call graph The functions in the program that are root nodes marking the top of a call tree and which are called spontaneously The functions that the linker deemed were called or may have been called during program execution The program s hierarchy of function calls The size of the auto and parameter areas within each function s APB The offset of each function s APB within the compiled stack The estimated call tree depth These features are discussed below A typical call graph may look that shown inFigure 4 2 FIGURE 4 2 CALL GRAPH FORM Call graph Base Space Used Autos Args Refs Density _main 10 D 24 0 00 4 COMMO 6 16 BANKO 4 _rv Bic _rvy P_rvx H 2 9 0 00 8 BANKO 2 e _rvy E 2 3 0 00 BANKO 2 Ee 8 4 12 0 00 COMMO 4 8 BANKO 8 e GAS 4 4 6 0 00 BANKO 8 Estimated maximum call depth 2 The graph starts with the function main Note that the function name will always be shown in the assembly form thus the function main appears as the symbol _main main is always a root of a call tree Interrupt functions will form separate trees All the functions that main calls or may call are shown below These have been grouped in the orange box in the fi
319. ion process Warnings may also be disabled by using the MSGDISABLE option see Section 2 7 37 MSGDISABLE Disable Warning Messages This option takes a comma separated list of message numbers Those warnings listed are disabled and will never be issued regardless of the current warning level threshold This option can not be used to disable error messages DS51865A page 24 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver Some warning messages can also be disabled by using the warning pragma This pragma will only affect warnings that are produced by either the parser or the code gen erator i e errors directly associated with C code See Section 3 10 3 9 The pragma warning Directive for more information on this pragma Error messages can also be disabled however a more verbose form of the command is required to confirm the action To specify an error message number in the MSG DISABLE command the number must be followed by of f to ensure that it is disabled For example MSGDISABLE 195 off will disable error number 195 Note Disabling error or warning messages in no way fixes the condition which triggered the message Always use extreme caution when exercising these options 2 6 5 2 CHANGING MESSAGE TYPES It is also possible to change the type of some messages This can only be done for messages generated by the parser or code generator See Section 3 10 3 9 The pragma war
320. ion to the preprocessor s define directive see Section 3 10 1 Preprocessor Directives 4 3 9 7 DB The DB directive is used to initialize storage as bytes The argument is a comma sep arated list of expressions each of which will be assembled into one byte and assembled into consecutive memory locations Examples alabel DB X 1 2 3 4 Note that because the size of an address unit in the program memory is 2 bytes see Section 4 3 9 3 4 Delta the DB pseudo op will initialise a word with the upper byte set to zero So the above example will define bytes padded to the following words 0058 0001 0002 0003 0004 4 3 9 8 DW The Dw directive operates in a similar fashion to DB except that it assembles expressions into words Example DW 1 3664h ATI 43 99 DS This directive reserves but does not initialize memory locations The single argument is the number of bytes to be reserved This directive is typically used to reserve memory location for RAM based objects in the data memory If used in a psect linked into the program memory it will move the location counter but not place anything in the HEX file output Note that because the size of an address unit in the program memory is 2 bytes see Section 4 3 9 3 4 Delta the DS pseudo op will actually reserve an entire word A variable is typically defined by using a label and then the Ds directive to reserve locations at the label location Examples a
321. is lf n j ceil j DS51865A page 178 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions CGETS Synopsis include lt conio h gt char cgets char s Description The cgets function will read one line of input from the console into the buffer passed as an argument It does so by repeated calls to get che As characters are read they are buffered with backspace deleting the previously typed character and ctrl U deleting the entire line typed so far Other characters are placed in the buffer with a carriage return or line feed newline terminating the function The collected string is null terminated Example include lt conio h gt include lt string h gt char buffer 80 void main void for cgets buffer if strcmp buffer 0 break cputs texit to finish n See Also getch getche putch cputs Return Value The return value is the character pointer passed as the sole argument CLRWDT Synopsis include lt htc h gt CLRWDT Description This macro is used to clear the device s internal watchdog timer 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 179 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Example include lt htc h gt void main void WDTCON 1 enable the WDT CLRWDT COS Synopsis include lt math h gt double cos double f Description This function yields the cosine of its argument w
322. is defined Temporary symbols will be referenced in assembler as an offset from the symbol _ function Parameters are always allocated based on the order in which they are defined and so their offset can be easily calculated To make accessing of parameter and auto variables easier special equates are defined which map a unique symbol to the auto parameter block for each function The symbol has the form functionName variableName 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 93 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide For example the input function defines a parameter variable called fred The compiler may define the following _input fred EQU _input 2 In assembly code the variable fred may either be accessed via the symbol _input fred or via the expression _input 2 Ifthe code for input changes the offset applied to the _input symbol may change so the former symbol is often preferred for in line assembly code This EQU directive is produced by the code gen erator and so will not exist for any hand written assembly code but you can easily define your own 3 9 3 2 ACCESSING REGISTERS FROM ASSEMBLY CODE If writing separate assembly modules SFR definitions will not automatically be present The assembly header file lt aspic h gt can be used to gain access to these register definitions Include the file using the assembler s INCLUDE directive see Section 4 3 10 3 INCLUDE or use the C prepro
323. it is less than the minimum then it will be set equal to the minimum The link and load addresses are either numbers or the names of other psects classes or special tokens If the link address is a negative number the psect is linked in reverse order with the top of the psect appearing at the specified address minus one Psects following a negative address will be placed before the first psect in memory If a psect s link address is omitted it will be derived from the top of the previous psect For example in the following Ptext 100h data Das the text psect is linked at 100h its load address defaults to the same The data psect will be linked and loaded at an address which is 100 HEX plus the length of the text psect rounded up as necessary if the data psect has a reloc value associated with it see Section 4 3 9 3 10 Reloc Similarly the bss psect will concatenate with the data psect Again Ptext 100h data bss 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 139 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide will link in ascending order bss data then text with the top of the text psect appearing at address Offh If the load address is omitted entirely it defaults to the same as the link address If the slash character is supplied but no address is supplied after it the load address will concatenate with the previous psect For example Ptext 0 data 0 bss will cause both text and d
324. ithin Assembly Code The following sections apply to separate assembly modules and assembly in line with C code 3 9 3 1 EQUIVALENT ASSEMBLY SYMBOLS Most C symbols map to an corresponding assembly equivalent The name of a C function maps to an assembler label that will have the same name but with an underscore prepended So the function main will define an assembly label _main This mapping is such that an ordinary symbol defined in the assembly domain cannot interfere with an ordinary symbol in the C domain So for example if the symbol main is defined in the assembly domain it is quite distinct to the main symbol used in C code and they refer to different locations If the C function is qualified st at ic and there is more than one function in the program with exactly the same name the name of the first function will map to the usual assem bly symbol and the subsequent functions will map to a special symbol of the form fileName functionName where fileName is the name of the file that contains the function and functionName is the name of the function For example a program contains the definition for two st atic functions both called add One lives in the file main c and the other in 1cd c The first function will gen erate an assembly label _add The second will generate the label 1cd add The name of a global C variable also maps to an assembler label that will have the same name but with an underscore prepended So the
325. itly treated as unsigned int foo unsigned 1 374 missing basic type int assumed Parser The basic type of a cast to a qualified basic type was missing and assumed to be int e g int i signed 2 signed assumed to be signed int 375 unknown FNREC type Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 376 bad non zero node in call graph Linker The linker has encountered a top level node in the call graph that is referenced from lower down in the call graph This probably means the program has indirect recursion which is not allowed when using a compiled stack 378 can t create file Hexmate This type of file could not be created Is the file or a file by this name already in use 379 bad record type Linker This is an internal compiler error Ensure the object file is a valid HI TECH object file Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details DS51865A page 270 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 380 unknown record type Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 381 record too long Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 382 incomplete record type length Dump Xstrip This message is produced by the DUMP or XSTRIP utilities and indicates that the object file is
326. kes two int arguments and returns a char value The prototype used to call this function from C would be extern char widget int int Where a call to _widget is made in the C code the signature for a function with two int arguments and a char return value would be generated In order to match the cor rect signature the source code for widget needs to contain an assembler SIGNAT directive which defines the same signature value To determine the correct value you would write the following code char widget int argl int arg2 The resultant assembler code seen in the assembly list file includes the following line SIGNAT _widget 8249 The SIGNAT directive tells the assembler to include a record in the ob file which associates the value 8249 with symbol _widget The value 8249 is the correct signa ture for a function with two int arguments and a char return value If this directive is copied into the assembly source file which contains the _widget code it will associate the correct signature with the function and the linker will be able to check for correct argument passing If a C source file contains the declaration extern char widget long then a different signature will be generated and the linker will report a signature mis match which will alert you to the possible existence of incompatible calling conventions 3 11 3 Linker Defined Symbols The linker defines some special symbols that can be used to determine
327. ks the string s1 which consists of a sequence of zero or more text tokens separated by one or more characters from the separator string s2 into its separate tokens The first call must have the string s1 This call returns a pointer to the first character of the first token or NULL if no tokens were found The inter token separator character is overwritten by a null character which terminates the current token For subsequent calls to st rtok s1 should be set to a NULL pointer These calls start searching from the end of the last token found and again return a pointer to the first character of the next token or NULL if no further tokens were found Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char ptr char buf is a string of words char sep_tok ptr strtok buf sep_tok while ptr NULL printf s n ptr ptr strtok NULL sep_tok Return Value Returns a pointer to the first character of a token or a null pointer if no token was found Note The separator string s2 may be different from call to call Synopsis include lt math h gt double tan double f Description The tan function calculates the tangent of LL SS a a ES 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 227 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide TIME Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt define C 3 141592 180 0 v
328. l Description The longjmp function in conjunction with set jmp provides a mechanism for non local goto s To use this facility set jmp should be called with a jmp_buf argument in some outer level function The call from set jmp will return 0 To return to this level of execution Longjmp may be called with the same jmp_buf argument from an inner level of execution Note however that the function which called set jmp must still be active when long jmp is called Breach of this rule will cause disaster due to the use of a stack containing invalid data The val argument to long jmp will be the value apparently returned from the set jmp This should normally be non zero to distinguish it from the genuine set jmp call 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 199 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Example include lt stdio h gt include lt setjmp h gt include lt stdlib h gt jmp_buf jb void inner void longjmp jb 5 void main void dE ey if i setjmp jb printf returned d n i exit 0 printf returned 0 good n printf inner n inner printf returned bad n See Also set jmp Return Value The long jmp routine never returns Note The function which called set jmp must still be active when long jmp is called Breach of this rule will cause disaster due to the use of a stack containing in
329. l parameters For example macro movlf args argl the literal value to load arg2 the NAME of the source variable 7descr Move a literal value into a nominated file register movlf MACRO argl arg2 MOVLW argl MOVWF arg2 mod 080h ENDM 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 125 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide When used this macro will expand to the 2 instructions in the body of the macro with the formal parameters substituted by the arguments Thus movlf 2 tempvar expands to MOVLW 2 MOVWF tempvar mod 080h The amp character can be used to permit the concatenation of macro arguments with other text but is removed in the actual expansion For example loadPort MACRO port value MOVLW value MOVWF PORT amp port ENDM will load PORTA if port is A when called etc A comment may be suppressed within the expansion of a macro thus saving space in the macro storage by opening the comment with a double semicolon When invoking a macro the argument list must be comma separated If it is desired to include a comma or other delimiter such as a space in an argument then angle brackets lt and gt may be used to quote If an argument is preceded by a percent sign that argument will be evaluated as an expression and passed as a decimal number rather than as a string This is useful if evaluation of the argument inside the macro body would yield a different result Th
330. label DS 23 Reserve 23 bytes of memory xlabel DS 2 3 Reserve 5 bytes of memory DS51865A page 122 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler 4 3 9 10 DABS This directive allows one or more bytes of memory to be reserved at the specified address The general form of the directive is DABS memorySpace address bytes where memorySpace is a number representing the memory space in which the reser vation will take place address is the address at which the reservation will take place and bytes is the number of bytes that is to be reserved This directive differs to the Ds directive in that it can be used to reserve memory at any location not just within the current psect Indeed these directives can be placed any where in the assembly code and do not contribute to the currently selected psect in any way The memory space number is the same as the number specified with the space flag option to psects see Section 4 3 9 3 12 Space The code generator issues a DABS directive for every user defined absolute C variable or for any variables that have been allocated an address by the code generator The linker reads this DABS related information from object files and will ensure that the reserved address are not used for other memory placement 4 3 9 11 FNADDR This directive tells the linker that a function has its address taken and thus could be called indirectly through a function pointer For example FNADDR _fu
331. lation or produce any output This may be useful when used in conjunction with the v option Section 2 7 15 V Verbose Compile in order to see all of the command lines the compiler uses to drive the compiler applications DS51865A page 38 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 2 7 41 OBJDIR Specify a directory for intermediate files This option allows a directory to be nominated in for PICC to locate its intermediate files If this option is omitted intermediate files will be created in the current working directory This option will not set the location of output files instead use OUTDIR See Section 2 7 43 OUTDIR Specify a directory for output files and Section 2 7 10 O Specify Output File for more information 2 7 42 ORT Invoke Compiler Optimizations The OPT option allows control of all the compiler optimizers If this option is not spec ified or it is specified as OPT a11 all optimizations are enabled Optimizations may be disabled by using OPT none or individual optimizers may be controlled e g OPT asm will only enable some assembler optimizations Table 2 12 lists the available optimization types The optimizations that are controlled through specifying a level 1 through 9 affect optimization during the code generation stage The level selected is commonly referred to as the global optimization level TABLE 2 12 OPTIMIZATION OPTIONS
332. le gell CLONY E 15 19 29 LIBR application 16 104 149 libraria EE 104 149 command files 151 command keys arininn a 150 eror HOESER SEENEN i eee 151 module order ee eeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeetenseeeeteenens 151 OPUONS AET EE T 149 Usage E 149 lee 15 adding files fo 150 Creating ende Ai tia AAR ent 150 deleting modules from 150 El ue WEE 43 el 149 NNKING WEE 141 listing modules n eee eeeeeeeeeeneeeeeetereeeees 150 listing svmbole AAA 150 MOUIe OFder seeceseceeeeeeeeeseeereseeeeenseeeeseenens 151 NAMING Convention 16 ODIO E 142 Breet eege ee sista 15 replacing modules AAA 16 104 SCANNING additional A 29 Search Orderin m a 7 user defined sinepa eiee nin 16 library function 2 elt Tele E 167 EEPROM DATA nicieni 168 IDEA 169 _ LIDLOCGT ege gege eege nih E 169 Gel EEATT 99 168 170 ADS fax Riehl Eet 171 lee 171 E ln EE 172 SEITEN eee at 173 GEES aed Hate 173 atah tte iad Shee ae 174 ET 175 alO find Rei ei vin a ae eel 175 He EE 176 atol ME 176 DSC ARCA BEE 177 e UE 178 EH NE E E E 179 EE 180 ee EE 181 CPUTS os site geed ere dee Geet Gone tie et 181 en Lu 182 Cevice_id_read eccseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeenene 183 e EE 184 eeprom readh EE 185 eeprom _Write 0 eee eeeeeecceeeeeceeeseeeeseeeeeeeneeeeesees 185 OVA EE 186 EE 186 PADS geseis eege Ee 187 flash Zo ouer 187 W En WEN 188 flash reads icine iit at eed ee 188 lOO st Ss Helios tial tects O 190 e EE 189 UH NE
333. le mnemonics into machine code both assembler and assembly are used to describe the source code which such a tool reads The latter is more common and is used in this manual to describe the language Thus you will see the terms assembly language or just assembly assembly listing and etc but assembler options assembler directive and assembler optimizer 4 1 ASSEMBLER USAGE The assembler is called ASPIC and is available to run on Windows Linux and Mac OS X systems Note that the assembler will not produce any messages unless there are errors or warnings there are no assembly completed messages Typically the command line driver PICC is used to invoke the assembler as it can be passed assembler source files as input however the options for the assembler are sup plied here for instances where the assembler is being called directly or when they are specified using the command line driver option SETOPTION see Section 2 7 53 SETOPTION Set The Command line Options for Application The usage of the assembler is similar under all of available operating systems All com mand line options are recognized in either upper or lower case The basic command format is shown ASPIC options file files is a space separated list of one or more assembler source files Where more than one source file is specified the assembler treats them as a single module i e a single assembly will be performed on the concaten
334. le produced for each assembly source file There is typically at least one assembly file in each project that containing some of the runtime startup file typically called startup as 4 4 1 General Format The format of the main listing has the form as shown in Section Figure 4 1 General form of assembly listing file The line numbers purely relate to the assembly list file and are not associated with the lines numbers in the C or assembly source files Any assembly that begins with a semi colon indicates it is a comment added by the code generator Such comments contain either the original source code which corresponds to the generated assembly or is a comment inserted by the code generator to explain some action taken Before the output for each function there is detailed information regarding that function summarized by the code generator This information relates to register usage local variable information functions called and the calling function FIGURE 4 1 GENERAL FORM OF ASSEMBLY LISTING FILE 768 3Sp2_inpADC c 119 void ADC_startCunsigned char chan 769 sp2_inpADC c 120 770 10243 _ADC_start F Soch Regs used in _ADC_start regQ reg3 Vd line number 772 0243 Q0A3 instruction operands 73 3sp2_inpADC c 121 chan amp Qx07 address 774 10244 3007 instruction operands 775 10245 0543 instruction operands op code 776 ZinpADGzc 2s 2 777 0252 Zoos instruction O source comment 778 function _ADC_start
335. le source files When building a project they take note of which source files have changed since the last build and use this information to speed up compilation For example if compiling two source files but only one has changed since the last build the intermediate file corresponding to the unchanged source file need not be regenerated The Universal Toolsuite plugin that integrates the compiler into MPLAB IDE is aware of the different compilation sequence employed by PICC and takes care of this for you From MPLAB IDE you can select an incremental build Project gt Build or fully re build a project Project gt Rebuild 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 13 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide If the compiler is being invoked using a make utility it will need to be configured to recognized the different intermediate file format and the options used to generate the intermediate files Make utilities typically call the compiler multiple times once for each source file to generate an intermediate file and once to perform the second stage compilation You may also wish to generate intermediate files to construct your own library files although PICC is capable of constructing libraries in a single step so this is typically not necessary See Section 2 7 44 OUTPUT type Specify Output File Type for more information on library creation The option PASS1 Section 2 7 45 PASS1 Compile to P c
336. le types 210 bad size list Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 211 taking sizeof bit is illegal Parser It is illegal to use the sizeof operator with the HI TECH C bit type When used against a type the sizeof operator gives the number of bytes required to store an object that type Therefore its usage with the bit type make no sense and is an illegal operation 212 missing number after pragma pack Parser The pragma pack requires a decimal number as argument This specifies the align ment of each member within the structure Use this with caution as some processors enforce alignment and will not operate correctly if word fetches are made on odd boundaries e g pragma pack what is the alignment value Maybe you meant something like pragma pack 2 214 missing number after pragma interrupt_level Parser The pragma interrupt_level requires an argument from 0 to 7 215 missing argument to pragma switch Parser The pragma switch requires an argument of auto direct or simple GO pragma switch oops this requires a switch mode maybe you meant something like pragma switch simple 216 missing argument to pragma psect Parser The pragma psect requires an argument of the form oldname newname where oldname is an existing psect name known to the compiler and newname is the desired new name e g pragma psect oops
337. ler drivers will redirect standard error if standard output is redirected This option will make the linker write all error messages to the specified file instead of the screen which is the default standard error destination 5 2 6 F Normally the linker will produce an object file that contains both program code and data bytes and symbol information Sometimes it is desired to produce a symbol only object file that can be used again in a subsequent linker run to supply symbol values The F option will suppress data and code bytes from the output file leaving only the symbol records This option can be used when part of one project i e a separate build is to be shared with other as might be the case with a bootloader and application The files for one project are compiled using this linker option to produce a symbol only object file this is then linked with the files for the other project 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 137 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 5 2 7 Gspec When linking programs using segmented or bank switched psects there are two ways the linker can assign segment addresses or selectors to each segment A segment is defined as a contiguous group of psects where each psect in sequence has both its link and load address concatenated with the previous psect in the group The segment address or selector for the segment is the value derived when a segment type relocation is processed by t
338. ler source files to be preprocessed before they are assembled thus allowing the use of preprocessor directives such as include and C style comments with assembler code By default assembler files are not preprocessed See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 7 12 Q Quiet Mode This option places the compiler in a quiet mode which suppresses the Microchip Technology Incorporated copyright notice from being displayed LL SS EEN 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 31 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 2 7 13 S Compile to Assembler Code The s option stops compilation after generating an assembly output file One assembly file will be generated for all the C source code including p code library code The command PICC CHIP 16F877A S test c will produce an assembly file called test as which contains the assembly code gen erated from test c The generated file is valid assembly code could be passed to PICC as a source file however this should only be done for exploratory reasons To take advantage of the benefits of the compilation technology in the compiler it must compile and link all the C source code in a single step See the PASS1 option Section 2 7 45 PASS1 Compile to P code to generate intermediate files if you wish to compile code using a two step process or use intermediate files This option is useful for checking a
339. library functions eeprom_read and eeprom write can be called to read from and write to the EEPROM during program execution For example to write a byte size value to an address in EEPROM and retrieve it using these functions would be include lt htc h gt void eetest void unsigned char value 1 unsigned char address 0 write value to EEPROM address eeprom_write address value read from EEPROM at address value eeprom_read address These functions test and wait for any concurrent writes to EEPROM to conclude before performing the required operation The eeprom_write function will initiate the pro cess of writing to EEPROM and this process will not have completed by the time that eeprom_write returns The new data written to EEPROM will become valid approximately four milliseconds later In the above example the new value will not yet be ready at the time when eeprom_read is called however because this function waits for any concurrent writes to complete before initiating the read the correct value will be read It may also be convenient to use the preprocessor symbol _EEPROMSIZE in conjunc tion with some of these access methods This symbol defines the number of EEPROM bytes available for the selected chip 3 2 5 3 EEPROM ACCESS MACROS Although these macros perform much the same service as their library function coun terparts these should only be em
340. lications but sometimes it is necessary to redirect variables or code into different psects when a special memory configuration is desired Code and data for any of the compiler generated psects may be redirected using a pragma psect directive The general form of this pragma looks like pragma psect standardPsect newPsect and instructs the code generator that anything that would normally appear in the stan dard psect standardPsect will now appear in a new psect called newPsect This psect will be identical to st andardPsect in terms of its flags and attributes however will have a unique name Thus you can explicitly position this new psect without affecting the placement of anything in the original psect DS51865A page 100 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features If the name of the standard psect that is being redirected contains a counter e g text0 text1 text2 etc then the placeholder u should be used in the name of the psect at the position of the counter e g text u This will match any psect regardless of the counter value For example to remap a C function you could use pragma psect text Su lookupfunc int lookup char ind Standard psects that make reference to a bank number are not using a counter and do not need the placeholder to match For example the redirect an uninitialized variable from bank 1 memory use pragma psect bssBANK1 sharedObj int foobar This pragma af
341. ll HEXMATE options to use word addressing or other BREAK Break continuous data so that a new record begins at a set address CK Calculate and store a checksum value FILL Program unused locations with a known value FIND Search and notify if a particular code sequence is detected 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 159 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide TABLE 6 8 HEXMATE COMMAND LINE OPTIONS CONTINUED Option Effect FIND DELETE Remove the code sequence if it is detected use with caution FIND REPLACE Replace the code sequence with a new code sequence FORMAT Specify maximum data record length or select INHX variant HELP Show all options or display help message for specific option LOGFILE Save HEXMATE analysis of output and various results to a file Ofile Specify the name of the output file SERIAL Store a serial number or code sequence at a fixed address SIZE Report the number of bytes of data contained in the resultant HEX image STRING Store an ASCII string at a fixed address STRPACK Store an ASCII string at a fixed address using string packing W Adjust warning sensitivity Prefix to any option to overwrite other data in its address range if necessary The input parameters to HEXMATE are now discussed in greater detail Note that any integral values supplied to t
342. ll display what version of the compiler is running and then exit the compiler 2 7 59 WARN Set Warning Level The WARN option is used to set the compiler warning level threshold Allowable warn ing levels range from 9 to 9 The warning level determines how pedantic the compiler is about dubious type conversions and constructs The higher the warning level the more important the warning message The default warning level is 0 and will allow all normal warning messages Use this option with care as some warning messages indicate code that is likely to fail during execution or compromise portability Warning message can be individually disabled with the MSGDISABLE option see Section 2 7 37 MSGDISABLE Disable Warning Messages See also Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information on the compiler s messaging system See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 7 60 WARNFORMAT Set Warning Message Format This option sets the format of warning messages produced by the compiler See Section 2 7 27 ERRFORMAT Define Format for Compiler Messages for more information on this option For full information on the compiler s messaging system see Section 2 6 Compiler Messages 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 45 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 2 8 MPLAB IDE UNIVERSAL TOOLSUITE EQUIVALENTS When compiling
343. ll remove the preceding underscore character from symbols 6 5 12 V Turns on verbose mode which will display information about operations CROMWELL is performing 6 5 13 EDF message file Set Message File Path This option is mainly used by the command line driver PICC to specify the path of the message description file The default file is located in the dat directory in the compiler s installation directory See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information about the compiler s messaging system 6 5 14 EMAX number Specify Maximum Number of Errors This option is mainly used by the command line driver PICC to specify the maximum number of errors that can be encountered before CROMWELL terminates The default number is 10 errors This option is applied if compiling using PICC the command line driver and the ERRORS driver option see Section 2 7 28 ERRORS Maximum Number of Errors See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information about the compiler s messaging system 6 5 15 MSGDISABLE message numbers Disable Messages This option is mainly used by the command line driver PICC to disable particular message numbers It takes a comma separate list of message numbers that will be disabled during compilation This option is applied if compiling using PICC the command line driver and the MSGDISABLE driver option see Section 2 7 37 MSGDISABLE Disable Warn ing
344. ll through into this psect It is recommended that the default linker options relating to this psect are not changed in case this situation is in effect intentry Contains the entry code for the interrupt service routine which is linked to the interrupt vector This code saves the necessary registers and jumps to the main interrupt code in the case of mid range devices for enhanced mid range devices this psect will contain the interrupt function body This psect must be linked at the interrupt vector Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect See the CODEOFFSET option Section 2 7 22 CODEOFFSET Offset Program Code to Address if DS51865A page 84 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features you want to move code when using a bootloader jmp_tab Only used for the baseline processors this is a psect used to store jump addresses and function return values Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect maintext This psect will contain the assembly code for the main function The code for main is segregated as it contains the program entry point Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect as the runtime startup code may fall through into this psect which requires that it be linked immediately after this code powerup Contains executable code for a user supplied power up routine Do not change the default linker options relating to this pse
345. lly processed after C code but it is necessary to have this performed first so that specific information contained in the assembly code can be con veyed to the code generator The specific information passed to the code generator is discussed in more detail in Section 3 9 4 Interaction between Assembly and C Code When assembly source is present the order of compilation is as shown in Figure 2 4 DS51865A page 14 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver FIGURE 2 4 COMPILATION SEQUENCE WITH ASSEMBLY FILES i ot ms code assemble generation Any assembly source files are first assembled to form object files These files along with any other objects files that are part of the project are then scanned by the com mand line driver and information is then passed to the code generator when it subsequently builds the C files as has been described earlier 2 4 RUNTIME FILES In addition to the C and assembly source files specified on the command line there are also compiler generated source files and pre compiled library files which might be compiled into the project by the driver These files contain e C Standard library routines e Implicitly called arithmetic routines e User defined library routines e The runtime startup code e The powerup routine e The printf routine Strictly speaking the power up routine is neither compiler generated source nor a library routine
346. logy Inc 754 bitfield comparison out of range Code Generator This is the result of comparing a bitfield with a value when the value is out of range of the bitfield For example comparing a 2 bit bitfield to the value 5 will never be true as a 2 bit bitfield has a range from 0 to 3 e g struct unsigned mask 2 mask can hold values 0 to 3 value int compare void return value mask 6 test can 755 divide by zero Code Generator A constant expression that was being evaluated involved a division by zero e g a 0 divide by 0 was this what you were intending 757 constant conditional branch Code Generator A conditional branch generated by an if for while statement etc always follows the same path This will be some sort of comparison involving a variable and a constant expression For the code generator to issue this message the variable must have local scope either auto or static local and the global optimizer must be enabled possi bly at higher level than 1 and the warning level threshold may need to be lower than the default level of 0 The global optimizer keeps track of the contents of local variables for as long as is pos sible during a function For C code that compares these variables to constants the result of the comparison can be deduced at compile time and the output code hard coded to avoid the comparison e g int a b a 5 this can never be false
347. lr var bitno var amp 1UL lt lt bitno To perform the same operation as above the bitset macro could be employed as follows bitset f00 6 3 2 5 EEPROM Access For most devices that come with on chip EEPROM the compiler offers several meth ods of accessing this memory The EEPROM access methods are described in the fol lowing sections 3 2 5 1 THE _EEPROM_DATA MACRO For those PIC 10 12 16 devices that support external programming of their EEPROM data area the __ EEPROM_DATA macro can be used to place the initial EEPROM data values into the HEX file ready for programming The macro is used as follows include lt htc h gt EEPROM_DATA 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The macro accepts eight parameters being eight data values Each value should be a byte in size Unused values should be specified as a parameter of zero The macro may be called multiple times to define the required amount of EEPROM data It is recommended that the macro be placed outside any function definitions The macro defines and places the data within a psect called eeprom_data This psect is automatically positioned by the linker This macro is not used to write to EEPROM locations during runtime it is to be used for pre loading EEPROM contents at program time only tech 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 53 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 3 2 5 2 EEPROM ACCESS FUNCTIONS The
348. ls that are defined using an EQU directive in assembly Note that a symbol table is also shown in each assembler list file See Section 2 7 17 ASMLIST Generate Assembler List Files for information on gen erating these files These differ to that shown in the map file in that they list also list local symbols and only show symbols defined in the corresponding module 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 147 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide NOTES DS51865A page 148 2009 Microchip Technology Inc HI TECH CS FOR PIC10 12 16 MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 6 Utilities 6 1 INTRODUCTION This chapters discusses some of the utility applications that are bundled with the compiler Some of these applications may not be normally invoked when building but can be manually executed to perform certain tasks 6 2 LIBRARIAN The librarian program LIBR has the function of combining several files into a single file known as a library The reasons you might want to use a library in a project are e there will be fewer files to link e the file content will be accessed faster libraries uses less disk space The librarian can build p code libraries 1pp extension from p code files p1 exten sion or object code libraries 1ib extension from object files ob 4 extension P code libraries should be only created if all the library source code is written in C Object code libraries should be
349. lsewhere psect final class CODE delta 1 490 class memory space redefined Linker A class has been defined in two different memory spaces Either rename one of the classes or if they are the same class place them in the same memory space 491 can t find 0x words for psect in segment Linker One of the main tasks the linker performs is positioning the blocks or psects of code and data that is generated from the program into the memory available for the target device This error indicates that the linker was unable to find an area of free memory large enough to accommodate one of the psects The error message indicates the name of the psect that the linker was attempting to position and the segment name which is typically the name of a class which is defined with a linker a option Section 3 7 1 Compiler generated Psects lists each compiler generated psect and what it contains Typically psect names which are or include text relate to program code Names such as bss or data refer to variable blocks This error can be due to two reasons First the size of the program or the program s data has exceeded the total amount of space on the selected device In other words some part of your device s memory has completely filled If this is the case then the size of the specified psect must be reduced The second cause of this message is when the total amount of memory needed by the psect being positioned
350. lude lt stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 char sl s2 strcpy buffer of line sl buffer s2 end of line strncat sl s2 5 printf d n strlen buffer printf s n buffer See Also strcpy stremp strcat strlen Return Value The value of s1 is returned STRNCMP STRNICMP Synopsis include lt string h gt int strncemp const char sl const char s2 size_t n int strnicmp const char sl const char s2 size_t n Description The strncmp function compares its two null terminated string arguments up toa maximum of n characters and returns a signed integer to indicate whether s1 is less than equal to or greater than s2 The comparison is done with the standard collating sequence which is that of the ASCII character set The strnicmp function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void TtT i strncmp aM ENS LE a DI printf strings are equal n else if i gt 0 printf 2 less than string 1 n else printf 2 is greater than string 1 n 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 221 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide STRNCPY See Also strlen strcmp strcpy strcat Return Value A signed integer less than equal to or greater than zero Note Other C implementations may use a di
351. ly means the endasm is missing or misspelled e g asm MOV r0 55 MOV rl r0 oops where is the endasm 300 unexpected end of file Parser An end of file in a C module was encountered unexpectedly e g void main void init run is that it What about the close brace 301 end of file on string file Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 259 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 302 can t reopen Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 303 can t allocate bytes of memory line Parser The parser was unable to allocate memory for the longest string encountered as it attempts to sort and merge strings Try reducing the number or length of strings in this module 306 can t allocate bytes of memory for Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 307 too many qualifier names Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 308 too many case labels in switch Code Generator There are too many case labels in this switch statement The maximum allowable number of case labels in any one switch statement is 511 309 too many symbols Assembler There
352. m memory uses a space value of 0 and data space memory uses a space of 1 Devices which have a banked data space do not use different space values to identify each bank A full address which includes the bank number is used for objects in this space and so each location can be uniquely identified For example a device with a bank size of 0x80 bytes will uses address 0 to 0x7F to represent objects in bank 0 and then addresses 0x80 to OxFF to represent objects in bank 1 etc 4 3 9 3 13 With The with flag allows a psect to be placed in the same page with another psect For example the flag with text will specify that this psect should be placed in the same page as the text psect The term withtotal refers to the sum of the size of each psect that is placed with other psects 4 3 9 4 ORG The ORG directive changes the value of the location counter within the current psect This means that the addresses set with ORG are relative to the base address of the psect which is not determined until link time Note The much abused oRG directive does not move the location counter to the absolute address you specify Only if the psect in which this directive is placed is absolute and overlaid will the location counter be moved to the address specified To place objects at a particular address place themina psect of their own and link this at the required address using the linkers P option see Section 5 2 18 Pspec The ORG directive is no
353. make assembler code independent of the final position of the routines that are to be executed If the call or jump is determined to be within the current page the additional code to set the PCLATH bits may be optimized away The following example shows an FCALL instruction in the assembly list file You can see that the FCALL instruction has expanded to five instructions In this example there are two bit instructions which set clear bits in the PCLATH register Bits are also set cleared in this register after the call to reselect the page which was selected before the fcall 13 0079 3021 movlw 33 14 007A 120A 158A 2000 fcall _phantom 120A 118A 15 OO7F 3400 retlw 0 4 3 2 Statement Formats Legal statement formats are shown in Table Section Table 4 2 ASPIC statement formats The label field is optional and if present should contain one identifier A label may appear on a line of its own or precede a mnemonic as shown in the second format The third format is only legal with certain assembler directives such aS MACRO SET and EQU The name field is mandatory and should also contain one identifier If the assembly file is first processed by the C preprocessor see Section 2 7 11 P Preprocess Assembly Files then it may also contain lines that form valid preproces sor directives See Section 3 10 1 Preprocessor Directives for more information on the format for these directives There is no limitation on what c
354. mation has been detected in the declarations for a variable or between a declaration and the definition of a variable e g extern long int test int test oops which is right int or long int 1104 unqualified error Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1118 bad string in getexpr J Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1119 bad string in getexpr LRN Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1121 expression error Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1137 match error Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1157 W register must be W9 Assembler The working register required here has to be W9 but an other working register was selected 1159 W register must be W11 Assembler The working register required here has to be W11 but an other working register was selected DS51865A page 322 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 1178 the option has been removed and has no effect Driver This option no longer exists in this version of the compiler and has been ignored Use the compiler s help option or refer to the manual to find a replac
355. mdef as c_sb lpp As shown in Figure 2 1 and Figure 2 2 the two C files main c and io c will be com piled to intermediate p code files these along with the p code library file c_sb 1pp will be passed to the code generator The output of the code generator as well as the assembly source file mdef as will be passed to the assembler The driver will re compile all source files regardless of whether they have changed since the last build IDEs such as MPLAB IDE or HI TIDE and make utilities must be employed to achieve incremental builds if desired See also Section 2 3 2 Generating Intermediate Files Unless otherwise specified a HEX file and Microchip COFF file are produced as the final output All intermediate files remain after compilation has completed but most other temporary files are deleted unless you use the NODEL option see Section 2 7 39 NODEL Do not remove temporary files which preserves all generated files except the run time start up file Note that some generated files may be in a different directory to your project source files See Section 2 7 43 OUTDIR Specify a directory for output files and Section 2 7 41 OBJDIR Specify a directory for intermediate files which can both control the destination for some output files 2 3 2 Generating Intermediate Files Make utilities and IDEs such as MPLAB IDE and HI TIDE allow for an incremental build of projects that contain multip
356. memory location of all targets as well as the size of all targets to determine the size and scope of a pointer The size of a target is important as well particularly with arrays of structures A pointer must be able to be incremented to point to all the elements of an array for example There are several pointer classifications used with the HI TECH C Compiler for P1IC10 12 16 MCUs such as those indicated below e An 8 bit pointer capable of accessing common memory and two consecutive banks e g banks 0 and 1 or banks 7 and 8 etc e A 16 bit pointer capable of accessing the entire data memory space e An 8 bit pointer capable of accessing up to 256 bytes of program space data e A 16 bit pointer capable of accessing up to 64 kbytes of program space data e A 16 bit pointer capable of accessing the entire data space memory and up to 64 kbytes of program space data Each data pointer will be allocated one of the available classifications after preliminary scans of the source code There is no mechanism by which the programmer can spec ify the style of pointer required other than by the assignments to the pointer If the C code does not convey the required information to the compiler then it is not complete or accurate Consider the following program in the early stages of development It consists of the following code ant Le 37 int getValue const int ip return ip void main void j getValue amp i
357. message produced by the code generator cannot be individually controlled The pragma will remain in force during compilation of the entire module The following shows the warning produced in the previous example being converted to an error for the instance in the function main void main void unsigned char c pragma warning error 359 readp amp i Compilation of this code would result in an error not the usual warning The error will force compilation to cease after the current module has concluded or immediately if the maximum error count has been reached 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 103 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 3 11 LINKING PROGRAMS The compiler will automatically invoke the linker unless the compiler has been requested to stop after producing an intermediate file The linker will run with options that are obtained from the command line driver These options specify the memory of the device and how the psects should be placed in the memory No linker scripts are used The linker options passed to the linker can be adjusted by the user but this is only required in special circumstances See Section 2 7 7 L Adjust Linker Options Directly for more information The linker creates a map file which details the memory assigned to psects and some objects within the code The map file is the best place to look for memory information See Section 5 4 Map Files for a
358. mon44 the address of the CLRF instruction Regardless of how they are defined the assembler list file produced by the assembler will always show labels on a line by themselves Note that the colon following the label is optional but is recommended Symbols which are not interpreted in any other way are assumed to be labels Mistyped assembler instructions can sometimes be treated as labels without an error message being issued Thus the code mistake MOVLW 23h MOVWFE 37h REUTRN oops defines a symbol called REUTRN which was intended to be the RETURN instruction Labels may be used and are preferred in assembly code rather than using an abso lute address Thus they can be used as the target location for jump type instructions or to load an address into a register Like variables labels have scope By default they may be used anywhere in the mod ule in which they are defined They may be used by code before their definition To make a label accessible in other modules use the GLOBAL directive See Section 4 3 9 1 GLOBAL for more information 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 115 4 3 7 Expressions HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide The operands to instructions and directives are comprised of expressions Expressions can be made up of numbers identifiers strings and operators Operators can be unary one operand e g not or binary two operands e g The operators allowa
359. mory summary is shown This shows the total memory usage for all memory spaces DS51865A page 44 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver A psect summary may be shown by enabling the psect suboption This shows individ ual psects after they have been grouped by the linker and the memory ranges they cover Table 2 15 shows what summary types are available TABLE 2 15 MEMORY SUMMARY SUBOPTIONS Suboption Controls On implies psect Summary of psect usage A summary of psect names and the addresses they were linked at will be shown mem General summary of memory used A concise summary of memory used will be shown class Summary of class usage A summary of all classes in each memory space will be shown hex Summary of address used within the A summary of addresses and HEX HEX file files which make up the final output file will be shown file Whether summary information is Summary information will be shown shown on the screen or shown and on screen and saved to a file saved to a file See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 7 57 TIME Report time taken for each phase of build process Adding the TIME option when building generate a summary which shows how much time each stage of the build process took to complete 2 7 58 MER Display The Compiler s Version Information The VER option wi
360. n a library is significant to the linker If a library contains a module which references a symbol defined in another module in the same library the module defining the symbol should come after the module referencing the symbol 6 2 5 Error Messages LIBR issues various error messages most of which represent a fatal error while some represent a harmless occurrence which will nonetheless be reported unless the w option was used In this case all warning messages will be suppressed 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 151 OBJTOHEX HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide The HI TECH linker is capable of producing object files as output Any other format required must be produced by running the utility program OBJTOHEX This allows con version of object files as produced by the linker into a variety of different formats including various HEX formats The program is invoked thus OBJTOHEX options inputfile outputfile All of the arguments are optional The options for OBJTOHEX are listed in Table 6 3 TABLE 6 3 OBJTOHEX COMMAND LINE OPTIONS Option Meaning 8 Produce a CP M 86 output file A Produce an ATDOS atx output file Bbase Produce a binary file with offset of base Default file name is 1 obj Cckfile Read a list of checksum specifications from ckfile or standard input D Produce a COD file E Produc
361. n the compile sequence DS51865A page 94 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features 3 9 4 1 ABSOLUTE PSECTS Some of the information that is extracted from the relocatable objects relates to abso lute psects specifically psects defined using the abs and ovrid PSECT flags see Section 4 3 9 3 PSECT for information on this directive HI TECH C is able to determine the address bounds of absolute psects and uses this information to ensure that the code generated by the code generator does not use memory required by the assembly code The code generator will reserve any memory used by the assembly code Here is an example of how this works An assembly code files defines a table that must be located at address 0x110 in the data space The assembly file contains PSECT lkuptbl class RAM space 1 abs ovlird ORG 110h lookup DS 20h An absolute psect always starts at address 0 For such psects you can specify a non zero starting address by using the ORG directive See Section 4 3 9 4 org for important information on this directive When the project is compiled this file is assembled and the resulting relocatable object file scanned for absolute psects As this psect is flagged as being abs and ovird the bounds and space of the psect will be noted in this case a memory range from address 0x110 to 0x12F in memory space 1 is being used This information is passed to the code generator to ensure that thi
362. n the U S A Analog for the Digital Age Application Maestro CodeGuard dsPICDEM dsPICDEM net dsPICworks dsSPEAK ECAN ECONOMONITOR FanSense HI TIDE In Circuit Serial Programming ICSP Mindi MiWi MPASM MPLAB Certified logo MPLIB MPLINK mTouch Octopus Omniscient Code Generation PICC PICC 18 PICDEM PICDEM net PICK PICtail PICS logo REAL ICE rfLAB Select Mode Total Endurance TSHARC UniWinDriver WiperLock and ZENA are trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U S A and other countries SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U S A All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their respective companies 2009 Microchip Technology Incorporated Printed in the U S A All Rights Reserved gt Printed on recycled paper Microchip received ISO TS 16949 2002 certification for its worldwide headquarters design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and Tempe Arizona Gresham Oregon and design centers in California and India The Company s quality system processes and procedures are for its PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs KEELOQ code hopping devices Serial EEPROMs microperipherals nonvolatile memory and analog products In addition Microchip s quality system for the design and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001 2000 certified DS51865A page 2 2009 Microchip Technology Inc HI TECH CS FOR PIC10 12 16 MICROCHIP USER S GUID
363. n undefined object Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 807 attempted to set an undefined object Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 808 bad size in add_reloc Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 809 unknown addressing mode Assembler An unknown addressing mode was used in the assembly file 811 cnt too large in display Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 814 processor type not defined Assembler The processor must be defined either from the command line eg 16c84 via the PROCESSOR assembler directive or via the LIST assembler directive 815 syntax error in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file contains non standard syntax at the specified line 816 duplicate ARCH specification in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ARCH values Only one ARCH value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details DS51865A page 304 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 817 unknown architecture in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver An chip architecture family that is unknown was enco
364. ncl tells the linker that func1 has its address taken This directive is obsolete and should not be used 4 3 9 12 FNARG The directive FNARG funl fun2 tells the linker that evaluation of the arguments to function un involves a call to fun2 thus the memory argument allocated for the two functions should not overlap For example the C function calls fred varl bill 2 will generate the assembler directive FNARG _fred _bill thereby telling the linker that bi11 is called while evaluating the arguments for a call to fred This directive is obsolete and should not be used 4 3 9 13 FNBREAK This directive is used to break links in the call graph information The form of this directive is as follows FNBREAK funl fun2 and is automatically generated when the interrupt_level pragma is used It states that any calls to fun1 in trees other than the one rooted at fun2 should not be consid ered when checking for functions that appear in multiple call graphs fun2 is typically intlevel1 in compiler generated code when an interrupt function is used This directive is obsolete and should not be used 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 123 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 4 3 9 14 FNCALL This directive takes the form FNCALL funl fun2 The FNCALL directive is used by the code generator when performing call graph anal ysis The information is passed to the code generator by the drive
365. nd it is the programmers responsibility to ensure that correct arguments are supplied Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt void pE ant ay es E va_list ap va_start ap a while a puts va_arg ap char va end ap void main void pf 3 UI 17 Bm Ww os DS51865A page 232 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions XTOI Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt unsigned xtoi const char s Description The xtoi function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks reading an optional sign and converts an ASCII representation of a hexadecimal number to an integer Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 Int 13 gets buf i xtoi buf printf Ss converted to x n buf i See Also atoi Return Value An unsigned integer If no number is found in the string zero will be returned 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 233 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide NOTES DS51865A page 234 2009 Microchip Technology Inc HI TECH CS FOR PIC10 12 16 MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 8 Error and Warning Messages This chapter lists most error warning and advisory messages from all HI TECH C com pilers with an explanation of each message Most messages have been assigned a unique number which appears in brackets before each messa
366. ndeed be some sort of volatile RAM The output that will be placed in the ranges specified by this option are typically exe cutable code and any data variables that are qualified as const For example to specify an additional range of memory to that on chip use ROM default 100 2ff This will add the range from 100h to 2ffh to the on chip memory To only use an external range and ignore any on chip memory use ROM 100 2ff This option may also be used to reserve memory ranges already defined as on chip memory in the chip configuration file To do this supply a range prefixed with a minus character for example ROM default 100 1ff will use all the defined on chip memory but not use the addresses in the range from 100h to 1ffh for allocation of ROM objects This option will adjust the memory ranges used by linker classes see Section 5 2 1 Aclass low high and hence any object which is in a psect placed in this class Any objects which are contained in a psect that is explicitly placed at a memory address by the linker see Section 5 2 18 Pspec i e are not placed into a memory class are not affected by the option See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE DS51865A page 42 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 2 7 50 The RUNTIME option is used to control what is included as part of the runtime envi
367. ne of the available switch methods listed in Table 3 10 TABLE 3 10 SWITCH TYPES switch type description auto Use smallest code size method default direct Table lookup fixed delay simple Sequential xor method Specifying the direct option to the pragma switch directive forces the compiler to generate the table look up style switch method The time take to execute each case is the same so this is useful where timing is an issue e g state machines This pragma affects all subsequent code The auto option may be used to revert to the default behavior 3 10 3 9 THE PRAGMA WARNING DIRECTIVE This pragma allows control over some of the compiler s messages such as warnings and errors For full information on the massaging system employed by the compiler see Section 2 6 Compiler Messages DS51865A page 102 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features 3 10 3 9 1 The Warning Disable Pragma Some warning messages can be disabled by using the warning disable pragma This pragma will only affect warnings that are produced by the parser or the code gen erator i e errors directly associated with C code The position of the pragma is only significant for the parser i e a parser warning number may be disabled for one section of the code to target specific instances of the warning Specific instances of a warning produced by the code generator cannot be individually controlled The pragma
368. ne options are disabled and compilation is delayed Driver The compiler is operating in demo mode Some command line options are disabled the compilation speed will be slower 995 some command line options are disabled code size is limited to 16kB compilation is delayed Driver The compiler is operating in demo mode Some command line options are disabled the compilation speed will be slower and the maximum allowed code size is limited to 16kB 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 317 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 1015 missing specification in chipinfo file at line Driver This attribute was expected to appear at least once but was not defined for this chip 1016 missing argument to specification in chipinfo file at line Driver This value of this attribute is blank in the chip configuration file 1017 extraneous argument to specification in chipinfo file at line Driver There are too many attributes for the listed specification in the chip configuration file 1018 illegal number of specification found expected in chipinfo file at line Driver This attribute was expected to appear a certain number of times but it did not for this chip 1019 duplicate specification in chipinfo file at line Driver This attribute can only be defined once but has been defined more than once for this chip 1020 unknown attribute
369. nested if blocks Preprocessor if ifdef etc blocks may only be nested to a maximum of 32 146 include filename too long Preprocessor A filename constructed while looking for an include file has exceeded the length of an internal buffer Since this buffer is 4096 bytes long this is unlikely to happen 147 too many include directories specified Preprocessor A maximum of 7 directories may be specified for the preprocessor to search for include files The number of directories specified with the driver is too great 148 too many arguments for preprocessor macro Preprocessor A macro may only have up to 31 parameters as per the C Standard 149 preprocessor macro work area overflow Preprocessor The total length of a macro expansion has exceeded the size of an internal table This table is normally 32768 bytes long Thus any macro expansion must not expand into a total of more than 32K bytes 150 illegal __ preprocessor macro Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 151 too many arguments in preprocessor macro expansion Preprocessor There were too many arguments supplied in a macro invocation The maximum number allowed is 31 152 bad dp nargs in openpar c Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 153 out of space in preprocessor macro argument
370. ng so it will replace the input file entirely DS51865A page 164 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Utilities 6 6 1 15 SERIAL This option will store a particular HEX value at a fixed address The usage of this option is SERIAL Code Increment Address Interval rRepetitions where Code is a hexadecimal value to store and is entered in little endian byte order Increment is optional and allows the value of Code to change by this value with each repetition if requested Address is the location to store this code or the first repetition thereof Interval is optional and specifies the address shift per repetition of this code Repetitions is optional and specifies the number of times to repeat this code For example SERIAL 000001 EFFE will store HEX code 00001h to address EFFEh Another example SERIAL 0000 2 1000 10r5 will store 5 codes beginning with value 0000 at address 1000h Subsequent codes will appear at address intervals of 10h and the code value will change in increments of 2h 6 6 1 16 SIZE Using the SIZE option will report the number of bytes of data within the resultant HEX image to standard output The size will also be recorded in the log file if one has been requested 6 6 1 17 STRING The STRING option will embed an ASCII string at a fixed address The usage of this option is STRING Address tCode Text where e Address is the
371. niie aaa 141 SONG EE 139 symbol only object le 137 symbols assembler generated AAA 114 linker deine 105 tie EE 141 T El Rule el WE 227 TANM UNCON se oe Eeer Leh a 181 target device si sesciicsacessceesiasseredsctersaccenshassasechag osete 34 temporary variables AAA 72 73 texti D SeEt eusiekedgeEeegeee er aeaaeai EECH 85 90 101 time ul e TEE 228 time to DUIG feses cece ceiec teil ate ches Aled 45 MILE Control op se ege ege 131 toas ii lee fess eee elt edie 229 tolower TUNCHION wis incarna sinire 229 toupper Tuncton ee eeneeeeeereteeneeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneeeees 229 tracked Objects cceseeceseseeeeeseneneneeeeeseeeeneeneeeesees 80 translation units cceeeesseseeeeeeceeeeeeeceeaeeesseees 8 40 IEISC Wetten E ee SE 56 FUNG TUNCTIOMN EE 229 type DS51865A page 342 2009 Microchip Technology Inc COU Gs Ee 36 62 e 37 62 lu EE 61 OMG WEE 62 long Helde ET 63 SNO es ee ee Ma 61 SHOM EE 61 ele ge EE 61 SU Claes a neeets aed hates Went i a AEE 63 inte WEE 63 TYPO SIZES eege aed nent R ete 58 U U Constant Suffix eiieeii eatarra etek 59 undefined symbols lee a DEEG 141 UNCEFINING macros eee eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeneeeteneeees 32 ie en in Tele EE 230 uninitilized variables sseeeeeeneeeeenneeneeernne resene ee 18 UNION De 63 unions fo Oe E ET EEE E 64 universal toolsuite plugin 13 46 unnamed psect EE 117 unnamed structure members 64 unused memory fN E 34 162 unused variable
372. ning Directive for more information on this pragma PICC DRIVER OPTION DESCRIPTIONS Most aspects of the compilation can be controlled using the command line driver PICC The driver will configure and execute all required applications such as the code generator assembler and linker PICC recognizes the compiler options which are tabled below and explained in detail in the following sections The case of the options is not important however command shells in most operating systems are case sensitive when it comes to names of files TABLE 2 6 DRIVER OPTIONS Option Meaning C Compile to object file and stop Dmacro Define preprocessor macro symbol Efilename Redirect compile errors G filename Generate symbolic debug information Ipath Specify include path Largument Set linker option M filename Generate map file Nnumber Specify identifier length Ofile Specify output filename and type P Preprocess assembly source Q Quiet mode S Compile to assembly file and stop Umacro Undefine preprocessor macro symbol V Verbose mode X Strip local symbols ADDRQUAL qualifier Specify address space qualifier handling ASMLIST Generate assembly list file CHAR type Default character type defunct CHECKSUM specification Calculate a checksum and store the result in program memory CHIP device Select target device CHIPINFO Print device informa
373. nored will not produce an error or warning but will have no effect Objects qualified with any of these qualifiers cannot be auto or parameters to a func tion but can be qualified stat ic allowing them to be defined locally within a function as in void myFunc void static bankl unsigned char play_mode If the PICC option STRICT is used these qualifiers are changed to__bank0 __bank1 _ bank2 and __ bank3 3 3 11 4 EEPROM TYPE QUALIFIER The eeprom type qualifier is recognized by the compiler and allow some degree of con trol of the placement of objects in the PIC EEPROM memory for those devices that implement such memory This qualifier is controlled by the compiler option ADDRQUAL which determines its effect see Section 2 7 18 ADDRQUAL Set Compiler Response to Memory Qualifiers Based on this option s settings this qualifier may be binding or ignored which is the default operation Qualifiers which are ignored will not produce an error or warning but will have no effect Objects qualified with this qualifier cannot be auto or parameters to a function but can be qualified static allowing them to be defined locally within a function as in void myFunc void static eeprom unsigned char inputData 3 If the PICC option STRICT is used these qualifiers are changed to__ eeprom 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 67 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 3 3 12 Pointer Types
374. ns iiiaio arar itera aenant ana iapa 68 q alifierS oti ap aaa oaea 68 UE EE 69 TYPOS ws ss his AE SSeS 68 POW UNCON s cccstscececscbicssdccsnsdasduesscetesiacnnascchapeata 206 elle he EE 19 85 POWEFUP FOUTING ee eeeeceeseeeereseeeeeneneeteneeeereeees 17 19 POWGIUD AS vi i25 8 ce ea a a ee eee ha 19 pragma directives AA 99 preprocessing assembler files cccescceceseceeeseeeeeeeneeeseeeenene 31 preprocessor Search EE 29 preprocessor directive deeg e enge REESEN eg ER FOMGASIM EE 92 FINGIUAG EE 8 Alle E 32 Preprocessor directives A 97 in assembly les 31 112 preprocessor macros CONTAINING StPINGS 0 0 eeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeees 28 COMMING aus hata tinct se 28 ne UR WEE aah ee a 31 predefined WEE 98 ite EEN 32 printf format CHECKING AAA 100 printf FUNCTION e ira eaaa 15 19 206 DreptroCesslng 40 printf_check pragma directive a e 100 PROCESSOR directive A 110 processor selection 00 eeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeteeteeeteneeeteaes 140 program COUNTE i iair SEENEN dE eee 114 program entry point ssssssesseeeeeerrserrreerrnerrresrieserrnns 19 program MEMOSY no irssiioiicteniiine ieurs 76 120 tee dE 9 20 projects assembly Des eee eeeseeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneenees 15 Lef ue TT 13 incremental builds AA 13 Eet le ale DEET 13 psect EE 18 85 CHECKSUM ecient ane 84 Le Ile 84 CONG D 84 Le E 85 datat centred tii ned vin T 85 EE TEE 117 EDF ees RE 84 eeprom_data
375. nsider the following example unsigned char count a 0 b 50 if a b lt 10 count The unsigned char result of a b is 206 which is not less than 10 but both a and b are converted to signed int via integral promotion before the subtraction takes place The result of the subtraction with these data types is 50 which is less than 10 and hence the body of the if statement is executed If the result of the subtraction is to be an unsigned quantity then apply a cast For example if unsigned int a b lt 10 countt The comparison is then done using unsigned int in this case and the body of the if would not be executed Another problem that frequently occurs is with the bitwise compliment operator This operator toggles each bit within a value Consider the following code unsigned char count c c 0x55 if c OxAA count If c contains the value 0x55 it often assumed that c will produce OxAA however the result is OXxFFAA and so the comparison in the above example would fail The compiler may be able to issue a mismatched comparison error to this effect in some circum stances Again a cast could be used to change this behavior The consequence of integral promotion as illustrated above is that operations are not performed with char type operands but with int type operands However there are circumstances when the result of an operation is identical regardless of whether the operands are of type char
376. nsure that you have write per mission to this file The driver will search the following configuration files in order e the file specified by the environment variable HTC_XML e the file etc htsoft xml if the directory etc is writable and there is no htsoft xml file in your home directory e the file htsoft xml file in your home directory If none of the files can be located then the above error will occur DS51865A page 310 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 889 this compiler has expired Driver The demo period for this compiler has concluded 890 contact HI TECH Software to purchase and re activate this compiler Driver The evaluation period of this demo installation of the compiler has expired You will need to purchase the compiler to re activate it If however you sincerely believe the evaluation period has ended prematurely please contact HI TECH technical support 891 can t open psect usage map file Driver The driver was unable to open the indicated file The psect usage map file is generated by the driver when the driver option summary file is used Ensure that the file is not open in another application 892 can t open memory usage map file Driver The driver was unable to open the indicated file The memory usage map file is gener ated by the driver when the driver option summary file is used Ensure that the file is not open in another application 893 can t open HE
377. nt the compiler still treats it as unsigned e g struct signed int sign 1 this must be unsigned signed int value 15 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 269 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 370 illegal basic type int assumed Parser The basic type of a cast to a qualified basic type couldn t not be recognized and the basic type was assumed to be int eg here ling is assumed to be int unsigned char bar unsigned ling ai 371 missing basic type int assumed Parser This declaration does not include a basic type so int has been assumed This decla ration is not illegal but it is preferable to include a basic type to make it clear what is intended e g char c ES don t let the compiler make assumptions use int i func ditto use extern int func int 372 expected Parser A comma was expected here This could mean you have left out the comma between two identifiers in a declaration list It may also mean that the immediately preceding type name is misspelled and has thus been interpreted as an identifier e g unsigned char a thinks chat amp b are unsigned but where is the comma unsigned chat b 373 implicit signed to unsigned conversion Parser An unsigned type was expected where a signed type was given and was implicitly cast to unsigned e g unsigned int foo 1 the above initialization is implic
378. ntf s n str str strpbrk str 1l Return Value Pointer to the first matching character or NULL if no character found STRRCHR STRRICHR Synopsis include lt string h gt char strrohy char 6 ant Gi char strrichr char s int c Description The strrchr function is similar to the st rchr function but searches from the end of the string rather than the beginning i e it locates the last occurrence of the character c in the null terminated string s If successful it returns a pointer to that occurrence otherwise it returns NULL The strrichr function is the case insensitive version of this function __ SS a a aE 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 223 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide STRSPN Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char str is a string while str NULL printf s n str str strrchr str l s See Also strchr strlen strcmp strcpy streat Return Value A pointer to the character or NULL if none is found Synopsis include lt string h gt size_t strspn const char sl const char s2 Description The strspn function returns the length of the initial segment of the string pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of characters from the string pointed to by s2 Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main
379. nto the buffer Synopsis include lt math h gt double sqrt double f Description The function sqrt implements a square root routine using Newton s approximation DS51865A page 214 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions SRAND Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double i for i 0 i lt 20 0 i 1 0 o printf root of 1f Sf n i sqrt i See Also exp Return Value Returns the value of the square root Note A domain error occurs if the argument is negative Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void srand unsigned int seed Description The srand function initializes the random number generator accessed by rand with the given seed This provides a mechanism for varying the starting point of the pseudo random sequence yielded by rand Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t toc int i4 time amp toc srand int toc for i 0 i 10 i printf d t rand putchar n See Also rand 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 215 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide SSCANF VSSCANF Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int sscanf const char but gemet char fmt wesch include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt int vsscanf const char buf
380. nto what Maybe you meant something like pragma psect text special_text 734 too many psect pragmas Code Generator Too many pragma psect directives have been used 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 295 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 735 bad string in pragma stack_size Code Generator The argument to the stack_size pragma is malformed This pragma must be followed by a number representing the maximum allowed stack size 737 unknown argument to pragma switch Code Generator The pragma switch directive has been used with an invalid switch code generation method Possible arguments are auto simple and direct 739 error closing output file Code Generator The compiler detected an error when closing a file Contact HI TECH Support with details 740 zero dimension array is illegal Code Generator The code generator has been passed a declaration that results in an array having a zero dimension 741 bitfield too large bits Code Generator The maximum number of bits in a bit field is the same as the number of bits in an int e g assuming an int is 16 bits wide struct unsigned flag 1 unsigned value 12 unsigned cont 6 oops that s a total of 19 bits object 742 function argument evaluation overlapped Linker A function call involves arguments which overlap between two functions This could occur with a call like vo
381. o define a preprocessor macro on the command line exactly as if it had been defined using a define directive in the source code This option may take one of two forms Dmacro which is equivalent to define macro 1 placed at the top of each module compiled using this option or Dmacro text which is equivalent to define macro text where text is the textual substitution required Thus the command PICC CHIP 16F877AA Ddebug Dbuffers 10 test c will compile test c with macros defined exactly as if the C source code had included the directives define debug 1 define buffers 10 Defining macros as C string literals requires bypassing any interpretation issues in the operating system that is being used To pass the C string hello world including the quote characters in the Windows environment use DMY_STRING hello world you must include the quote characters around the entire option as there is a space character in the macro definition Under Linux or Mac OS X use DMY_STRING hello world See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 7 3 E Redirect Compiler Errors to a File This option has two purposes The first is to change the format of displayed messages The second is to optionally allow messages to be directed to a file as some editors do not allow the standard command line redirection facilities to be used when invoking the compiler
382. o happen with C code since C cannot have nested functions Contact HI TECH Support with details 724 bad op in revlog Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 726 bad op in uconval Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 727 bad op in bconfloat Code Generator This is an internal code generator error Contact HI TECH technical support with details 728 bad op in confloat Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 729 bad op in conval Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 730 bad op Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 731 expression error with reserved word Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 732 initialization of bit types is illegal Code Generator Variables of type bit cannot be initialized e g bit bl 1 oops b1 must be assigned after its definition 733 bad string in pragma psect Code Generator The code generator has been passed a pragma psect directive that has a badly formed string e g pragma psect text redirect text psect i
383. o hold values of these types When specifying a short int type the keyword int may be omitted Thus a variable declared as short will contain a signed short int anda variable declared as unsigned short will contain an unsigned short int 3 3 6 24 Bit Integer Data Types HI TECH C Compiler for PIC 10 12 16 MCUs supports two 24 bit integer types The type short long hold 24 bit two s complement signed integers representing integral values from 8 388 608 to 8 388 607 inclusive The type unsigned short holds 24 bit unsigned integers representing integral values from 0 to 16 777 215 inclusive All 24 bit integer values are represented in little endian format with the Least Significant Byte at the lower address Variables may be declared using the signed short long int and unsigned short long int keyword sequences respectively to hold values of these types When specifying a short long int type the keyword int may be omitted Thus a variable declared as short long will contain a signed short long int anda variable declared as unsigned short longwillcontainanunsigned short long int DEER 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 61 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 3 3 7 32 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables HI TECH C Compiler for PIC 10 12 16 MCUs supports two 32 bit integer types The type long holds a 32 bit two s complement signed integer representing integral values from 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 incl
384. object code format of an object file is invalid Ensure it is a valid HI TECH object file Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 402 bad argument to F Objtohex The F option for ob jtohex has been supplied an invalid argument If you are invok ing this command line tool directly then please refer to Section 6 3 Objtohex for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 403 bad E option Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 404 bad maximum length value to lt digits gt Objtohex The first value to the OBJTOHEX n m HEX length rounding option is invalid 405 bad record size rounding value to lt digits gt Objtohex The second value to the OBJTOHEX n m HEX length rounding option is invalid 406 bad argument to A Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 407 bad argument to U Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details DS51865A page 272 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 408 bad argument to B Objtohex This option requires an integer argument in either base 8 10 or 16 If you are invoking ob jtohex directly then see Section 6 3 Objtohex for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler
385. ode is used to tell the compiler that compilation should stop after the parser has executed This will leave the p code intermediate file behind on successful completion For example the files main c and io c are to be compiled using a make utility The command lines that the make utility should use to compile these files might be some thing like PICC chip 16F877A passl main c PICC chip 16F877A passl io c PICC chip 16F877A main pl io pl If is important to note that the code generator needs to compile all p code or p code library files associated with the project in the one step When using the PASS1 option the code generator is not being invoked so the above command lines do not violate this requirement 2 3 2 1 INTERMEDIATE FILES AND ASSEMBLY SOURCE The intermediate file format associated with assembly source files is the same as that used in traditional compilers i e an object file obj extension Assembly files are never passed to the code generator and so the code generator technology does not alter the way these files are compiled The Cc option see Section 2 7 1 C Compile to Object File is used to generate object files and halt compilation after the assembly step 2 3 3 Compilation of Assembly Source Since the code generator performs many tasks that were traditionally performed by the linker there can be complications when assembly source is present in a project Assembly files are traditiona
386. ode Generator This function has no parameters but it is called here with one or more arguments e g int get_value void void main void int input input get_value 6 oops parameter should not be here 186 too many function arguments Parser This function does not accept as many arguments as there are here void add int a int b add 5 7 input call has too many arguments 187 too few function arguments Parser This function requires more arguments than are provided in this call e g void add int a int b add 5 this call needs more arguments 188 constant expression required Parser In this context an expression is required that can be evaluated to a constant at compile time e g int a switch input case a oops can t use variable as part of a case label input 189 illegal type for array dimension Parser An array dimension must be either an integral type or an enumerated value int array 12 5 oops twelve and a half elements eh 190 illegal type for index expression Parser An index expression must be either integral or an enumerated value e g int i array 10 i array 3 5 oops exactly which element do you mean 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 245 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 191 cast type must be scalar or void Parser A typecast an abstract type declarator enclosed in
387. ode that is executed as a result of an interrupt being generated in the above figure F5 and F6 are called by interrupt code Figure 3 2 graphically shows an example of how the compiled stack is formed Kl DS51865A page 74 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features FIGURE 3 2 FORMATION OF THE COMPILED STACK Formation of auto parameter block APB for function F2 i Analysis of call graph 1 main F1 F4 F2 F3 isr F5 F6 compiled stack Overlap of non concurrently active APBs to form compiled stack Each function in the program is allocated a block of memory for its parameter auto and temporary variables Each block is referred to as an auto parameter block APB The figure shows the APB being formed for function F2 which has two parameters a and b and one auto variable c The parameters to the function are first grouped in an order strictly determined by the lexical order in which they appear in the source code These are then followed by any auto objects however the auto objects may be placed in any order So we see mem ory for a is followed by that for b and lastly c Once these variables have been grouped the exact location of each object is not important at this point and we can represent this memory by one block the APB for this function The APBs are formed for all functions in the program Then by analyzing the call graph these blocks are assigned positi
388. of the ANSI type qualifiers const and volatile The const type qualifier is used to tell the compiler that an object is read only and will not be modified If any attempt is made to modify an object declared const the com piler will issue a warning or error User defined objects declared const are placed in a special psect linked into the pro gram space Objects qualified const may be absolute The address construct is used to place the object at the specified address in program memory as in the following example which places the object tableDef at address 0x100 const int tableDef 0x100 0 1 2 3 4 Usually a const object must be initialized when it is declared as it cannot be assigned a value at any point at runtime For example const int version 3 will define version as being an int variable that will be placed in the program mem ory will always contain the value 3 and which can never be modified by the program However uninitialized const objects can be defined and are useful if you need to place an object in program memory over the top of other objects at a particular location Usu ally uninitialized const objects will be defined as absolute as in the following example const char checksumRange 0x100 0x800 will define the object checksumRange as a 0x100 byte array of characters located at address 0x800 in program memory This definition will not place any data in the HEX file 3 3 10 2 VOLATILE TYPE QUA
389. ogram or signature errors at link time It will also hide any previous declarations of the same thing again subverting the compiler s type checking As a general rule always declare extern variables and functions outside any other functions For example int process int a this would be better outside the function extern int away return away a 348 auto variable should not be qualified Parser An auto variable should not have qualifiers such as near or far associated with it Its storage class is implicitly defined by the stack organization An auto variable may be qualified with static but itis then no longer auto 349 non prototyped function declaration for Parser A function has been declared using old style K amp R arguments It is preferable to use prototype declarations for all functions e g int process input int input warning flagged here This would be better written int process int input 350 unused from line Parser The indicated object was never used in the function or module being compiled Either this object is redundant or the code that was meant to use it was excluded from com pilation or misspelled the name of the object Note that the symbols rcsid and sccsid are never reported as being unused 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 265 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 352 float parameter coerced to double
390. oid main void double i for i 0 i lt 180 0 i 10 printf 3 0f Sf n i tan i C See Also sin cos asin acos atan atan2 Return Value The tangent of f Synopsis include lt time h gt time_t tim time_t t Description This function is not provided as it is dependant on the target system supplying the cur rent time This function will be user implemented When implemented this function should return the current time in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 If the argu ment t is not equal to NULL the same value is stored into the object pointed to by t Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock time amp clock printf s ctime amp clock See Also ctime gmtime localtime asctime Return Value This routine when implemented will return the current time in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 DS51865A page 228 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions Note The time routine is not supplied if required the user will have to implement this routine to the specifications outlined above TOLOWER TOUPPER TOASCII TRUNC Synopsis include lt ctype h gt char toupper int c char tolower int c char toascii int c Description The toupper function converts its lower case alphabetic argument to upper case the tolower routine performs
391. ology Inc Utilities 6 3 1 Checksum Specifications If you are generating a HEX file output use HEXMATE s checksum tools described in Section 6 6 HEXMATE For other file formats the O83JTOHEX checksum specification allows automated checksum calculation and takes the form of several lines each line describing one checksum The syntax of a checksum line is addrl addr2 wherel where2 offset All of addr1 addr2 wherel where2 and offset are HEX numbers without the usual H suffix Such a specification says that the bytes at addr1 through to addr2 inclusive should be summed and the sum placed in the locations where1 through where2 inclusive For an 8 bit checksum these two addresses should be the same For a checksum stored low byte first where1 should be less than where2 and vice versa The offset value is optional but if supplied the value will be used to initialize the checksum Otherwise it is initialized to zero For example 0005 1FFF 3 4 1FFF This will sum the bytes in 5 through 1FFFH inclusive then add 1FFFH to the sum The 16 bit checksum will be placed in locations 3 and 4 low byte in 3 The checksum is ini tialized with 1FFFH to provide protection against an all zero ROM or a ROM misplaced in memory A run time check of this checksum would add the last address of the ROM being checksummed into the checksum For the ROM in question this should be 1FFFH The initialization value may
392. ols The L option is still necessary to produce an actual listing output 4 2 8 L Generate an Assembly Listing This option requests the generation of an assembly listing file If 1i st fi leis specified then the listing will be written to that file otherwise it will be written to the standard output This option is applied if compiling using PICC the command line driver and the ASMLIST driver option see Section 2 7 17 ASMLIST Generate Assembler List Files 4 2 9 O Optimize assembly This requests the assembler to perform optimization on the assembly code Note that the use of this option slows the assembly process down as the assembler must make an additional pass over the input code Debug information for assembler code generated from C source code may become unreliable in debuggers when this option is used This option can be applied if compiling using PICC the command line driver and the OPT driver option see Section 2 7 42 OPT Invoke Compiler Optimizations 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 109 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 4 2 10 O Specify Output File By default the assembler determines the name of the object file to be created by strip ping any suffix or extension from the first source filename and appending obj The 0 option allows the user to override the default filename and specify a new name for the object file 4 2 11 T Specify Listing Page Wi
393. olumn or part of the line in which any part of the statement should appear TABLE 4 2 ASPIC STATEMENT FORMATS Format Feild1 Field2 Field3 Field4 Format 1 label Format 2 label mnemonic operands comment Format 3 name pseudo op operands comment Format 4 comment only Format 5 empty line DS51865A page 112 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler 4 3 3 Characters The character set used is standard 7 bit ASCII Alphabetic case is significant for identifiers but not mnemonics and reserved words Tabs are treated as equivalent to spaces 4 3 3 1 DELIMITERS All numbers and identifiers must be delimited by white space non alphanumeric characters or the end of a line 4 3 3 2 SPECIAL CHARACTERS There are a few characters that are special in certain contexts Within a macro body the character is used for token concatenation To use the bitwise amp operator within a macro body escape it by using amp amp instead In a macro argument list the angle brackets lt and gt are used to quote macro arguments 4 3 4 Comments An assembly comment is initiated with a semicolon that is not part of a string or character constant If the assembly file is first processed by the C preprocessor see Section 2 7 11 P Preprocess Assembly Files then the file may also contain C or C style comments using the standard and syntax 4 3 4 1 SPECIAL COMMENT STR
394. om the hardware interrupts The compiler will process the interrupt function differently to any other functions generating code to save and restore any registers used and return using a special instruction If the PICC option STRICT is used the interrupt keyword becomes __ interrupt An interrupt function must be declared as type void interrupt and may not have parameters This is the only function prototype that makes sense for an interrupt func tion since they are never directly called in the source code Interrupt functions must not be called directly from C code due to the different return instruction that is used but they themselves may call other functions both user defined and library functions Mid Range PIC devices have many sources of interrupt but only one interrupt vector and hence should only have one interrupt function defined An example of an interrupt function for a Mid Range PIC MCU processor is shown here int tick count void interrupt tc_int void if TOIE amp amp TOIF TOIF 0 tick_count return process other interrupt sources here Code will be placed at the interrupt vector which will execute this function after any con text switch that is required Notice that the code checks for the source of the interrupt in this case a timer by look ing at the interrupt flag bit TO IE and the interrupt flag bit TOIF This is required since interrupt flags associ
395. om the symbol file all local symbols that have the form of a single alphabetic character followed by a digit string The set of letters that can start a trivial symbol is currently k1 LSu The z option will strip any local symbols starting with one of these letters and followed by a digit string 5 2 27 DISL message numbers Disable Messages This option is mainly used by the command line driver PICC to disable particular message numbers It takes a comma separate list of message numbers that will be disabled during compilation This option is applied if compiling using PICC the command line driver and the MSGDISABLE driver option see Section 2 7 37 MSGDISABLE Disable Warn ing Messages See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information about the compiler s messaging system 5 2 28 EDF message file Set Message File Path This option is mainly used by the command line driver PICC to specify the path of the message description file The default file is located in the dat directory in the compiler s installation directory See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information about the compiler s messaging system 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 141 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 5 2 29 EMAX number Specify Maximum Number of Errors This option is mainly used by the command line driver PICC to specify the maximum number of errors that can be en
396. omat 7 lee UE 7 long command lines sses 9 Option E 7 36 single step compilation eeneeee 13 driver option PEAT E 27 Pili E E E E E A haat abt 27 ADDRQUAL s e neni 33 48 67 UE 27 ASMLIST unn 21 32 33 109 131 Gis tie eh O ter atone 27 CGHECKSUM iniiaiee nenni 34 48 GHP EE 34 110 144 GHIPINE reien a Seven tice cles 34 CODEORFSE Vetecsssesissssseseisces vast caseieests 34 48 GR TEE 35 Leien 28 32 47 DEBUGGER viii csceticten sci eteats eebe eer ec 35 49 Glen zeg gtieute deele Eege REEL 27 DOUBLES fa eege Aas ats hte aes 36 50 62 EE 23 28 ECHO EE 36 ERRFORMAT deg EEH 24 36 ERRORS tistics ance si ac 21 36 111 143 FILL EE 34 36 48 PE ee ied dtc eseu eene 37 Gehl eg ge ela EA 29 GELOPTION EE 37 HELP ani E E AR danke cats 37 EEEE AEA T T 29 46 RS 37 Eegeregie wevtion ee erger ite 29 L linker options 30 143 145 LANG gege oen e e ints 22 37 Mueres dese eebe eege 21 30 143 MEMMAP user caiiecnactines 38 MODE teen ek E e 38 48 MSGDISABLE 0 esseeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 24 38 110 DS51865A page 334 2009 Microchip Technology Inc MGSGEORMAT 24 36 38 te gd POINT EE 118 Nish Avice ti dese eeneg 31 47 EQU directive AAA 112 115 122 NODE BE 13 38 equating assembly symbols AAA 122 NOEXEG E tei dieitn than theta 38 errOr COUMTE E 21 ll 27 error files O HEEN EM Cheating EE EE 137 OBJDIR eeh tetas 39 error MESSAGES 2 2 eeeeeecccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 21 22 235 ETA 39
397. ompiler Response to Memory Qualifiers Based on this option s settings this qualifier may be binding or ignored which is the default operation Qualifiers which are ignored will not produce an error or warning but will have no effect Here is an example of an unsigned char object qualified as near near unsigned char fred Objects qualified near cannot be auto or parameters to a function but can be quali fied static allowing them to be defined locally within a function as in static near unsigned char local_fred Note that the compiler may store some temporary objects in the common memory so not all of this space may be available for user defined variables If the PICC option STRICT is used this type qualifier is changed to near 23113 BANKO BANK1 BANK2 AND BANK3 TYPE QUALIFIERS The bank0O bank1 bank2 and bank3 type qualifiers are recognized by the compiler and allow some degree of control of the placement of objects in the PIC MCU data memory banks They can be used to allow portability of legacy code or to define C objects that are assumed to be located in certain memory banks by hand written assembly code These qualifiers are controlled by the compiler option ADDRQUAL which determines their effect see Section 2 7 18 ADDRQUAL Set Compiler Response to Memory Qualifiers Based on this option s settings these qualifiers may be binding or ignored which is the default operation Qualifiers which are ig
398. on searches the string s for an occurrence of the character c If one is found a pointer to that character is returned otherwise NULL is returned The strichr function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt strings h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void static char temp zb E asa char c s if strchr temp c printf c was found in string n c else printf character was found in string See Also strrchr strlen strcmp Return Value A pointer to the first match found or NULL if the character does not exist in the string Note Although the function takes an integer argument for the character only the lower 8 bits of the value are used 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 217 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide STRCMP STRICMP Synopsis include lt string h gt int strcmp const char sl const char s2 int stricmp const char sl const char s2 Description The strcmp function compares its two null terminated string arguments and returns a signed integer to indicate whether s1 is less than equal to or greater than s2 The comparison is done with the standard collating sequence which is that of the ASCII character set The stricmp function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void int 2 if i strem
399. ons each of which is used to print out one of the argument list values Each conversion specification is of the form m nc where the percent symbol intro duces a conversion followed by an optional width specification m The n specification is an optional precision specification introduced by the dot and c is a letter specifying the type of the conversion A minus sign preceding m indicates left rather than right adjustment of the converted value in the field Where the field width is larger than required for the conversion blank padding is performed at the left or right as specified Where right adjustment of a numeric conversion is specified and the first digit of m is 0 then padding will be per formed with zeroes rather than blanks For integer formats the precision indicates a minimum number of digits to be output with leading zeros inserted to make up this number if required A hash character preceding the width indicates that an alternate format is to be used The nature of the alternate format is discussed below Not all formats have alternates In those cases the presence of the hash character has no effect If the character is used in place of a decimal constant e g in the format a then one integer argument will be taken from the list to provide that value The types of conversion are f Floating point mis the total width and n is the number of digits after the decimal point If n is omitted it default
400. ons or bases values in the compiled stack Memory can be saved if the following point is observed If two functions are never active at the same time then their APBs can be overlapped In the example shown in the figure F4 and F1 are active at the same time in fact F1 calls F4 However F2 F3 and F1 are never active at the same time F1 mustreturn before F2 or F3 canbe called by main The function main will always be active and so its APB can never overlap with that of an other function In the compiled stack you can see that the APB for main is allocated unique mem ory The blocks for F1 F2 and F3 are all placed on top of each other and the same base value in the compiled stack however the memory taken up by the APBs for F1 and F4 are unique and do not overlap Our example also has an interrupt function isr and its call graph is used to assem ble the APBs for any interrupt code in the same way Being the root of a graph isr will always be allocated unique memory and the APBs for interrupt functions will be allocated memory following The end result is a block of memory which forms the compiled stack This block can then be placed into the device s memory by the linker 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 75 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide For devices with more than one bank of data memory the compiled stack may have components located in more
401. ons symbolic references made in the psects data can be replaced with absolute values This is a process called fixup For each psect record in the object file there is a corresponding relocation record that indicates which bytes or bits in the psect record need to be adjusted once relocation is complete The relocation records also specify how the values are to be determined A linker fixup overflow error can occur if the value determined by the linker is too large to fit in the hole reserved for the value in the psect See Section 477 fixup over flow in expression location 0x 0x size value 0x Linker for information on finding the cause of these errors 5 4 MAP FILES The map file contains information relating to the relocation of psects and the addresses assigned to symbols within those psects 5 4 1 Generation If compilation is being performed via an IDE such as HI TIDE or MPLAB IDE a map file is generated by default without you having to adjust the compiler options If you are using the driver from the command line then you ll need to use the M option to request that the map file be produced see Section 5 2 15 Mmapfile Map files use the extension map Map files are produced by the linker If the compilation process is stopped before the linker is executed then no map file is produced The linker will still produce a map file even if it encounters errors which will allow you to use this file to tra
402. or space e g opt speed spac 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 327 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 1260 macro redefined Assembler More than one definition for a macro with the same name has been encountered e g ACRO fin ret ENDM ACRO fin oops was this meant to be a different macro reti ENDM 1261 string constant required Assembler A string argument is required with the DS or DSU directive e g DS ONE oops did you mean DS ONE 1264 unsafe pointer conversion Code Generator A pointer to one kind of structure has been converted to another kind of structure and the structures do not have a similar definition e g struct ONE unsigned a long b ZE LS one struct TWO unsigned a unsigned b ZE ES two struct ONE oneptr oneptr amp two oops was ONE meant to be same struct as TWO 1267 fixup overflow referencing into bytes at 0x Linker See the following error message 1268 for more information 1268 fixup overflow storing 0x in bytes at Linker Fixup is the process conducted by the linker of replacing symbolic references to vari ables etc in an assembler instruction with an absolute value This takes place after positioning the psects program sections or blocks into the available memory on the target device Fixup overflow is when the value determined for a symbol is too large to fit within
403. or H for HEX A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is default e g AENTRY 0 0FFh 1FE Did you forget the radix AENTRY 0 OFFh 1FFh 447 bad load address in A spec Linker The load address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing o for octal or H for HEX A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is default e g ACODE 0h 3fffh a000 Did you forget the radix ACODE 0h 3fffh a000h DS51865A page 276 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 448 bad repeat count in A spec Linker The repeat count given in a A specification is invalid e g AENTRY 0 0FFhxf Did you forget the radix AENTRY 0 OFFhxfh 449 syntax error in A spec Linker The a spec is invalid A valid A spec should be something like AROM 1000h 1FFFh 450 psect was never defined Linker This psect has been listed in a P option but is not defined in any module within the program 451 bad psect origin format in P option Linker The origin format in a p option is not a validly formed decimal octal or HEX number nor is it the name of an existing psect A HEX number must have a trailing H e g pbss f000 Did you forget the radix pbss f000h 4
404. or will also be issued 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 33 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 2 7 19 CHECKSUM Calculate a checksum This option will perform a checksum over the address range specified and store the result at the destination address specified Additional specifications can be appended as a comma separated list to this option Such specifications are width n selects the width of the checksum result in bytes A negative width will store the result in little endian byte order Result widths from one to four bytes are permitted offset nnnn specifies an initial value or offset to be added to this checksum algorithm n select one of the checksum algorithms implemented in HEXMATE The selectable algorithms are described in Table 6 9 code nn is a hexadecimal code that will trail each byte in the checksum result This can allow each byte of the checksum result to be embedded within an instruction The start endand destination attributes can be entered as word addresses as this is the native format for PICC program space If an accompanying F ILL option has not been specified unused locations within the specified address range will be filled with FFFh for Baseline devices or 3FFFh for Mid Range devices This is to remove any unknown values from the equation and ensure the accuracy of the check sum result For example checksum 800 fff 20 width 1 algorithm 8 will calcul
405. ore than one output port may have definitions for objects TRISA TRISB and TRISC depending on the exact number of ports available This objects are used in the same manner as described above 3 2 7 3 OSCILLATOR CALIBRATION CONSTANTS Some PIC devices come with an oscillator calibration constant which is pre pro grammed into the devices program memory This constant can be read from program memory and written to the OSCCAL register to calibrate the internal RC oscillator On some baseline PIC devices the calibration constant is stored as a MOVLW instruc tion at the top of program memory e g the PIC12C50X and PIC16C505 parts On Reset the program counter is made to point to this instruction and it is executed first before the program counter wraps around to 0x0000 which is the effective reset vector for the device The default HI TECH C startup routine will automatically include code to load the OSCCAL register with the value contained in the w register after reset on such devices No other code is required DS51865A page 56 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features For other chips such as PIC12C67X chips the oscillator constant is also stored at the top of program memory but as a RETLW instruction The compiler s startup code will automatically generate code to retrieve this value and perform the configuration Loading of the calibration value can be turned off via the RUNTIME option see Section 2 7 50
406. ory For example you can specify that functions reside at a fixed address or that they be placed after other psects or that the they be placed anywhere in a compiler defined or user defined range of addresses 3 5 3 Function Argument Passing The method used to pass function arguments depends on the size and number of arguments involved The compiler will either pass parameters in the w register or in the parameter area of the called function DS51865A page 78 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features The parameter area is grouped along with the function s auto memory and is placed in the compiled stack See Section 3 4 2 Compiled Stack Operation for detailed information on the compiled stack The parameter variables will be referenced as an offset from the symbol _ function where function is the name of the function in which the parameter is defined i e the function that is to be called If the first parameter is one byte in size it is passed in the w register All other parame ters are passed in the parameter memory This applies to basic types and to aggregate types like structures The parameters for functions that take a variable argument list defined using an ellipsis in the prototype are placed in the parameter memory along with named parameters Take for example the following ANSI style function void test char a int b The function test will receive the parameter b in its function par
407. ory space The characters in string literals and also placed in program memory On most PIC devices the program space is not directly readable by the device The compiler stores data in the program memory by means of RETLW instructions which can be called and which will return a byte if data in the w register The compiler will generate the code necessary to make it appear that program memory is being read directly Enhanced Mid Range PIC devices can directly read their program memory although the data is also usually stored as RETLW instructions This way the compiler can either produce code that can call these instructions to obtain the program memory data as with the ordinary mid range devices or directly read the operand to the instruction the Least Significant Byte of the RETLW instruction The most efficient access method can be selected by the compiler when the data needs to be read A const object is usually defined with initial values as the program cannot write to these objects at runtime However this is not a requirement An uninitialized const object can be defined to define a symbol or label but not make a contribution to the output file Uninitialized const objects are often made absolute see Section 3 4 4 Absolute Variables Here are examples of const object definitions const char IOtype Air initialized const object const char buffer 10 I just define a label See Section 3 7 1 Compiler genera
408. oses of this expression its value has been taken as zero This warning may be disabled with some compilers Example if FOO BAR e g FOO was never defined define GOOD endif 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 243 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 174 multi byte constant isn t portable Preprocessor Multi byte constants are not portable and in fact will be rejected by later passes of the compiler e g if CHAR ab define MULTI endif 175 division by zero in if zero result assumed Preprocessor Inside a if expression there is a division by zero which has been treated as yielding zero e g if foo 0 divide by 0 was this what you were intending int a endif 176 missing newline Preprocessor A new line is missing at the end of the line Each line including the last line must have a new line at the end This problem is normally introduced by editors 177 symbol in U option was never defined Preprocessor A macro name specified in a U option to the preprocessor was not initially defined and thus cannot be undefined 179 nested comments Preprocessor This warning is issued when nested comments are found A nested comment may indicate that a previous closing comment marker is missing or malformed e g output 0 a comment that was left unterminated flag TRUE next comment hey where did this line go 180 unterminated comm
409. otient and remainder as a udiv_t structure Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int uldiv unsigned long num unsigned long demon Description The uldiv function calculate the quotient and remainder of the division of number and denon storing the results into a uldiv_t structure which is returned DS51865A page 230 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions Example include lt stdlib h gt void main void uldiv_t result unsigned long num 1234 den 7 result uldiv num den See Also ldiv udiv div Return Value Returns the quotient and remainder as a uldiv_t structure UTOA Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt char utoa char buf unsigned val int base Description The function itoa converts the unsigned contents of val into a string which is stored into buf The conversion is performed according to the radix specified in base buf is assumed to reference a buffer which has sufficient space allocated to it Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 10 utoi buf 1234 16 printf buffer holds s n buf See Also strtol itoa ltoa ultoa Return Value This routine returns a copy of the buffer into which the result is written 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 231 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide VA_START VA_ARG VA_END Synopsis include
410. ough itis usual to use the type unsigned int in the definition The first bit defined will be the Least Significant bit of the word in which it will be stored When a bit field is declared it is allocated within the current 8 bit unit if it will fit other wise a new byte is allocated within the structure Bit fields can never cross the bound ary between 8 bit allocation units For example the declaration struct unsigned Toz Ty unsigned dummy 6 unsigned PI As foo will produce a structure occupying 1 byte If foo was ultimately linked at address 10H the field 10 will be bit O of address 10H hi will be bit 7 of address 10H The Least Sig nificant bit of dummy will be bit 1 of address 10H and the Most Significant bit of dummy will be bit 6 of address 10h 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 63 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Unnamed bit fields may be declared to pad out unused space between active bits in control registers For example if dummy is never used the structure above could have been declared as struct unsigned Lo 13 unsigned i D unsigned b s L Zoe A structure with bit fields may be initialized by supplying a comma separated list of ini tial values for each field For example struct unsigned Tov ks unsigned mid 6 unsigned his lt p 1 foo 1 8 0 Structures with unnamed bit fields may be initialized No initial value should be supplied for the unnamed
411. p lt 0 printf is less than ABc n else if i gt 0 printf is greater than ABc n else printf is equal to ABc n See Also strlen strncmp strcpy streat Return Value A signed integer less than equal to or greater than zero Note Other C implementations may use a different collating sequence the return value is negative zero or positive i e do not test explicitly for negative one 1 or one 1 STRCPY Synopsis include lt string h gt char strcpy char sl const char s2 Description This function copies a null terminated string s2 to a character array pointed to by s1 The destination array must be large enough to hold the entire string including the null terminator DS51865A page 218 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions STRCSPN Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 char s1 s2 strcpy buffer of line sl buffer s2 end of line streat sl s2 printf d n strlen buffer printf s n buffer See Also strncpy strlen strcat strlen Return Value The destination buffer pointer s1 is returned Synopsis include lt string h gt size_t strcspn const char sl const char s2 Description The strcspn function returns the length of the initial segment of the string pointed to by s1 which consists of characters NOT
412. perform the compilation the destination directory may be dictated by the IDE itself Generation of the runtime startup code is an automatic process which does not require any user interaction however some aspects of the runtime code can be controlled if required using the RUNTIME option Section 2 7 50 RUNTIME Specify Run time Environment describes the use of this option and the following sections describes the functional aspects of the code contained in this module and its effect on program operation The runtime startup code is executed before main but If you require any special ini tialization to be performed immediately after reset you should use power up feature described later in Section 2 4 3 The Powerup Routine 2 4 2 1 INITIALIZATION OF OBJECTS One task of the runtime startup code is to ensure that any initialized variables contain their initial value before the program begins execution Initialized variables are those which are not auto objects and which are assigned an initial value in their definition for example input in the following example int input 88 void main void Such initialized objects have two components their initial value 0x0088 in the above example stored in program memory i e placed in the HEX file and space for the variable reserved in RAM it will reside and be accessed during program execution runtime The psects used for storing these components are described in Se
413. piler to compiler Throughout this manual are sections describing how the HI TECH C compiler behaves in such situations 3 2 _PROCESSOR RELATED FEATURES HI TECH C has several features which relate directly to the PIC10 12 16 architectures and instruction sets These detailed in the following sections 3 2 1 Stack The hardware stack on PIC devices is limited in depth and cannot be manipulated directly It is only used for function return address and cannot be used for program data The compiler implements a compiled stack for local data objects see Section 3 4 2 Compiled Stack Operation for information on how this is achieved You must ensure that the maximum stack depth is not exceeded otherwise code may fail A call graph is provided by the code generator in the assembler list file This will indicate the stack levels at each function call and can be used as a guide to stack depth The code generator may also produce warnings if the maximum stack depth is exceeded Both of these are guides to stack usage Optimizations and the use of interrupts can decrease or increase respectively the stack depth used by a program over that determined by the compiler 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 51 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 3 2 2 Configuration Fuses The PIC device processor s configuration fuses or configuration bits may be set using the __CONFIG macro as follows __ CONFIG x Note t
414. pinfo file has a processor section with multiple START values Only one START value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 824 duplicate LIB for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple LIB values Only one LIB value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 825 too many RAMBANK lines in chipinfo file for Assembler The chipinfo file contains a processor section with too many RAMBANK fields Reduce the number of values 826 inverted ram bank in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The second HEX number specified in the RAM field in the chipinfo file must be greater in value than the first 827 too many COMMON lines in chipinfo file for Assembler There are too many lines specifying common access bank memory in the chip con figuration file 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 305 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 828 inverted common bank in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The second HEX number specified in the COMMON field in the chipinfo file must be greater in value than the first Contact HI TECH Support if you have not modified the chipinfo INI file 829 unrecognized line in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file contains a processor section with an unrecognize
415. played mes sages See Section 2 7 3 E Redirect Compiler Errors to a File Using this option produces messages that are better suited to machine parsing and are less user friendly Typically each message is displayed on a single line The general form of messages produced when using the E option is filenam line message number message string type The E option also has another effect When used the driver first checks to see if spe cial environment variables have been set If so the format dictated by these variables are used as a template for all messages produced by all compiler applications The names of these environment variables are given in Table 2 4 TABLE 2 4 MESSAGING ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES Variable Effect HTC_MSG_FORMA All advisory messages HTC_WARN_FORMAT All warning messages HTC_ERR_FORMA All error and fatal error messages The value of these environment variables are strings that are used as templates for the message format Printf like placeholders can be placed within the string to allow the message format to be customized The placeholders and what they represent are indicated in Table 2 5 TABLE 2 5 MESSAGING PLACEHOLDERS Placeholder Replacement Di application name column number Q Hh filename Hi line number 5 message number X oP X ag Wd message string from MDF If
416. ployed in specific circumstances It is appropriate to select EEPROM_READ Or EEPROM_WRITE in favor of the library equivalents if any of the following conditions are true e You cannot afford the extra level of stack depth required to make a function call e You cannot afford the added code overhead to pass parameters and perform a call return e You cannot afford the added processor cycles to execute the function call over head Be aware that if a program contains multiple instances of either macro any code space saving will be negated as the full content of the macro is now duplicated in code space In the case of EEPROM_READ there is another very important detail to note Unlike eeprom_read this macro does not wait for any concurrent EEPROM writes to com plete before proceeding to select and read EEPROM Had the previous example used the EEPROM_READ macro in place of eeprom_read the operation would have failed If it cannot be guaranteed that all writes to EEPROM have completed at the time of calling EEPROM_READ the appropriate flag should be polled prior to executing EEPROM_READ YS SS a a aT DS51865A page 54 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features For example include lt htc h gt void eetest void unsigned char value 1 unsigned char address 0 Initiate writing value to address
417. pointer is numerically equal to 0 zero but this is a special case imposed by the ANSI C standard Comparisons with NULL are also allowed If NULL is the only value assigned to a pointer the pointer will be made as small as possible 3 4 STORAGE CLASS AND OBJECT PLACEMENT Objects are positioned in different memory areas based on their storage class and declaration This is discussed in the following sections 3 4 1 Local Variables A local variable is one which only has scope within the block in which it was defined That is it may only be referenced within that block C supports two classes of local vari ables in functions auto variables which are normally allocated in the function s stack frame and static variables which are always given a fixed memory location and have permanent duration 3 4 1 1 AUTO VARIABLES The auto short for automatic variables are the default type of local variable Unless explicitly declared to be static a local variable will be made auto The auto key word may be used if desired These variables are typically stored on a hardware stack but the PIC10 12 16 devices do not employ a hardware stack for storage of data A stack is provided for function return addresses but this can not be used for any other purpose On these devices auto variables are allocated memory in a compiled stack This is a fixed block or blocks of memory in which the auto variables associated with each function are assign
418. pter 5 Linker el e ee le HOT EE 135 52 Opela OM EE 135 5 3 Relocation Ee RE 142 D4 Map Riles eege GENEE 143 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 3 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Chapter 6 Utilities Ge Bilder de ITT 149 B25 LDA AN tees anc eave E E E E E Ea A E E a EET 149 EAE TOINE EE 152 EG 153 ere Lu EE 156 6 6 HEXMA TE tu geed 159 Chapter 7 Library Functions Chapter 8 Error and Warning Messages ccsssssseeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 235 ta EE 331 Worldwide Sales and Service ccccccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessenneenennneees 344 PE E S T DS51865A page 4 2009 Microchip Technology Inc HI TECH CS FOR PIC10 12 16 MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 1 HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs 1 1 OVERVIEW This manual describes the usage and operation of the HI TECH C Compiler for P1IC10 12 16 MCUs The HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs is a free standing optimizing ANSI C compiler It supports all PIC10 PIC12 and PIC16 series devices as well as the PIC14000 device and the enhanced Mid Range PIC MCU architecture The compiler is available for several popular operating systems including 32 and 64 bit Windows Linux and Apple OS X As well as being a stand alone console application it is fully compatible with Micro chip s MPLAB IDE allowing source level debugging with the MPLAB ICE in circuit emulator the MPLAB
419. ptions will now interpret addresses according to this setting This option will allow specification of addressing modes from one byte per address to four bytes per address 6 6 1 4 BREAK This option takes a comma separated list of addresses If any of these addresses are encountered in the HEX file the current data record will conclude and a new data record will recommence from the nominated address This can be useful to use new data records to force a distinction between functionally different areas of program space Some HEX file readers depend on this 6 6 1 5 Ch The CK option is for calculating a checksum The usage of this option is CK start end destination offset wWidth tCode gAlogithm where start and end specify the address range over which the checksum will be calculated destination Is the address where the checksum result will be stored This value cannot be within the range of calculation offset is an optional initial value to add to the checksum result Width is optional and specifies the byte width of the checksum result Results can be calculated for byte widths of 1 to 4 bytes If a positive width is requested the result will be stored in big endian byte order A negative width will cause the result to be stored in little endian byte order If the width is left unspecified the result will be 2 bytes wide and stored in little endian byte order Code is a hexadecimal code
420. public it is to be exported from the current module It is not possible for a symbol to be both 864 argument to size psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s size option must be a positive constant number e g PSECT text class CODE size 200 a negative size DS51865A page 308 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 865 psect flag size redefined Assembler The size flag to the PSECT assembler directive is different from a previous PSECT directive eg psect spdata class RAM size 400 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM size 500 866 argument to reloc psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s reloc option must be a positive constant number e g psect test class CODE reloc 4 the reloc must be positive 867 psect flag reloc redefined Assembler The reloc flag to the PSECT assembler directive is different from a previous PSECT directive eg psect spdata class RAM reloc 4 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM reloc 8 868 argument to delta psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s DELTA option must be a positive constant number e g PSECT text class CODE delta 2 negative delta value doesn t make sense 869 psect flag delta redefined Assembler
421. qualifiers may be present with members static int first 267 bad storage class Code Generator The code generator has encountered a variable definition whose storage class is invalid eg auto int foo auto not permitted with global variables int power static int a parameters may not be static return foo a 268 inconsistent storage class Parser A declaration has conflicting storage classes Only one storage class should appear in a declaration e g extern static int where so is it static or extern 269 inconsistent type Parser Only one basic type may appear in a declaration e g int float if is it int or float 270 variable can t have storage class register Parser Only function parameters or auto variables may be declared using the register qualifier e g register int gi this cannot be qualified register int process register int input this is okay return input gi 271 type can t be long Parser Only int and float can be qualified with long long char lc what 272 type can t be short Parser Only int can be modified with short e g short float sf what 273 type can t be both signed and unsigned Parser The type modifiers signed and unsigned cannot be used together in the same declaration as they have opposite meaning e g signed unsigned int confused which is it 274 type can t b
422. quivalent written in assembly code using the above method If this is required you will need to use the librarian to edit or create a new library file 3 11 2 Signature Checking The compiler automatically produces signatures for all functions A signature is a 16 bit value computed from a combination of the function s return data type the number of its parameters and other information affecting the calling sequence for the function This signature is output in the object code of any function referencing or defining the function At link time the linker will report any mismatch of signatures HI TECH C is only likely to issue a mismatch error from the linker when the routine is either a precompiled object file or an assembly routine Other function mismatches are reported by the code generator It is sometimes necessary to write assembly language routines which are called from C using an extern declaration Such assembly language functions should include a signature which is compatible with the C prototype used to call them The simplest DS51865A page 104 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features method of determining the correct signature for a function is to write a dummy C func tion with the same prototype and check the assembly list file using the ASMLIST option see Section 2 7 17 ASMLIST Generate Assembler List Files For example suppose you have an assembly language routine called _widget which ta
423. r memcpy memchr MKTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt time_t mktime struct tm tmptr Description The mkt ime function converts the local calendar time referenced by the tm structure pointer tmpt r into a time being the number of seconds passed since Jan 1 t 1970 or 1 if the time cannot be represented Example include lt time h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void struct tm birthday birthday tm_year 1955 birthday tm_mon 2 birthday tm_mday 24 birthday tm_hour birthday tm_min birthday tm_sec 0 printf have been alive approximately ld seconds n mktime amp birthday Eh DS51865A page 204 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions See Also ctime asctime Return Value The time contained in the tm structure represented as the number of seconds since the 1970 Epoch or 1 if this time cannot be represented MODF Synopsis include lt math h gt double modf double value double iptr Description The modf function splits the argument value into integral and fractional parts each having the same sign as value For example 3 17 would be split into the integral part 3 and the fractional part 0 17 The integral part is stored as a double in the object pointed to by iptr Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double i_val f_val f_val modf 3 17 amp i_val Re
424. r after scanning object files being compiled See Section 3 9 4 Interaction between Assembly and C Code for how this mechanism works 4 3 9 15 FNCONF The FNCONF directive is used to supply the linker with configuration information for a call graph FNCONF is written as follows FNCONF psect auto args where psect is the psect containing the call graph auto is the prefix on all auto vari able symbol names and args is the prefix on all function argument symbol names This directive normally appears in only one place the runtime startup code used by C com piler generated code For the HI TECH C PRO for PIC10 12 16 MCU Family the startup routine will include the directive FNCONF rbss telling the linker that the call graph is in the ross psect auto variable blocks start with and function argument blocks start with This directive is obsolete and should not be used 4 3 9 16 FNINDIR This directive tells the linker that a function performs an indirect call to another function with a particular signature see the SIGNAT directive The linker must assume worst case that the function could call any other function which has the same signature and has had its address taken see the FNADDR directive For example if a function called fred performs an indirect call to a function with signature 8249 the compiler will produce the directive FNINDIR _fred 8249 This directive is obsolete and should not be used 4 3 9 17
425. r as an aid in psect placement There is no segment assembler directive and segments cannot be controlled in any way This section is heralded by the line that contains the headings SEGMENTS Name Load Length Top Selector Space Class The name of a segment is derived from the psect in the contiguous group with the low est link address This can lead to confusion with the psect with the same name Do not read psect information from this section of the map file Typically this section of the map file can be ignored by the user 5 4 2 5 UNUSED ADDRESS RANGES The last of the memory summaries show the memory is has not been allocated and is hence unused The linker is aware of any memory allocated by the code generator for absolute variables and so this free space is accurate This section follows the heading UNUSED ADDRESS RANGES and is followed by a list of classes and the memory still available in each class If there is more than one memory range available in a class each range is printed on a separate line Any paging boundaries within a class are not displayed but the column Largest block shows the largest contiguous free space which takes into account any paging in the memory range If you are looking to see why psects cannot be placed into memory e g cant find space type errors then this important information to study DS51865A page 146 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Linker Note that t
426. r is not a member of the structure or union type with which it used here e g struct int ar by Gi data if data d oops there is no member d in this structure return 256 too much indirection Parser A pointer declaration may only have 16 levels of indirection 257 only register storage class allowed Parser The only storage class allowed for a function parameter is register e g void process static int input 258 duplicate qualifier Parser There are two occurrences of the same qualifier in this type specification This can occur either directly or through the use of a typedef Remove the redundant qualifier For example typedef volatile int vint oops this results in two volatile qualifiers volatile vint very_vol 259 can t be qualified both far and near Parser It is illegal to qualify a type as both far and near e g far near int spooky oops choose far or near not both 260 undefined enum tag Parser This enum tag has not been defined e g enum WHAT what a definition for WHAT was never seen DS51865A page 254 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 261 struct union member redefined Parser This name of this member of the struct or union has already been used in this st ruct or union GO struct ft int a int b int a oops a different name is required here input 262 struct union redefined Parser
427. racket to specify an output directory for files output by the compiler This selec tion is handled internally by MPLAB IDE and does not use a driver option how ever it is functionally equivalent to the OUTDIR driver option see Section 2 7 43 OUTDIR Specify a directory for output files 2 Include Search path This selection uses the buttons and fields grouped in the bracket to specify include header file search directories See Section 2 7 5 I Include Search Path DS51865A page 46 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 2 8 2 Compiler Tab The options in this dialog control the aspects of compilation up to code generation See Figure 2 6 in conjunction with the following command line option equivalents 1 Define macros The buttons and fields grouped in the bracket can be used to define preprocessor macros See Section 2 7 2 D Define Macro 2 Undefine macros The buttons and fields grouped in the bracket can be used to undefine preprocessor macros See Section 2 7 14 U Undefine a Macro 3 Preprocess assembly This checkbox controls whether assembly source files are scanned by the preprocessor See Section 2 7 11 P Preprocess Assembly Files FIGURE 2 6 THE COMPILER TAB Build Options For Project demo mcp 2 x Directories Custom Build Trace Driver Compiler Linker Global Define macros Undefine macros OO IV Prep
428. range n Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf f n atan 1 5 See Also sin cos tan asin acos atan2 Return Value The arc tangent of its argument DS51865A page 174 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions ATAN2 ATOF Synopsis include lt math h gt double atan2 double x double x Description This function returns the arc tangent of y x Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf f n atan2 10 0 10 0 See Also sin cos tan asin acos atan Return Value The arc tangent of y x Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt double atof const char s Description The atof function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks It then converts an ASCII representation of a number to a double The number may be in decimal normal floating point or scientific notation Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 double i gets buf i atof buf printf s converted to f n buf i 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 175 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide See Also atoi atol strtod Return Value A double precision floating point number If no number is found in the string 0 0 will be returned ATOI Synopsis incl
429. rary file as Or asm Assembler source file obj Relocatable object code file lib Relocatable object library file HEX Intel HEX file This means for example that a C source file must have a c extension Assembler files can use either as or asm extensions The terms source file and module are often used when talking about computer programs They are often used interchangeably but they refer to the source code at different points in the compilation sequence A source file is a file that contains all or part of a program Source files are initially passed to the preprocessor by the driver A module is the output of the preprocessor for a given source file after inclusion of any header files or other source files which are specified by include preprocessor directives These modules are then passed to the remainder of the compiler applications Thus a module may consist of several source and header files A module is also often referred to as a translation unit These terms can also be applied to assembly files as they too can include other header and source files 2 2 1 Output Files There are many files created by the compiler during the compilation A large number of these are intermediate files and are usually deleted after compilation is complete but several remain and are used for programming the device or for debugging purposes The main output file that will contain the machine code encoding of the original C
430. re the prior definition of preprocessor symbol _XTAL_FREQ This symbol should be defined as the oscillator frequency in Hertz used by the system An error will result if these macros are used without defining oscillator frequency symbol or if the delay period requested is too large See also _delay __EEPROM_ DATA Synopsis include lt htc h gt EEPROM_DATA a b c d e f g h Description This macro is used to store initial values into the device s EEPROM registers at the time of programming The macro must be given blocks of 8 bytes to write each time it is called and can be called repeatedly to store multiple blocks __EEPROM_DATA will begin writing to EEPROM address zero and will auto increment the address written to by 8 each time it is used Example include lt htc h gt EEPROM_DATA 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 EEPROM DATA 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F void main void See also __CONFIG DS51865A page 168 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions __IDLOC __IDLOC7 Synopsis include lt htc h gt ___IDLOC x Description This macro places data into the device s special locations outside of addressable memory reserved for ID This would be useful for storage of serial numbers etc The macro will attempt to write 4 nibbles of data to the 4 locations reserved for ID purposes
431. re as defined in time h The routine localtime takes into account the contents of the global integer time_zone This should contain the number of minutes that the local time zone is west ward of Greenwich On systems where it is not possible to predetermine this value localtime will return the same result as gmt ime Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt char wday mn un mn un mu mn mu 1 void main void time_t clock struct tm Cp time amp clock tp localtime amp clock printf is s n wday tp gt tm_wday See Also ctime asctime time Return Value Returns a structure of type tm Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail Eh DS51865A page 198 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions LOG LOG10 Synopsis include lt math h gt double log double f double log10 double f Description The 10g function returns the natural logarithm of The function 10g10 returns the logarithm to base 10 of f Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f for f 1 0 f lt 10 0 f 1 0 printf 1 0f f n f log f See Also exp pow Return Value Zero if the argument is negative LONGJMP Synopsis include lt setjmp h gt void longjmp jmp_buf buf int va
432. re this symbol using the GLOBAL assembler directive and then use it GLOBAL _input _raster PSECT text local class CODE delta 2 _raster MOVE _input w 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 95 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide The compiler knows of the mapping between the C symbol input and the corre sponding assembly symbol input see Section 3 9 3 1 Equivalent Assembly Symbols In this instance the C variable input will not be removed and be treated as if it was qualified volatile 3 9 4 3 ASSEMBLY STACK USAGE Assembly routines can define their own local storage by using the FNSIZE directive Assembly locals are the equivalent of C auto and parameter variables The code generator keeps track of the size of the compiled stack To ensure that any contribution to this stack size from assembly code is taken into consideration the FNSIZE directives in assembly code are also scanned and information relating to these passed to the code generator The FNCALL directives are also processed so that the call graph is accurate This enables the auto parameter blocks of assembly routines to be overlapped with those of other functions when possible As an example consider the case when an assembly routine requires 2 local memory locations for storage but no arguments The definition for the function looks like GLOBAL _read FNSIZE _read 2 0 PSECT text class CODE delta 2 _read MO
433. receding line In this fashion HLINK commands of almost unlimited length may be issued For example a link command file called x 1nk and containing the following text Z OX OBJ MX MAP Ptext 0 data 0 bss nvram bss X OBJ Y OBJ Z OBJ may be passed to the linker by one of the following hlink x 1nk hlink lt x 1ink Several linker options require memory addresses or sizes to be specified The syntax for all these is similar By default the number will be interpreted as a decimal value To force interpretation as a HEX number a trailing H or h should be added e g 765FH will be treated as a HEX number 5 2 1 Aclass low high Normally psects are linked according to the information given to a P option see Section 5 2 18 Pspec but sometimes it is desirable to have a class of psects linked into more than one non contiguous address range This option allows a number of address ranges to be specified as a class For example ACODE 1020h 7FFEh 8000h BFFEh specifies that psects in the class CODE are to be linked into the given address ranges unless they are specifically linked otherwise DS51865A page 136 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Linker Where there are a number of identical contiguous address ranges they may be specified with a repeat count following an x character For example ACODE 0 0FFFFhx16 specifies that there are 16 contiguous ranges each 64k bytes in size st
434. red Parser The data types of the parameters passed to this function do not match its prototype 988 number of arguments redeclared Parser The number of arguments in this function declaration does not agree with a previous declaration of the same function 989 module has code below file base of h Linker This module has code below the address given but the c option has been used to specify that a binary output file is to be created that is mapped to this address This would mean code from this module would have to be placed before the beginning of the file Check for missing psect directives in assembler files 990 modulus by zero in if zero result assumed Preprocessor A modulus operation in a if expression has a zero divisor The result has been assumed to be zero e g define ZERO 0 if FOOSZERO this will have an assumed result of 0 define INTERESTING endif 991 integer expression required Parser In an enum declaration values may be assigned to the members but the expression must evaluate to a constant of type int e g enum one 1 two about_three 3 12 no non int values allowed 992 can t find op Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 993 some command line options are disabled Driver The compiler is operating in demo mode Some command line options are disabled 994 some command li
435. ress in your startup module by using the END directive 529 usage objtohex Ssymfile object file HEX file Objtohex Improper usage of the command line tool ob jt ohex If you are invoking objtohex directly then please refer to Section 6 3 Objtohex for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 593 can t find 0x words 0x withtotal for psect in segment Linker See message 491 594 undefined symbol Linker The symbol following is undefined at link time This could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module DS51865A page 286 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 595 undefined symbols Linker A list of symbols follows that were undefined at link time These errors could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 596 segment overlaps segment Linker The named segments have overlapping code or data Check the addresses being assigned by the P linker option 599 No psect classes given for COFF write Cromwell Cromwell requires that the program memory psect classes be specified to produce a COFF file Ensure that you are using the N option as per Section 6 5 2 N 600 No chip arch given for COFF write Cromwell Cromwell requires that the chip architecture be specified to produce a COFF file Ensure that you are
436. rgument to Q Linker The linker option requires the machine type for an argument 392 missing argument to U Linker The u undefine option needs an argument 393 missing argument to W Linker The w option listing width needs a numeric argument 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 271 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 394 duplicate D or H option Linker The symbol file name has been specified to the linker for a second time This should not occur if you are using a compiler driver If invoking the linker manually ensure that only one instance of either of these options is present on the command line 395 missing argument to J Linker The maximum number of errors before aborting must be specified following the j linker option 397 usage hlink options files obj files lib Linker Improper usage of the command line linker If you are invoking the linker directly then please refer to Section Section 5 2 Operation for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 398 output file can t be also an input file Linker The linker has detected an attempt to write its output file over one of its input files This cannot be done because it needs to simultaneously read and write input and output files 400 bad object code format Linker This is an internal compiler error The
437. riggered by intermediate values overflowing For example unsigned int i assume ints are 16 bits wide i 240 137 this should be okay right A quick check with your calculator reveals that 240 137 is 32880 which can easily be stored in an unsigned int but a warning is produced Why Because 240 and 137 and both signed int values Therefore the result of the multiplication must also be asigned int value buta signed int cannot hold the value 32880 Both operands are constant values so the code generator can evaluate this expression at compile time but it must do so following all the ANSI C rules The following code forces the multiplication to be performed with an unsigned result i 240u 137 force at least one operand to be unsigned 752 conversion to shorter data type Code Generator Truncation may occur in this expression as the Ivalue is of shorter type than the rvalue e g char a ant pp a b c int to char conversion may result in truncation 753 undefined shift bits Code Generator An attempt has been made to shift a value by a number of bits equal to or greater than the number of bits in the data type This will produce an undefined result on many pro cessors This is non portable code and is flagged as having undefined results by the C Standard e g int input input lt lt 33 oops that shifts th ntire value out DS51865A page 298 2009 Microchip Techno
438. rintable character in a if expression that has no business being there Valid characters are the letters digits and those comprising the acceptable operators e g if S YYY what is this control characters doing here int m endif 126 strings can t be used in if Preprocessor The preprocessor does not allow the use of strings in i expressions e g no string operations allowed by the preprocessor if MESSAGE gt hello define DEBUG endif 127 bad syntax for defined in el if Preprocessor The defined pseudo function in a preprocessor expression requires its argument to be a single name The name must start with a letter and should be enclosed in parentheses e g oops defined expects a name not an expression if defined a amp b input read endif 128 illegal operator in if Preprocessor A if expression has an illegal operator Check for correct syntax e g if FOO 6 oops should that be if FOO 5 129 unexpected in if Preprocessor The backslash is incorrect in the i statement e g if FOO 34 define BIG endif 130 unknown type in el if sizeof Preprocessor An unknown type was used in a preprocessor sizeof The preprocessor can only evaluate sizeof with basic types or pointers to basic types e g if sizeof unt 2 should be if sizeof int 2 i OxFFFF endif 2009 Microchip
439. rmat specifier has an illegal character 971 type modifiers not valid with this format Parser Type modifiers may not be used with this format 972 only modifiers h and I valid with this format Parser Only modifiers h short and 1 long are legal with this print format specifier 973 only modifier I valid with this format Parser The only modifier that is legal with this format is 1 for long 974 type modifier already specified Parser This type modifier has already be specified in this type 975 invalid format specifier or type modifier Parser The format specifier or modifier in the printf style string is illegal for this particular format 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 315 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 976 field width not valid at this point Parser A field width may not appear at this point in a printf type format specifier 978 this identifier is already an enum tag Parser This identifier following a struct or union keyword is already the tag for an enumerated type and thus should only follow the keyword enum e g enum IN ONE 1 TWO struct IN oops IN is already defined int a b 979 this identifier is already a struct tag Parser This identifier following a union or enum keyword is already the tag for a structure and thus should only follow the keyword struct e g struct IN int a b enum IN ONE 1 TW
440. rning const char ccp two two in ROM correct Defining and initializing a non const array i e not a pointer definition with a string for example char ca two two different to the above is a special case and produces an array in data space which is initialized at startup with the string two copied from program space whereas a string constant used in other contexts represents an unnamed const qualified array accessed directly in program space HI TECH C will use the same storage location and label for strings that have identical character sequences except where the strings are used to initialize an array residing in the data space as shown in the last statement in the previous example For example in the code snippet if strncmp scp hello 6 0 fred 0 if strcmp scp world 0 fred if strcmp scp hello world 0 Credit 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 59 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide the characters in the string world and the last 6 characters of the string hello world the last character is the nul terminator character would be represented by the same RETLW instructions stored at the same memory locations The string hello would not overlap with the same characters in the string hello world as they differ in terms of the placement of the nul character Two adjacent string constants i e two strings separated only by white space
441. rocess assembler Identifier length 31 Optimization ae Messages IV Global M Verbose 2 Q OO V Assembler T Speed Warning level fo Debug OO Operation mode PRO d X Address qualifiers BankO Banki l Bank2 TI Bank3 MV Eeprom 4 Optimization settings These controls are used to adjust the different optimiza tions the compiler employs See Section 2 7 42 OPT Invoke Compiler Opti mizations 5 Identifier length This selector controls the maximum identifier length in C source See Section 2 7 9 N Identifier Length 6 Verbose This checkbox controls whether the full command lines for the compiler applications are displayed when building See Section 2 7 15 V Verbose Compile 7 Warning level This selector allows the warning level print threshold to be set See Section 2 7 59 WARN Set Warning Level 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 47 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 8 Operation Mode This selector allows the user to force another available operat ing mode e g Lite Standard or PRO other then the default See Section 2 7 36 MODE Choose Compiler Operating Mode 9 Address Qualifier This selector allows the user to select the behavior of the address qualifier See Section 2 7 18 ADDRQUAL Set Compiler Response to Memory Qualifiers 2 8 3 Linker Tab The options in this dialog control the link step of compilation See Figure 2
442. ronment The runtime environment encapsulates any code that is present at runtime which has not been defined by the user instead supplied by the compiler typically as library code or compiler generated source files RUNTIME Specify Runtime Environment All required runtime features are enabled by default and this option is not required for normal compilation The usable suboptions include those shown in Table 2 14 TABLE 2 14 RUNTIME ENVIRONMENT SUBOPTIONS Suboption Controls On implies init The code present in the main pro The ROM image is copied into RAM gram module that copies the and initialized variables will contain ROM image of initial values to RAM their initial value at main variables clib The inclusion of library files into the Library files are linked into the output code by the linker output clear The code present in the main pro Uninitialized variables are cleared gram module that clears uninitialized and will contain 0 at main variables download Conditioning of the Intel HEX file for Data records in the Intel HEX file are use with bootloaders padded out to 16 byte lengths and will align on 16 byte boundaries Startup code will not assume reset values in certain registers osccal Initialize the oscillator with the Oscillator will be calibrated oscillator constant oscval value Set the internal clock oscillator calibration value Oscillator will be calibrated with
443. rue or false e g unsigned char c if c gt 0 will always be true because an unsigned value can never be less than zero 766 degenerate signed comparison Code Generator There is a comparison of a signed value with the most negative value possible for this type such that the comparison will always be true or false e g char c if c gt 128 will always be true because an 8 bit signed char has a maximum negative value of 128 767 constant truncated to bitfield width Code Generator A constant value is too large for a bitfield structure member on which it is operating e g struct INPUT unsigned a 3 unsigned b 5 input_grp input_grp a 0x13 13h to large for 3 bit wide object 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 301 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 768 constant relational expression Code Generator There is a relational expression that will always be true or false This may be because e g you are comparing an unsigned number with a negative value or comparing a variable with a value greater than the largest number it can represent e g unsigned int a if a 10 if a is unsigned how can it be 10 b 9 769 no space for macro definition Assembler The assembler has run out of memory 772 include files nested too deep Assembler Macro expansions and include file handling have filled up the assembler s internal stack The maxim
444. ry locations Hexmate Checksum range had gaps in data content The runtime calculated checksum is likely to differ from the compile time checksum due to gaps unused byes within the address range that the checksum is calculated over Filling unused locations with a known value will correct this 964 unpaired nibble in FILL value will be truncated Hexmate The hexadecimal code given to the FILL option contained an incomplete byte The incomplete byte nibble will be disregarded 965 STRPACK option not yet implemented option will be ignored Hexmate This option currently is not available and will be ignored 966 no END record for HEX file Hexmate Intel HEX file did not contain a record of type END The HEX file may be incomplete 967 unused function definition from line Parser The indicated st atic function was never called in the module being compiled Being static the function cannot be called from other modules so this warning implies the function is never used Either the function is redundant or the code that was meant to call it was excluded from compilation or misspelled the name of the function 968 unterminated string Assembler A string constant appears not to have a closing quote missing 969 end of string in format specifier Parser The format specifier for the printf style function is malformed 970 character not valid at this point in format specifier Parser The printf style fo
445. s Elo TEE 65 ue EE 231 V VA arg UNCON ET 232 va end FUNCTION eeren 232 Va Start UNCON se lt casccssacssenteaancnecdsedeeeedcateessandesteass 232 variables absolute skruna ei ee 77 accessing from assembler c cceeeeeee 93 AUTO iit A A SRN el AS 72 DESEN 122 initialization enano eee enon a 17 JOG Al WEE 72 placing at specific addresses AAA 100 EE 58 Si sank at PA ee ee Re 73 unique length Of eeeecesesceeeeeeeceeeseeeeeeeneeteses 31 Verbose OULDUT risiini 32 Version NUMPES 45 volatile qualifier ccececesceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 65 113 vprintf FUNCTION eee eeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeenneeteeneeeeenaeees 206 VS PrN FUNCTION iris ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenneetesneereneees 214 vsscant TUNCHION senises nnen n hret 216 WwW warming level eege Eed n aa 24 SEWING BEE 141 warning Messages ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeteeeee 21 22 235 disabling ae Mane ditt 38 103 IANA EE 45 level displayed AAA 45 SUPPIOSSING ioiii ke ieseni ikari iatera oaj 141 threshold eye 45 With PSECT fl gecenccniii e 121 Vd te CTIE 121 word alignment E EE 121 word boundartes 121 X XREF control 131 153 Ate BU Tee ME 233 XXX IEX SOCio tie A N 85 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 343 MICROCHIP WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE AMERICAS Corporate Office 2355 West Chandler Blvd Chandler AZ 85224 6199 Tel 480 792 7200 Fax 480 792 7277 Technical Support http support microchip com Web
446. s address range are not used by the C code The linker handles all of the allocation into program memory and so only the psects located in data memory need be defined in this way 3 9 4 2 UNDEFINED SYMBOLS If a variable needs to be accessible from both assembly and C source code it can be defined in assembly code if required but it is easier to do so in C source code A problem could occur if there is a variable defined in C source but is only ever refer enced in the assembly code In this case the code generator would remove the vari able believing it is unused The linker would be unable to resolve the symbol referenced by the assembly code and an error will result To work around this issue HI TECH C also searches assembly derived object files for symbols which are undefined These will be symbols that are used but not defined in assembly code The code generator is informed of these symbols and if they are encountered in the C code the variable is automatically marked as being volatile This action has the same effect as qualifying the variable volatile in the source code see Section 3 3 10 2 Volatile Type Qualifier Variables qualified as volatile will never be removed by the code generator even if they appear to be unused throughout the program For example if a C program defines a global variable as follows int input but this variable is only ever used in assembly code The assembly module s can simply decla
447. s can be accomplished by using an address construct in a similar fashion to that used with absolute variables Such functions are called absolute functions The following example of an absolute function which will place the function at address 400h int mach_status int mode 0x400 function body If you check the assembly list file you will see the function label and the first assembly instruction associated with the function located at 0x400 If this construct is used with interrupt functions it will only affect the position of the code associated with the interrupt function body The interrupt context switch code that pre cedes the function code will not be relocated as it must be linked to the interrupt vector See also Section2 7 22 CODEOFFSET Offset Program Code to Address for information on how to move reset and interrupt vector locations which may be useful for designing applications such as bootloaders Functions can also be placed at specific positions by using the psect pragma see Section 3 10 3 6 The pragma psect Directive The decision whether functions should be positioned this way or using absolute functions should be based on the loca tion requirements Using absolute functions is the easiest method but only allows placement at an address which must be known prior to compilation The psect pragma is more com plex but offers all the flexibility of the linker to position the new psect into mem
448. s for main are placed in the common memory but others are placed in bank 0 data RAM The Used column indicates how many bytes of memory are used by each section of the compiled stack and the Space column indicates in which space that has been placed The Base value indicates the offset that block has in the respective section of the compiled stack For example the figure tells us main has 6 bytes of memory allo cated at an offset of 4 in the compiled stack section that lives in common memory It also has 4 bytes of memory allocated in bank 0 memory at an offset of 16 in the bank 0 compiled stack component Below the information for main outside the orange box you will see the same infor mation repeated for the functions that main called viz rv rvx and rvy Indentation is used to indicate the maximum depth that function reaches in the call graph The arrows in the figure highlight this indentation After each tree in the call graph there is an indication of the maximum call stack depth that might be realized by that tree This may be used as a guide to the stack usage of the program No definitive value can be given for the program s total stack usage for several reasons Certain parts of the call tree may never be reached reducing that tree s stack usage The contribution of interrupt or other trees to the main tree cannot be deter mined as the point in main s call tree at which the interrupt or other f
449. s in the range from 100h to 103h for allocation of RAM objects This option will adjust the memory ranges used by linker classes see Section 5 2 1 Aclass low high and hence any object which is in a psect placed in this class Any objects which are contained in a psect that is explicitly placed at a memory address by the linker see Section 5 2 18 Pspec i e are not placed into a memory class are not affected by the option See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 7 49 ROM Adjust ROM Ranges This option is used to change the default ROM which is specified for the target device The default memory will include all the on chip ROM specified for the target P1IC10 12 16 device thus this option only need be used if there are special memory requirements Typically this option is used to reserve memory reduce the amount of memory available Specifying additional memory that is not in the target device will typ ically result in a successful compilation but may lead to code failures at runtime The default ROM memory for each target device is specified in the chipinfo file PICC INI Strictly speaking this option specifies the areas of memory that may be used by read only ROM based objects and not necessarily those areas of memory which contain physical ROM When producing code that may be downloaded into a system via a bootloader the destination memory may i
450. s the number of bits taken up by the mantissa to give 0 302447676659 Add 1 to this fraction The floating point number is then given by 19x214 4 302447676659 which becomes 1x2 126764793256e 37x1 302447676659 which is approximately equal to 2 77000 37 Variables may be declared using the float and double keywords respectively to hold values of these types Floating point types are always signed and the unsigned keyword is illegal when specifying a floating point type Types declared as long dou ble will use the same format as types declared as double 3 3 9 Structures and Unions HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs supports struct and union types Structures and unions only differ in the memory offset applied for each member These types will be at least 1 byte long On baseline and mid range devices structures and unions must be of a size that allows them to fit within a bank of data memory Enhanced mid range devices allow for larger objects to be defined See Section 3 3 1 Object Size The members of structures and unions may not be objects of type bit but bit fields are fully supported Structures and unions may be passed freely as function arguments and function return values Pointers to structures and unions are fully supported 3 3 9 1 BIT FIELDS IN STRUCTURES HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs fully supports bit fields in structures Bit fields are always allocated within 8 bit words even th
451. s to 6 If the precision is zero the decimal point will be omitted unless the alternate format is specified e Print the corresponding argument in scientific notation Otherwise similar to g Use e or f format whichever gives maximum precision in minimum width Any trailing zeros after the decimal point will be removed and if no digits remain after the decimal point it will also be removed ox Xud Integer conversion in radices 8 16 16 10 and 10 respectively The conver sion is signed in the case of a unsigned otherwise The precision value is the total number of digits to print and may be used to force leading zeroes E g 8 4x will print at least 4 HEX digits in an 8 wide field Preceding the key letter with an 1 indicates that the value argument is a long integer The letter x prints out hexadecimal numbers using the upper case letters A F rather than a f as would be printed when using x When the alternate format is specified a leading zero will be supplied for the octal format and a leading Ox or OX for the HEX format s Print a string the value argument is assumed to be a character pointer At most n characters from the string will be printed in a field m characters wide c The argument is assumed to be a single character and is printed literally Any other characters used as conversion specifications will be printed Thus will produce a single percent sign The vprintf function is similar to printf but takes a
452. s type qualifier may not be used on variables of class auto however statically defined local variables may be qualified persistent For example you should write void test void static persistent int intvar must be static Aa eS If the PICC option STRICT is used this type qualifier is changed to __ persistent 3 3 11 2 NEAR TYPE QUALIFIER The near type qualifier can be used to place static variables in the common memory of the PIC MCU if such memory is supported by the selected device Some of the PIC MCU architectures implement data memory which can be always accessed regardless of the currently selected bank This common memory can be used to reduce code size and execution times as the bank selection instructions that are normally required to access data in banked memory are not required when access ing the common memory There is very small amounts of this memory if it is present at all often only a few bytes The compiler automatically uses the common memory for frequently accessed user defined variables so this qualifier would only be needed for special memory place ment of objects for example if C variables are accessed in hand written assembly code that assumes that they are located in this memory DS51865A page 66 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features This qualifier is controlled by the compiler option ADDRQUAL which determines its effect see Section 2 7 18 ADDRQUAL Set C
453. savigas eaea ra an 86 101 midrange PLOCESSOMS eeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 86 MOVING EE 34 interrupt qualifier oo eee eee eeseeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 86 interrupt_level pragma drechen 99 interrupts disabling VE 87 GMADIING ET 87 Service FOUTINGS eeceeceeeceeeeseceeseeeetenererenenentes 86 SOUICES en er Cesbeeh efe gece gek guesE 86 CT 34 ei elle EEN 127 IRPC directive AAA 127 IS l MUM Tee EE 194 isalpha fUNCHHION ws eis ened NEES ceed 194 isatty TUNCHON EE 195 isdigit Jupcon ccna dns 194 islower FUNCTION 0 eee eeeeeeeeneeeeeneeetenaeeeteneeeeeaeeeraes 194 eh ene eye tl eid li 195 J Japanese character Nandling cesses 100 JIS character handling ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 100 jis pragma directive eee eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeteeeees 100 Iuleg Cie 85 K keyword AUTO egene esst 72 BankO sc sexi ei ght ebis alae dee ieee ed 67 Dak hci E esi aktadteneats E E 67 Danke a 2c herent eile bane 67 banks ieee een ee Ee EE 67 0710 E ars dec E E ileal atin OEE 33 interr e 86 AET EE Eege ee 66 persistent iene ere asn 18 66 keywords disabling non ANSI C ssseeeeeeeeseeeereeereenen 44 L L constant SUPFIX AA 59 sO Tilia 3 sir EN 139 label Teld t j 6 Sa ae edt 112 labels assembly sin adele 115 Elle WE 196 language support 22 ldexp TUNGCUON eonia eao aeiae ae aaea eaaa 196 div FUNCTION a EE E E E E 197 length of identifiers cesesceceseeeeeseeteneeeeeeesertes 31
454. se steps A mapping is performed on the names of all C functions and non st atic global variables See Section 3 9 3 1 Equivalent Assembly Symbols for a complete description of mappings between C and assembly identifiers An assembly routine is required which can add two 16 bit values together The routine must be callable from C code Both the values are passed in as arguments when the routine is called from the C code The assembly routine should return the result of the addition as a 16 bit quantity Most compiler generated executable code is placed in psects called text n where nis a number See Section 3 7 1 Compiler generated Psects We will create our own text psect based on the psect the compiler uses Check the assembly list file to see how the text psects normally appear You may see a psect such as the following generated by the code generator PSECT text0 local class CODE delta 2 See Section 4 3 9 3 PSECT for detailed information on the flags used with the PSECT assembler directive This psect is called texto It is flagged local which means that it is distinct from other psects with the same name It lives in the CODE class This option is important as it means it will be automatically placed in the area of memory set aside for code With this flag in place you do not need to adjust the default linker options to have the psect correctly placed in memory The last option the delta value is also very impor
455. sed to ORBJTOHEX has relocation items in it This may indicate it is the wrong object file or that the linker or OBJTOHEX have been given invalid options The object output files from the assembler are relocatable not absolute The object file output of the linker is absolute 420 too many relocation items Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 273 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 421 too many segments Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 422 no end record Linker This object file has no end record This probably means it is not an object file Contact HI TECH Support if the object file was generated by the compiler 423 illegal record type Linker There is an error in an object file This is either an invalid object file or an internal error in the linker Contact HI TECH Support with details if the object file was created by the compiler 424 record too long Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 425 incomplete record Objtohex Libr The object file passed to OBJTOHEX or the librarian is corrupted Contact HI TECH Support with details 427 syntax error in checksum list Objtohex There is a syntax error in a checksum list read by OBJTOHEX The
456. sed to display details about the named input file in a human readable format This option is useful if you need to check the contents of the file which are usually binary files The input file can be one of the file types as shown in Table 6 5 6 5 4 C This option will attempt to identify if the specified input files are one of the formats as shown in Table 6 5 If the file is recognized a confirmation of its type will be displayed 6 5 5 F When generating a COD file this option can be used to force all local symbols to be represented as global symbols The may be useful where an emulator cannot read local symbol information from the COD file 6 5 6 Okey This option specifies the format of the output file The key can be any of the types listed in Table 6 5 6 5 7 Ikey This option can be used to specify the default input file format The key can be any of the types listed in Table 6 5 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 157 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 6 5 8 L Use this option to show what file format types are supported A list similar to that given in Table 6 5 will be shown 6 5 9 E Use this option to tell CROMWELL to ignore any filename extensions that were given The default extension will be used instead 6 5 10 B In formats that support different endian types use this option to specify big endian byte ordering 6 5 11 M When generating COD files this option wi
457. sembler code using the psect limit flag see Section 4 3 9 3 6 Limit If the bound boundary argument is used the class of psects will start on a multiple of the bound address This example below places the FARCODE class of psects at a multiple of 1000h but with an upper address limit of 6000h SFARCODE 6000h 1000h 5 2 22 Usymbol This option will enter the specified symbol into the linker s symbol table as an undefined symbol This is useful for linking entirely from libraries or for linking a module from a library where the ordering has been arranged so that by default a later module will be linked 5 2 23 Vavmap To produce an Avocet format symbol file the linker needs to be given a map file to allow it to map psect names to Avocet memory identifiers The avmap file will normally be supplied with the compiler or created automatically by the compiler driver as required 5 2 24 Wnum The w option can be used to set the warning level in the range 9 to 9 or the width of the map file for values of num gt 10 W9 will suppress all warning messages w0 is the default Setting the warning level to 9 w 9 will give the most comprehensive warning messages 5 2 25 X Local symbols can be suppressed from a symbol file with this option Global symbols will always appear in the symbol file 5 2 26 Z Some local symbols are compiler generated and not of interest in debugging This option will suppress fr
458. sing the declaration extern unsigned char __resetbits The assembly equates powerdown and timeout represent the bit address of the powerdown and timeout bits within the STATUS register and can be used if required These can be accessed from C code using the declarations extern bit __powerdown extern bit _ timeout See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE DS51865A page 18 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 2 4 3 The Powerup Routine Some hardware configurations require special initialization often within the first few instruction cycles after reset To achieve this there is a hook to the reset vector provided via the powerup routine This routine can be supplied in a user defined assembler module that will be executed immediately after reset An template powerup routine is provided in the file pow erup as which is located in the sources directory of your compiler distribution Refer to comments in this file for more details The file should be copied to your working directory modified and included into your project as a source file No special linker options or other code is required The compiler will detect if you have defined a powerup routine and will automatically use it provided the code in this routine is contained in a psect called powerup For correct operation when using the default compiler generated runtime startup code th
459. specified on the command line 622 too many type entries Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 623 bad class in type hashing Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 624 bad class in type compare Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details DS51865A page 288 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 625 too many files in COFF file Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 626 string lookup failed in COFF get_string Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 627 missing in SDB file line column Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 629 bad storage class in SDB file line column Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 630 invalid syntax for prefix list in SDB file Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 631 syntax error at token in SDB file line column Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 632 can t han
460. ss commonly used and is of no concern when compiling for PIC devices The Space field is important as it indicates the memory space in which the psect was placed For Harvard architecture machines with separate memory spaces such as the P1IC10 12 16 devices this field must be used in conjunction with the address to specify an exact storage location A space of 0 indicates the program memory and a space of 1 indicates the data memory See Section 4 3 9 3 12 Space The Scale of a psect indicates the number of address units per byte This is left blank if the scale is 1 and will show 8 for psects that hold bit objects The load address of psects that hold bits is used to display the link address converted into units of bytes rather than the load address See Section 4 3 9 3 2 Bit For example the following appears in a map file Name Link Load Length Selector Space Scale ext obj text 3A 3A 22 30 0 bss 4B 4B 10 4B 1 rbit 50 A 2 0 1 8 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 145 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide This indicates that one of the files that the linker processed was called ext obj This may have been derived from C code or a source file called ext as This object file contained a text psect as well as psects called bss and rbit The psect text was linked at address 3A and bss at address 4B At first glance this seems to be a problem given that text is 22 words long however note that
461. ss where this data is destined must be specified Example include lt htc h gt const unsigned char ROMSTRING void main void const unsigned char ptr amp ROMSTRING 0 flash_copy ptr 5 Ox70 See Also m EEPROM_READ EEPROM_WRITE FLASH_READ FLASH_WRITE Note This function is only applicable to those devices which use internal buffer registers when writing to Flash Ensure that the function does not attempt to overwrite the section of program memory from which itis currently executing and extreme caution must be exercised if modifying code at the device s reset or interrupt vectors A reset or interrupt must not be triggered while this sector is in erasure FLASH_ERASE FLASH_READ Synopsis include lt htc h gt void flash_erase unsigned short addr unsigned int flash_read unsigned short addr Description These functions allow access to the Flash memory of the microcontroller if supported Reading from the Flash memory can be done one word at a time with use of the flash_read function flash_read returns the data value found at the specified word address in Flash memory Entire sectors of 32 words can be restored to an unprogrammed state value FF with use of the flash_erase function Specifying an address to the flash_erase function will erase all 32 words in the sector that contains the given address FREE EE ST DS51
462. ssembly code output by the compiler The file pro duced by this option differs to that produced by the ASMLIST option see Section 2 7 17 ASMLIST Generate Assembler List Files in that it does not contain op codes or addresses and it may be used as a source file in subsequent com pilations The assembly list file is more human readable but is not a valid assembly source file 2 7 14 U Undefine a Macro The uU option the inverse of the D option is used to undefine predefined macros This option takes the form Umacro where macro is the name of the macro to be undefined The option Udraft for example is equivalent to undef draft placed at the top of each module compiled using this option See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 7 15 V Verbose Compile The v option specifies verbose compilation When used the compiler will display the command lines used to invoke each of the compiler applications described in Section 2 3 The Compilation Sequence Displayed will be the name of the compiler application being executed plus all the com mand line arguments to this application This option is useful for confirming options and files names passed to the compiler applications If this option is used twice v vV it will display the full path to each compiler applica tion as well as the full command line arguments This would be useful to ensure tha
463. st file is in a human readable form and cannot take any further part in the compi lation sequence It differs from an assembly output file in that it contains address and op code data In addition the assembler optimizer simplifies some expressions and removes some assembler directives from the listing file for clarity although these direc tives are included in the true assembly output files If you are using the assembly list file to look at the code produced by the compiler you may wish to turn off the assembler optimizer so that all the compiler generated directives are shown in this file Re enable the optimizer when continuing development Section 2 7 42 OPT Invoke Compiler Optimizations gives more information on controlling the optimizers Provided the link stage has successfully concluded the listing file will be updated by the linker so that it contains absolute addresses and symbol values Thus you may use the assembler list file to determine the position of and exact op codes of instructions There is one assembly list file produce by the assembler for each assembly file passed to it and so there will be one file produced for all the C source code in a project includ ing p code based library code This file will also contains some of the C initialization 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 131 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide that forms part of the runtime startup code There will also be one fi
464. t in catastrophic failure However it is permissible to skip a non critical application such as CLIST or HEXMATE if the final results are not reliant on their function 2 7 54 SHROUD Obfuscate p code Files This options should be used in situations where either p code files or p code libraries are to be distributed and are built from confidential source code C comments which are normally included into these files as well as line numbers and variable names will be removed or obfuscated so that the original source code cannot be reconstructed from distributed files 2 7 55 STRICT Strict ANSI Conformance The STRICT option is used to enable strict ANSI C conformance of all special non standard keywords HI TECH C supports various special keywords for example the persistent type qualifier If the STRICT option is used these keywords are changed to include two underscore characters at the beginning of the keyword e g __ persistent so as to strictly conform to the ANSI standard Thus if you use this option you will need to use the qualifier _ persistent in your code not persistent Be warned that use of this option may cause problems with some standard header files e g lt htc h gt as they contain special keywords 2 7 56 SUMMARY Select Memory Summary Output Type Use this option to select the type of memory summary that is displayed after compila tion By default or if the mem suboption is selected a me
465. t the correct compiler installation is being executed if there is more than one compiler installed See Section 2 8 MPLAB IDE Universal Toolsuite Equivalents for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 7 16 X Strip Local Symbols The option X strips local symbols from any files compiled assembled or linked Only global symbols will remain in any object files or symbol files produced This option is not normally required for most projects DS51865A page 32 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 2 7 17 ASMLIST Generate Assembler List Files The ASMLIST option tells PICC to generate assembler listing files for the C and assembly source modules being compiled One assembly list file is produced for the entire C program including code from the C library functions In addition one assembly list file is produce for each assembly source file in the project including the runtime startup code see Section 2 4 2 Runtime Startup Code Assembly list files use a 1st extension and due to the additional information placed in these files cannot be used as assembly source files In the case of listings for C source code the list file shows both the original C code and the corresponding assembly code generated by the compiler See Section 4 4 Assembly List Files for full information regarding the content of these files The same information is shown in the list files for assembly source code
466. t an error arising from calls below void set long a int b void main void by here a prototype for set should have seen set 10L 6 362 redundant amp applied to array Parser The address operator amp has been applied to an array Since using the name of an array gives its address anyway this is unnecessary and has been ignored eg int array 5 ant ip array is a constant not a variable the amp is redundant ip amp array 363 redundant amp or applied to function address Parser The address operator amp has been applied to a function Since using the name of a function gives its address anyway this is unnecessary and has been ignored e g extern void foo void void main void void bar void both assignments ar quivalent bar amp foo bar foo the amp is redundant 364 attempt to modify object qualified Parser Objects declared const or code may not be assigned to or modified in any other way by your program The effect of attempting to modify such an object is compiler specific const int out 1234 out is read only out 0 oops writing to a read only object DS51865A page 268 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 365 pointer to non static object returned Parser This function returns a pointer to a non static e g auto variable This is likely to be an error since the storage associated with
467. t and ignore any symbols listed Xprefix Exclude any symbols starting with prefix EDF Specify message file location EMAX Specify maximum number of errors MSGDISABLE Specify disabled messages VER Print version number and stop Each option is described in more detail in the following sections 6 4 1 F prefix It is often desired to exclude from the cross reference listing any symbols defined in a system header file e g lt stdio h gt The F option allows specification of a path name prefix that will be used to exclude any symbols defined in a file whose path name begins with that prefix For example F will exclude any symbols from all files with a path name starting with 6 4 2 Hheading The H option takes a string as an argument which will be used as a header in the list ing The default heading is the name of the first raw cross ref information file specified 6 4 3 L en Specify the length of the paper on which the listing is to be produced e g if the listing is to be printed on 55 line paper you would use a 155 option The default is 66 lines 6 4 4 Oouttfile Allows specification of the output file name By default the listing will be written to the standard output and may be redirected in the usual manner Alternatively out file may be specified as the output file name 6 4 5 Pwidth This option allows the specification of the width to which the listing is to be formatted e g P132 will
468. t be compatible with the target device and options for a particular project Several versions of a library may need to be created to allow it to be used for different projects Libraries can be created manually using the compiler and the librarian LIBR See Section 6 2 Librarian for more information on the librarian and creating library files using this application Alternatively library files can be created directly from the com piler by specifying a library output using the OUTPUT option see Section 2 7 44 OUTPUT type Specify Output File Type User created libraries that should be searched when building a project can be listed on the command line along with the source files As with Standard C library functions any functions contained in user defined libraries should have a declaration added to a header file It is common practise to create one or more header files that are packaged with the library file These header files can then be included into source code when required Library files specified on the command line are scanned first for unresolved symbols so these files may redefined anything that is defined in the C standard libraries See also Section 3 11 1 Replacing Library Modules DS51865A page 16 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver 2 4 2 Runtime Startup Code A C program requires certain objects to be initialized and the processor to be ina particular state before it c
469. t commonly required in programs The argument to ORG must be either an absolute value or a value referencing the cur rent psect In either case the current location counter is set to the value determined by the argument It is not possible to move the location counter backward For example ORG 100h will move the location counter to the beginning of the current psect plus 100h The actual location will not be known until link time In order to use the ORG directive to set the location counter to an absolute value the directive must be used from within an absolute overlaid psect For example PSECT absdata abs ovrld ORG 50h this is guaranteed to reside at address 50h 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 121 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 4 3 9 5 EQU This pseudo op defines a symbol and equates its value to an expression For example thomas EQU 123h The identifier thomas will be given the value 123h EQU is legal only when the symbol has not previously been defined See also Section 4 3 9 6 SET which allows for redefinition of values This directive performs a similar function to the preprocessor s define directive see Section 3 10 1 Preprocessor Directives 4 3 96 SET This pseudo op is equivalent to EQU Section 4 3 9 5 EQU except that allows a symbol to be re defined without error For example thomas SET Oh This directive performs a similar funct
470. t float 32 32 bit float IEEE754 2 7 31 GETOPTION Get Command line Options This option is used to retrieve the command line options which are used for named compiler application The options are then saved into the given file This option is not required for most projects and is disabled in Lite mode The options takes an application name and a filename to store the options for example GETOPTION hlink options txt 2 7 32 HELP Display Help This option displays information on the PICC compiler options The option HELP will display all options available To find out more about a particular option use the option s name as a parameter For example PICC help warn will display more detailed information about the WARN option the available subop tions and which suboptions are enabled by default 2 7 33 DE Specify the IDE being used This option is used to automatically configure the compiler for use by the named Inte grated Development Environment IDE The supported IDEs are shown in Table 2 10 TABLE 2 10 SUPPORTED IDES Suboption IDE hitide HI TECH s HI TIDE mplab Microchip s MPLAB IDE 2 7 34 LANG Specify the Language for Messages This option allows the compiler to be configured to produce error warning and some advisory messages in languages other than English English is the default language unless this has been change at installation or by the
471. t of a pragma is pragma keyword options where keyword is one of a set of keywords some of which are followed by certain options A list of the keywords is given in Table 3 8 Those keywords not discussed elsewhere are detailed below TABLE 3 8 PRAGMA DIRECTIVES Directive Meaning Example inline Specify function is inline pragma inline fabs interrupt_level Allow call from interrupt pragma interrupt_level 1 and main line code jis Enable JIS character pragma jis handling in strings nojis Disable JIS character pragma nojis handling default pack Specify structure packing pragma pack 1 printf_check Enable printf style format pragma string checking printf_check printf const psect Rename compiler gener pragma psect ated psect nvBANKO my_nvram regsused Specify registers used by pragma regsused wreg fsr function switch Specify code generation for pragma switch direct switch statements warning Control messaging pragma warning disable parameters 299 407 3 10 3 1 THE PRAGMA INLINE DIRECTIVE The pragma inline directive is used to indicate to the compiler that a function will be inlined The directive is only able to be used on special functions that the code generator will handle specially e g the _delay function Note Use ofthis pragma with a user defined function does not mean that function will be in lined 3 10 3 2 THE PRAGMA INTERRUPT_LEVEL DIREC
472. tails 137 strange character after Preprocessor A character has been seen after the token catenation operator that is neither a letter nor a digit Since the result of this operator must be a legal token the operands must be tokens containing only letters and digits e g the character will not lead to a valid token define cc a b a b 138 strange character after Preprocessor An unprintable character has been seen after the token catenation operator that is neither a letter nor a digit Since the result of this operator must be a legal token the operands must be tokens containing only letters and digits e g the character will not lead to a valid token define cc a b a rb 139 end of file in comment Preprocessor End of file was encountered inside a comment Check for a missing closing comment flag e g Here the comment begins I m not sure where I end though DS51865A page 240 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 140 can t open file Driver Preprocessor Code Generator Assembler The command file specified could not be opened for reading Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the command line e g picc communds should that be picc commands 141 can t open file Any An output file could not be created Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the command line 144 too many
473. tant This indicates that the memory space in which the psect will be placed is word addressable value of 2 The PIC10 12 16 program memory space is word addressable the data space is byte addressable We simply need to choose a different name so we might choose the name mytext as the psect name in which we will place out routine so we have PSECT mytext local class CODE delta 2 Let s assume we would like to call this routine add in the C domain In assembly domain we must choose the name _add as this then maps to the C identifier add If we had chosen add as the assembly routine then it could never be called from C code The name of the assembly routine is the label that we will place at the beginning of the assembly code the label we would use would look like this _add We need to be able to call this from other modules some make this label globally accessible by using the GLOBAL assembler directive Section 4 3 9 1 GLOBAL GLOBAL _add By compiling a dummy C function with a similar prototype to this assembly routine we can determine the signature value The C equivalent prototype to this routine would look like int add int int Check the assembly list file for the signature value of such a function Signature values are not mandatory but allow for additional type checking to be made by the linker We determine that the following SIGNAT directive Section 4 3 9 28 SIGNAT can be used
474. te or the message issue has not been translated into the selected language 3 malformed error information on line in file all applications The compiler has attempted to load the messages for the selected language but the message description file MDF was corrupted and could not be read correctly 100 unterminated if n def block from line Preprocessor A if or similar block was not terminated with a matching endif e g if INPUT error flagged here void main void run no endif was found in this module 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 235 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 101 may not follow else Preprocessor A else or elif has been used in the same conditional block as a else These can only follow a if e g ifdef FOO result foo else result bar elif defined NEXT the else above terminated the if result next 0 endif 102 must be in an if Preprocessor The elif else or endif directive must be preceded by a matching if line If there is an apparently corresponding i f line check for things like extra tendi f s or improperly terminated comments e g ifdef FOO result foo endif result bar elif defined NEXT the endif above terminated the if result next 0 endif 103 error Preprocessor This is a programmer generated error there is a directive causin
475. ted Psects for the psects used for these objects PET DS51865A page 76 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features 3 4 4 Absolute Variables Any non auto variable can be located at an absolute address by following its declara tion with the construct address where address is the location in data memory where the variable is to be positioned Such a variables is known as an absolute vari able For example volatile unsigned char Portvar 0x06 will declare a variable called Port var located at 06h in the data memory The compiler will reserve storage for this object and will equate the variable s identifier to that address The compiler generated assembler will include a line similar to _Portvar EQU 06h This construct is primarily intended for equating the address of a C identifier with a spe cial function register but can be used to place ordinary variables at an absolute address in the general purpose RAM The compiler and linker do not make any checks for overlap of absolute variables with other absolute variables so this must be considered when choosing addresses if abso lutes are not intended to be overlaid Note Defining absolute objects can fragment memory and may make it impossi ble for the linker to position other objects Avoid absolute objects if at all possible If absolute objects must be defined try to place them at either end of a memory bank or page When compiling for an enhan
476. ted device is an device Enhanced Mid Range PIC devices _COMMON_ If common RAM present To indicate whether device has common RAM area _BANKBITS_ Always Assigned 0 1 or 2 to indicate 1 2 or 4 available banks or RAM _GPRBITS_ Always Assigned 0 1 or 2 to indicate 1 2 or 4 available banks or general purpose RAM __MPLAB_ICD__ If compiling for MPLAB ICD or Assigned 1 to indicate that the MPLAB ICD 2 debugger code is generated for use with the Microchip MPLAB ICD 1 Assigned 2 for MPLAB ICD 2 _ROMSIZE Always To indicate how many words of program memory are available _EEPROMSIZE Always To indicate how many bytes of EEPROM are available _CHIPNAME When chip selected To indicate the specific chip type selected e f _16F877 __FILE__ Always To indicate this source file being preprocessed __LINE__ Always To indicate this source line number DS51865A page 98 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features TABLE 3 7 PREDEFINED MACROS CONTINUED Symbol When set Usage __DATE__ Always To indicate the current date e g May 21 2004 __ TIME Always To indicate the current time e g 08 06 31 Each symbol if defined is equated to 1 unless otherwise stated 3 10 3 Pragma Directives There are certain compile time directives that can be used to modify the behavior of the compiler These are implemented through the use of the ANSI standard pragma facility The forma
477. tered in the source 4 3 10 10 SPACE The SPACE control will place a number of blank lines in the listing output as specified by its parameter 4 3 10 11 SUBTITLE The SUBTITLE control defines a subtitle to appear at the top of every listing page but under the title The string should be enclosed in single or double quotes See also the TITLE control in Section 4 3 10 12 TITLE 4 3 10 12 TITLE This control keyword defines a title to appear at the top of every listing page The string should be enclosed in single or double quotes See also the SUBTITLE control in Section 4 3 10 11 SUBTITLE 4 3 10 13 XREF The XREF control is equivalent to the driver command line option CR see Section 2 7 23 CR Generate Cross Reference Listing It causes the assembler to produce a raw cross reference file The utility CREF should be used to actually generate the formatted cross reference listing 4 4 ASSEMBLY LIST FILES The assembler will produce an assembly list file if instructed The PICC driver option ASMLIST is typically used to request generation of such a file see Section 2 7 17 ASMLIST Generate Assembler List Files The assembly list file shows the assembly output produced by the compiler for both C and assembly source code If the assembler optimizers are enabled the assembly output may be different to assembly source code and so is still useful for assembly programming The li
478. terminates The default number is 10 errors This option is applied if compiling using PICC the command line driver and the ERRORS driver option see Section 2 7 28 ERRORS Maximum Number of Errors See Section 2 6 Compiler Messages for full information about the compiler s messaging system 4 2 19 OPT Specify Optimization Type This option complements the assembler 0 option and indicates specific information about optimizations required The suboptions speed space and debug may be spec ified to indicate preferences related to procedural abstraction Abstraction is enabled when the space option is set disabled when speed is set The debug suboption limits the application of some optimizations which otherwise may severely corrupt debug information used by debuggers 4 2 20 VER Print Version Number This option printed information relating to the version and build of the assembler The assembler will terminate after processing this option even if other options and files are present on the command line HI TECH C ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE The source language accepted by the macro assembler ASPIC is described below All opcode mnemonics and operand syntax are specific to the PIC10 PIC 12 PIC14000 PIC16 and PIC17 devices include the enhanced mid range devices Although the PIC 17 family instruction set is supported at the assembler level the code generator cannot produce code for these devices so no C projec
479. termined for a symbol is too large to fit within the allocated space within the assembler instruction For example if an assembler instruction has an 8 bit field to hold an address and the linker determines that the symbol that has been used to represent this address has the value 0x110 then clearly this value cannot be inserted into the instruction The causes for this can be many but hand written assembler code is always the first suspect Badly written C code can also generate assembler that ultimately generates fixup overflow errors Consider the following error message main obj 8 Fixup overflow in expression loc Ox1FD 0x1FC 1 size 1 value Ox7FC This indicates that the file causing the problem was main obj This would be typically be the output of compiling main c or main as This tells you the file in which you should be looking The next number 8 in this example is the record number in the object file that was causing the problem If you use the DUMP utility to examine the object file you can identify the record however you do not normally need to do this The location Loc of the instruction 0x1FD the size in bytes of the field in the instruction for the value 1 and the value which is the actual value the symbol repre sents is typically the only information needed to track down the cause of this error Note that a size which is not a multiple of 8 bits will be rounded up to the nearest byte size i e a 7 bit space
480. tf 3 0f f n i sin i C printf 3 0f f n i cos i C See Also cos tan asin acos atan atan2 Return Value Sine vale of f Synopsis include lt htc h gt SLEEP Description This macro is used to put the device into a low power standby mode 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 213 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Example include lt htc h gt extern void init void void main void init enable peripherals interrupts while 1 SLEEP save power while nothing happening SPRINTF VSPRINTF SQRT Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int sprintf char buf const char fmt include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt int vsprintf char buf const char fmt va_list ap Description The sprintf function operates in a similar fashion to printf except that instead of placing the converted output on the stdout stream the characters are placed in the buffer at but The resultant string will be null terminated and the number of characters in the buffer will be returned The vsprintf function is similar to sprintf but takes a variable argument list pointer rather than a list of arguments See the description of va_start for more information on variable argument lists See Also printf sscanf Return Value Both these routines return the number of characters placed i
481. than one bank The process of building these components of the stack is the same but each APB will be allocated to one of the stack components based on the remaining memory In assembly code variables within a function s APB are referenced via special sym bols which mark the start of the parameter and temporary area in the APB An offset is applied to the symbols to locate each variable Auto variables associated with each function can be placed into a component of the compiled stack in any bank and hence cannot be referenced as an offset to one symbol The symbol used to represent the base address of the parameter area within the func tion s APB is the concatenation of a and the assembler name of the function The symbol used to represent the base address of the temporary area within the function s APB is the concatenation of and the assembler name of the function The parameter variables a and b defined in F2 in the above figure could be refer enced via the assembly symbols _F2 the Most Significant Byte would be located at _F2 1 and _F2 2 the Most Significant Byte would be located at _F2 3 Other more human readable symbols are defined by the code generator which can be used in place of these See Section 3 9 3 1 Equivalent Assembly Symbols for full information between C domain and assembly domain symbols 3 4 3 Objects in Program Space Objects qualified const are read only and are placed in the program mem
482. the base name file name without extension of the first C source file specified on the command line 2 2 2 Long Command Lines The PICC driver is capable of processing command lines exceeding any operating sys tem limitation To do this the driver may be passed options via a command file The command file is specified by using the symbol which should be immediately followed i e no intermediate space character by the name of the file containing the command line arguments intended for the driver Each command line argument must be separated by one or more spaces and may be placed over several lines by using a space and backslash character to separate lines The file may contain blank lines which are simply skipped by the driver The use of a command file means that compiler options and project filenames can be stored along with the project making them more easily accessible and permanently recorded for future use but without involving the complexity of creating a make utility For example a command file xyz cmd is constructed any text editor and contains both the options and file names that are required to compile your project as follows chip 16F877A m opt all g main c isr c After it is saved the compiler may be invoked with the command PICC xyz cmd THE COMPILATION SEQUENCE The main compiler applications and files are illustrated in Figure 2 2 Eech 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 9 H
483. the device s linear GPR memory so that indirect accesses will see a contiguous memory block Note that the special function registers which reside in the data memory space or memory reservations in general purpose RAM may prevent objects from being allo cated contiguous memory in the one bank and so objects that are smaller than the size of a RAM bank may be allocated across multi banks The generated code to access multi bank objects will always be accessed indirectly be slower and the associated code size will be large than for objects fully contained within a single RAM bank On baseline and other mid range devices arrays are limited to the maximum size of the available general purpose memory in each RAM bank An error will result if an array is defined which is larger than this size 3 3 2 Radix Specifiers and Constants The format of integral constants specifies their radix HI TECH C supports the ANSI standard radix specifiers as well as ones which enables binary constants to be specified in C code DS51865A page 58 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features The format used to specify the radices are given in Table 3 2 The letters used to spec ify binary or hexadecimal radices are case insensitive as are the letters used to specify the hexadecimal digits TABLE 3 2 RADIX FORMATS Radix Format Example binary 0b number or 0B number 0610011010 octal 0 number 0763 decimal number 1
484. the loca tion requirements Using absolute variables is the easiest method but only allows placement at an address which must be known prior to compilation The psect pragma is more complex but offers all the flexibility of the linker to position the new psect into memory You can for example specify that variables reside at a fixed address or that they be placed after other psects or that the they be placed anywhere in a compiler defined or user defined range of address 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 77 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 3 5 FUNCTIONS Functions may be written in the usual way in accordance with the C language Imple mentation and special features associated with functions are discussed in the following sections 3 5 1 Function Size On baseline PIC devices the size of the assembly code generated for each function must be less than the size of one page in the target device A linker can t find space error message will be issued if this restriction is not met and in such cases the func tions must be re coded or split into several smaller functions If the target device is a Mid Range or enhanced Mid Range PIC device this restriction does not apply and the assembly code generated for each C function may be of any size limited only by the available program memory 3 5 2 Absolute Functions The assembly code associated with a C function can be placed at an absolute address Thi
485. the reverse conversion and the toascii macro returns a result that is guaranteed in the range 0 0177 The functions toupper and tolower return their arguments if it is not an alphabetic character Example include lt stdio h gt include lt ctype h gt include lt string h gt void main void char arrayl DH Big ol came mrs for i 0 i lt strlen arrayl i printf c tolower arrayl i printf n See Also islower isupper isascii et al Synopsis include lt math h gt double trunc double x Description The trunc function rounds the argument to the nearest integer value in floating point format that is not larger in magnitude than the argument 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 229 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide UDIV ULDIV Example include lt math h gt void main void double input rounded input 1234 5678 rounded trunc input See Also round Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int udiv unsigned num unsigned demon Description The udiv function calculate the quotient and remainder of the division of number and denon storing the results into a udiv_t structure which is returned Example include lt stdlib h gt void main void udiv_t result unsigned num 1234 den 7 result udiv num den See Also uldiv div ldiv Return Value Returns the qu
486. the same as the project name see Section 2 2 1 Output Files The files whose names are affected by this option are those files that are not directly associated with any particular source file such as the HEX file MAP file and SYM file The 0 option can also change the directory in which the output file is located by includ ing the required path before the filename This will then also specify the output directory for any files produced by the linker or subsequently run applications Any relative paths specified are with respect to the current working directory For example if the option Oc project output first is used the MAP and HEX file etc will use the base name first and will be placed in the directory c project output Any extension supplied with the filename will be ignored The options that specify MAP file creation M see Section 2 7 8 M Generate Map File and SYM file creation G see Section 2 7 4 G Generate Source level Symbol File override any name or path information provided by o relevant to the MAP and SYM file To change the directory in which all output and intermediate files are written use the OUTDIR option see Section Section 2 7 43 OUTDIR Specify a directory for output files Note that if o specifies a path which is inconsistent with the path specified in the OUTDIR option this will result in an error 2 7 11 P Preprocess Assembly Files The P option causes assemb
487. these to your project 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 29 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 2 7 7 L Adjust Linker Options Directly The L driver option can be used to specify an option which will be passed directly to the linker If L is followed immediately by text starting with a dash character the text will be passed directly to the linker without being interpreted by PICC If the L option is not followed immediately by a dash character it is assumed the option is the library scan option Section 2 7 6 L Scan Library For example if the option L N is specified the N option will be passed on to the linker without any subsequent interpretation by the driver The linker will then process this option when and if it is invoked and perform the appropriate operation Take care with command line options The linker cannot interpret command line driver options similarly the driver cannot interpret linker options In most situations it is always the command line driver PICC that is being executed If you need to add alter nate linker settings in the Linker tab in the Project gt MPLAB Build options dialogue you must add driver options not linker options These driver options will be used by the driver to generate the appropriate linker options during the linking process The L option is a means of allowing a linker option to be specified via a driver option The L option is espe
488. this method of compilation is that the code generator which is the main application that transforms from the C to the assembly domain sees the entire project source code via the intermediate files Traditional compilers have always use intermediate files that are object files output by the assembler These intermediate object files are then combined by the linker and fur ther processed to form the final output This method of compilation is shown in Figure 2 3 and shows that the code generator is executed once for each source file Thus the code generator can only analyze that part of the project that is contained in the source file currently being compiled DS51865A page 12 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver FIGURE 2 3 THE TRADITIONAL COMPILATION SEQUENCE Intermediate files reprocess i ge SE assemble parse generation preprocess amp parse code generation First stage of compilation assemble Second stage of compilation When compiling files of mixed types this can still be achieved with just one invocation of the compiler driver As discussed in Section 2 3 The Compilation Sequence the driver will pass each input file to the appropriate compiler application For example the files main c io c mdef as and c_sb lpp are to be compiled To perform this in a single step the following command line could be used PICC chip 16F877A main c io c
489. tialized variables are those which are not auto objects and which are not assigned a value in their definition for example output in the following example int output void main void Such uninitialized objects will only require space to be reserved in RAM where they will reside and be accessed during program execution runtime The psects used for storing these components are described in Section 3 7 1 Compiler generated Psects and typically have a name based on the initialism bss Block Started by Symbol The runtime startup code will clear all the memory location occupied by uninitialized variables so they will contain zero before main is executed Variables whose contents should be preserved over a reset should be qualified with persistent See Section 3 3 11 1 Persistent Type Qualifier for more informa tion Such variables are linked at a different area of memory and are not altered by the runtime startup code in any way 2 4 2 3 STATUS REGISTER PRESERVATION The resetbits suboption of the RUNTIME option see 2 7 50 RUNTIME Spec ify Runtime Environment preserves some of the bits in the STATUS register before being clobbered by the remainder of the runtime startup code The state of these bits can be examined after recovering from a reset condition to determine the cause of the reset The entire STATUS register is saved to an assembly variable resetbits This variable can be accessed from C code u
490. tion 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 25 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide TABLE 2 6 DRIVER OPTIONS CONTINUED Option Meaning CODEOFFSET value Specify ROM offset address CR file Generate cross reference file DEBUGGER t ype Set debugger environment DOUBLE size Size of double type ECHO Echo command line ERRFORMAT format Set error format ERRORS number Set maximum number of errors FILL specification Specify a ROM fill value for unused memory FLOAT size Size of float type GETOPTION argument Get advanced options HELP option Help IDE name Set development environment LANG language Specify language MEMMAP t ype Display memory map MODE mode Choose operating mode MSGDISABLE list Disable warning messages MSGFORMAT specification Set advisory message format NODEL Do not remove temporary files NOEXEC Do not execute compiler applications OBJDIR path Set object files directory OPT 0optimizations Control optimization OUTDIR path Set output directory OUTPUT path Set output formats PASS1 Produce HI TECH intermediate p code file and stop PRE Produce preprocessed source files and stop PROTO Generate function prototypes RAM ranges Adjust RAM ranges ROM ranges
491. tion unused Preprocessor There were too many values supplied to the S preprocessor option See message 166 168 unknown option Any This option given to the component which caused the error is not recognized 169 strange character after Preprocessor There is an unexpected character after 170 symbol in undef was never defined Preprocessor The symbol supplied as argument to undef was not already defined This warning may be disabled with some compilers This warning can be avoided with code like ifdef SYM undef SYM only undefine if defined endif 171 wrong number of preprocessor macro arguments for instead of Preprocessor A macro has been invoked with the wrong number of arguments e g define ADD a b a b ADD 1 2 3 oops only two arguments required 172 formal parameter expected after Preprocessor The stringization operator not to be confused with the leading used for preproces sor control lines must be followed by a formal macro parameter e g define str x y oops did you mean x instead of y If you need to stringize a token you will need to define a special macro to do it e g define mkstr__ x x then use _mkstr_ token wherever you need to convert a token into a string 173 undefined symbol in if 0 used Preprocessor A symbol on a if expression was not a defined preprocessor macro For the purp
492. tion of rv can exist long twice long a return a 2 238 illegal initialisation Parser You can t initialize a typedef declaration because it does not reserve any storage that can be initialized e g oops uint is a type not a variable typedef unsigned int uint 99 239 identifier redefined from line Parser This identifier has already been defined in the same scope It cannot be defined again e g int a a filescope variable called a int a attempting to define another of the same name Note that variables with the same name but defined with different scopes are legal but not recommended 240 too many initializers Parser There are too many initializers for this object Check the number of initializers against the object definition array or structure e g three elements but four initializers int ivals 3 2 4 6 8 241 initialization syntax Parser The initialization of this object is syntactically incorrect Check for the correct placement and number of braces and commas e g int iarray 10 a br c oops one two many s 242 illegal type for switch expression Parser A switch operation must have an expression that is either an integral type or an enumerated value e g double d switch d oops this must be integral case 1 0 d 0 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 251 HI TECH C
493. tional to supply options identified by a leading dash or double dash before the filenames although this is not mandatory The formats of the options are discussed in Section 2 7 PICC Driver Option Descriptions and a detailed description of each option follows The files may be any mixture of C and assembler source files and precompiled inter mediate files such as relocatable object obj files or p code p1 files The order of the files is not important except that it may affect the order in which code or data appears in memory and may affect the name of some of the output files Libraries is a list of used defined object code or p code library files that will be searched by the linker in addition to the standard C libraries The order of these files will determine the order in which they are searched They are typically placed after the source filename but this is not mandatory 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 7 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide PICC distinguishes source files intermediate files and library files solely by the file type or extension Recognized file types are listed in Table 2 1 Alphabetic case of the extension is not important from the compiler s point of view but most operating system shells are case sensitive TABLE 2 1 PICC INPUT FILE TYPES File Type Meaning op C source file pl p code file lpp p code lib
494. to the current psect 856 ALIGN argument must be a positive constant Assembler The align assembler directive requires a non zero positive integer argument 857 psect may not be local and global Linker A local psect may not have the same name as a global psect eg psect text class CODE text is implicitly global MOVE So EL elsewhere psect text local class CODE MOVE r2 24 The global flag is the default for a psect if its scope is not explicitly stated 859 argument to C option must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the LIST assembler control s c option which sets the column width of the listing output must be a positive decimal constant number e g LIST C a0h constant must be decimal and positive try LIST C 80 860 page width must be gt 49 Assembler The page width suboption to the LIST assembler directive must specify a with of at least 49 861 argument to N option must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the LIST assembler control s N option which sets the page length for the listing output must be a positive constant number e g LIST N 3 page length must be positive 862 symbol is not external Assembler A symbol has been declared as EXTRN but is also defined in the current module 863 symbol can t be both extern and public Assembler If the symbol is declared as extern it is to be imported If it is declared as
495. ts can target these devices Additional mnemonics and assembler directives are documented in this section 4 3 1 Assembler Format Deviations The HI TECH PICC assembler uses a slightly modified form of assembly language to that specified by the Microchip data sheets __ SS a aE 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 111 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 4 3 1 1 DESTINATION LOCATION Certain PIC instructions use the operands 0 or 1 to specify the destination for the result of that operation ASPIC uses the more readable operands w and to specify the destination register The w register is selected as the destination when using the w operand and the file register is selected when using the operand or if no destination operand is specified The case of the letter in the destination operand in not important The numerical destination operands cannot be used with ASPIC 4 3 1 2 LONG JUMPS AND CALLS The assembler also recognizes several mnemonics which expand into regular PIC MCU assembly instructions The mnemonics are FCALL and Lump These instructions expand into regular CALL and GOTO instructions respectively but also include the instructions necessary to set the bits in PCLATH for mid range devices or STATUS for baseline devices when the destination is in another page of program memory These additional mnemonics should be used where possible as they
496. ts solution are detailed in the section of this manual that specifically discusses this option 915 no room for arguments Preprocessor Parser Code Generator Linker Objtohex The code generator could not allocate any more memory 917 argument too long Preprocessor Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 918 no match Preprocessor Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 919 in chipinfo file at line Driver The specified parameter in the chip configuration file is illegal 920 empty chipinfo file Driver Assembler The chip configuration file was able to be opened but it was empty Try re installing the compiler DS51865A page 312 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 922 chip not present in chipinfo file Driver The chip selected does not appear in the compiler s chip configuration file You may need to contact HI TECH Software to see if support for this device is available or upgrade the version of your compiler 923 unknown suboption Driver This option can take suboptions but this suboption is not understood This may just be a simple spelling error If not HELP to look up what suboptions are permitted here 924 missing argument to option Driver This option expects more data but none was given Check the usage of this option 925 extraneous
497. tticks void long val Disable interrupts around access to count to ensure consistency di val count ei return val DIV Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt div_t div int numer int demon Description The div function computes the quotient and remainder of the numerator divided by the denominator DS51865A page 184 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void Gbytes x div 12345 66 printf d remainder d n x quot x rem See Also udiv ldiv uldiv Return Value Returns the quotient and remainder into the div_t structure EEPROM_READ EEPROM_WRITE Synopsis include lt htc h gt unsigned char eeprom_read unsigned int address void eeprom_write unsigned int address unsigned char value Description These functions allow access to the on chip eeprom when present The eeprom is not in the directly accessible memory space and a special byte sequence is loaded to the eeprom control registers to access this memory Writing a value to the eeprom is a slow process and the eeprom write function polls the appropriate registers to ensure that any previous writes have completed before writing the next datum Reading data is completed in the one cycle and no polling is necessary to check for a read completion Example include lt htc h gt void main vo
498. turn Value The signed fractional part of value NOP Synopsis include lt htc h gt NOP Description Execute NOP instruction here This is often useful to finetune delays or create a handle for breakpoints The NOP instruction is sometimes required during some sensitive sequences in hardware 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 205 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Example include lt htc h gt void crude_delay unsigned char x while x NOP Do nothing for 3 cycles NOP NOP POW Synopsis include lt math h gt double pow double f double p Description The pow function raises its first argument to the power p Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f for f 1 0 f lt 10 0 f 1 0 printf 2 1 0f f n f pow 2 f See Also log log10 exp Return Value f to the power of p PRINTF VPRINTF Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int printf const char fmt include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt int vprintf const char fmt va_list va_arg DS51865A page 206 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions Description The printf function is a formatted output routine operating on stdout The printf routine is passed a format string followed by a list of zero or more argu ments In the format string are conversion specificati
499. typically functions and variable definitions the header files provide declarations as opposed to definitions for functions variables and types in the library files as well as other preprocessor macros include lt math h gt declare function prototype for sqrt void main void double i sort referenced sqrt will be linked in from library file 1 sqrt 23 5 2 4 1 2 STANDARD LIBRARIES The C standard libraries contain a standardised collection of functions such as string math and input output routines The range of these functions are described in Chapter 7 Library Functions These libraries also contain C routines that are implicitly called by the output code of the code generator These are routines that perform tasks such as floating point oper ations integer division and type conversions and that may not directly correspond to a C function call in the source code The general form of the standard library names is htpic dc ext The meaning of each field is described by e The processor type is always pic e The double type a is for 24 bit doubles and a for 32 bit doubles e Library Type is always c e The extension is 1pp for p code libraries or 1ib for relocatable object libraries 2 4 1 3 USER DEFINED LIBRARIES User defined libraries may be created and linked in with programs as required Library files are more easy to manage and may result in faster compilation times but mus
500. ude lt stdlib h gt int atoi const char s Description The atoi function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks and reading an optional sign It then converts an ASCII representation of a decimal number to an integer Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 int i gets buf 1 atoi buf printf s converted to d n buf i See Also xtoi atof atol Return Value A signed integer If no number is found in the string O will be returned ATOL Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt long atol const char s Description The atol function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks It then converts an ASCII representation of a decimal number to a long integer DS51865A page 176 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions BSEARCH Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 long i gets buf i atol buf printf Ss converted to ld n buf i See Also atoi atof Return Value A long integer If no number is found in the string 0 will be returned Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void bsearch const void key void base size_t n_memb size_t size int compar const void const void Description The bsearch function searches a sorted array for an element matching a particular k
501. ue between calls to a function unless explicitly modified via a pointer Variables which are static and which are initialized only have their initial value assigned once during the program s execution Thus they may be preferable over ini tialized auto objects which are assigned a value every time the block in they are defined begins execution Any initialized static variables are initialized in the same way as other non auto initialized objects by the runtime startup code see Section 2 4 2 Runtime Startup Code Local objects which are st atic are assigned an assembly symbol which consists of the function name followed by an symbol and the variable s lexical name e g main foobar will be the assembly identifier used for the static variable foobar defined in main Non local static objects use their lexical name with a leading underscore character e g _ foobar will be the assembly identifier used for this object However if there is more than one such static object defined then subsequent objects will use the name of the file that contains them and their lexical name separated by an symbol e g 1lcd foobar would be the assembly symbol for the st atic variable foobar defined IN Led ce 3 4 2 Compiled Stack Operation Generally speaking a compiler can either take advantage of a hardware stack that can be implemented using a device s instructions and registers or produce code which uses a compiled stack to statically
502. ue for relief under that Act Information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is provided only for your convenience and may be superseded by updates It is your responsibility to ensure that your application meets with your specifications MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WRITTEN OR ORAL STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE RELATED TO THE INFORMATION INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION QUALITY PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE Microchip disclaims all liability arising from this information and its use Use of Microchip devices in life support and or safety applications is entirely at the buyer s risk and the buyer agrees to defend indemnify and hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages claims suits or expenses resulting from such use No licenses are conveyed implicitly or otherwise under any Microchip intellectual property rights QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CERTIFIED BY DNV ISO TS 16949 2002 Trademarks The Microchip name and logo the Microchip logo dsPIC KEELOQ KEELOQ logo MPLAB PIC PICmicro PICSTART rfPIC and UNI O are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U S A and other countries FilterLab Hampshire HI TECH C Linear Active Thermistor MXDEV MXLAB SEEVAL and The Embedded Control Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated i
503. um number of open macros and include files is 30 773 macro expansions nested too deep Assembler Macro expansions in the assembler are nested too deep The limit is 30 macros and include files nested at one time 774 too many macro parameters Assembler There are too many macro parameters on this macro definition 776 can t allocate space for object offs Assembler The assembler has run out of memory 777 can t allocate space for opnd structure within object offs Assembler The assembler has run out of memory 780 too many psects defined Assembler There are too many psects defined Boy what a program 781 can t enter abs psect Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 782 REMSYM error Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 783 with psects are cyclic Assembler If Psect A is to be placed with Psect B and Psect B is to be placed with Psect A there is no hierarchy The with flag is an attribute of a psect and indicates that this psect must be placed in the same memory page as the specified psect Remove a with flag from one of the psect declarations Such an assembler declaration may look like psect my_text local class CODE with basecode which will define a psect called my_text and place this in the same page as the psect basecode
504. unction invocation will occur cannot be known The assembler optimizer may have replaced function calls with jumps to functions reducing that tree s stack usage The assembler s procedural abstraction optimizations may have added in calls to abstracted routines Checks are made to ensure this does not exceed the maximum stack depth The code generator also produces a warning if the maximum stack depth appears to have been exceeded For the above reasons this warning too is intended to be a only a guide to potential stack problems DS51865A page 134 2009 Microchip Technology Inc HI TECH C FOR PIC10 12 16 MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 5 Linker 5 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the theory behind and the usage of the linker The application name of the linker is HLINK In most instances it will not be necessary to invoke the linker directly as the compiler driver PICC will automatically execute the linker with all necessary arguments Using the linker directly is not simple and should be attempted only by those with a sound knowledge of the compiler and linking in gen eral The compiler often makes assumptions about the way in which the program will be linked If the psects are not linked correctly code failure may result If itis absolutely necessary to use the linker directly the best way to start is to copy the linker arguments constructed by the compiler driver and modify them as appropriate
505. unsigned b void main void int a result a read_port result add 5 a call the assembly routine This assembly routine does not call other functions or routines If it did we would need to use the FNCALL assembler directive to tell the compiler that this has occurred 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 91 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide If for example this routine called another assembly function called _wait then we would add the directive FNCALL _add _wait to our routine If the call to this other routine is conditional i e it may or may not take place depended on the result of some expression we would still need to add in this directive The directive can be placed anywhere but we may place it underneath the FNSIZE directive 3 9 2 asm endasm and asm PIC MCU instructions may also be directly embedded in line into C code using the directives asm endasm or the statement asm The asm and endasm directives are used to start and end a block of assembly instructions which are to be embedded into the assembly output of the code generator The asm block is not syntactically part of the C program and thus it does not obey normal C flow of control rules This means that you should not use this form or in line assembly inside C constructs like if while for statements However this is the easiest means of adding multiple assembly instructions
506. untered when reading the chip INI file 818 duplicate BANKS for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple BANKS values Only one BANKS value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 819 duplicate ZEROREG for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ZEROREG values Only one ZEROREG value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 820 duplicate SPAREBIT for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple SPAREBIT values Only one SPAREBIT value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 821 duplicate INTSAVE for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple INTSAVE values Only one INTSAVE value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 822 duplicate ROMSIZE for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ROMSIZE values Only one ROMSIZE value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 823 duplicate START for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chi
507. urn_16 MOVLW 12h MOVWF _return_16 1 RETURN 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 79 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 3 5 5 Function Calling 3 5 5 0 1 Baseline Devices The Baseline PIC devices have a two level deep hardware stack which is used to store the return addresses of subroutine calls Typically CALL instructions are used to transfer control to a C function when it is called however where the depth of the stack will be exceeded the compiler will automatically swap to using a method that involves the use of a lookup table and which does not require use of the hardware stack When the lookup method is being employed a function is reached by a jump not a call directly to its address Before this is done the address of a special return instruction implemented as a jump instruction is stored in a temporary location inside the called function This return instruction will be able to return control back to the calling function This means of calling functions allows functions to be nested deeply without overflow ing the stack however it does come at the expense of memory and program speed By default the compiler will determine which functions are permitted to be called via a CALL assembly instruction and which will be called via the lookup table By disabling the stackcall suboption to the RUNTIME option all function calls execute via a lookup table unless a function definition is qualified
508. usage supplied by the message and ensure that the option has been formed correctly and completely 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 313 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 942 unexpected character on line of file Hexmate File contains a character that was not valid for this type of file the file may be corrupt For example an Intel HEX file is expected to contain only ASCII representations of hexadecimal digits colons and line formatting The presence of any other characters will result in this error 944 data conflict at address h between and Hexmate Sources to Hexmate request differing data to be stored to the same address To force one data source to override the other use the specifier If the two named sources of conflict are the same source then the source may contain an error 945 checksum range h to h contained an indeterminate value Hexmate The range for this checksum calculation contained a value that could not be resolved This can happen if the checksum result was to be stored within the address range of the checksum calculation 948 checksum result width must be between 1 and 4 bytes Hexmate The requested checksum byte size is illegal Checksum results must be within 1 to 4 bytes wide Check the parameters to the CKSUM option 949 start of checksum range must be less than end of range Hexmate The CKSUM option has been given a range
509. use of the SETUP option Some messages are only ever printed in English regard less of the language specified with this option See Section 2 6 2 Message Lan guage for more information 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 37 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide Table 2 11 shows those languages currently supported TABLE 2 11 SUPPORTED LANGUAGES Suboption Language en english English fr french francais French de german deutsch German 2 7 35 MEMMAP Display Memory Map This option will display a memory map for the specified map file This option is seldom required but would be useful if the linker is being driven explicitly i e instead of in the normal way through the command line driver This command would display the mem ory summary which is normally produced at the end of compilation by the driver 2 7 36 MODE Choose Compiler Operating Mode This option selects the basic operating mode of the compiler The available types are pro std and lite A compiler operating in PRO mode uses full optimization and pro duces the smallest code size Standard mode uses limited optimizations and LITE mode only uses a minimum optimization level and will produce relatively large code Only those modes permitted by the compiler license status will be accepted For exam ple if you have purchased a Standard compiler license that compiler may be run in Standard mode or lite mo
510. using the configuration file you may override this with the environment variable HTC_XML Driver This is the compiler configuration file selected during compiler setup This can be changed via the HTC_XML environment variable This file is used to determine where the compiler has been installed DS51865A page 324 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 1207 some of the command line options you are using are now obsolete Driver Some of the command line options passed to the driver have now been discontinued in this version of the compiler however during a grace period these old options will still be processed by the driver 1208 use help option or refer to the user manual for option details Driver An obsolete option was detected Use help or refer to the manual to find a replacement option that will not result in this advisory message 1209 An old MPLAB IDE tool suite plug in was detected Driver The options passed to the driver resemble those that the Microchip MPLAB IDE would pass to a previous version of this compiler Some of these options are now obsolete however they were still interpreted It is recommended that you install an updated HI TECH options plug in for the MPLAB IDE 1210 Visit the HI TECH Software website www htsoft com for a possible update Driver Visit our website to see if an update is available to address the issue s listed in the previous compiler message Please refer to the on line
511. usive The type Unsigned long holds a 32 bit unsigned integer representing integral values from 0 to 4 294 967 295 inclusive All 32 bit integer values are represented in little endian format with the least significant word and Least Significant Byte at the lowest address The types long and unsigned long occupy 32 bits as this is the smallest long inte ger size allowed by the ANSI standard for C Variables may be declared using the signed long int andunsigned long int keyword sequences respectively to hold values of these types Where only long int is used in the declaration the type will be signed long When specifying this type the keyword int may be omitted Thus a variable declared as long will contain a signed long int and a variable declared as unsigned long will contain an unsigned long int 3 3 8 Floating Point Types and Variables Floating point is implemented using either a IEEE 754 32 bit format or a modified trun cated 24 bit form of this The 24 bit format is used for all float values For double values the 24 bit format is the default or if the DOUBLE 24 option is used The 32 bit formatis used for double values if the DOUBLE 32 option is used This format is described in Table 3 3 where Sign is the sign bit which indicates if the number is positive or negative The exponent is 8 bits which is stored as excess 127 i e an exponent of 0 is stored as 127 Mantissa is the mantissa which is to the rig
512. valid data LTOA Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt char ltoa char buf long val int base Description The function itoa converts the contents of vai into a string which is stored into buf The conversion is performed according to the radix specified in base buf is assumed to reference a buffer which has sufficient space allocated to it DS51865A page 200 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Library Functions MEMCHR Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 10 utoi buf 12345678L 16 printf buffer holds s n buf See Also strtol itoa utoa ultoa Return Value This routine returns a copy of the buffer into which the result is written Synopsis include lt string h gt void memchr const void block int val size_t length Description The memchr function is similar to st rchr except that instead of searching null ter minated strings it searches a block of memory specified by length for a particular byte Its arguments are a pointer to the memory to be searched the value of the byte to be searched for and the length of the block A pointer to the first occurrence of that byte in the block is returned Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt unsigned int ary 1 5 0x6789 0x23 void main void char ep cp memchr ary 0x89 sizeof ary if cp printf found n else pr
513. ver The RAM memory range as defined in the chip configuration file or through custom configuration is out of range 1056 unknown chip architecture Driver The compiler is attempting to compile for a device of an architecture that is either unsupported or disabled 1057 fast double option only available on 17 series processors Driver The fast double library cannot be selected for this device These routines are only available for PIC17 devices 1058 assertion Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1059 rewrite loop Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1081 static initialization of persistent variable Parser Code Generator A persistent variable has been assigned an initial value This is somewhat contradictory as the initial value will be assigned to the variable during execution of the compiler s startup code however the persistent qualifier requests that this variable shall be unchanged by the compiler s startup code 1082 size of initialized array element is zero Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1088 function pointer is used but never assigned a value Code Generator A function call involving a function pointer was made but the pointer was never assigned a target address
514. vestigated however com pilation of the current module will continue as will compilation of any remain ing modules Error Messages indicate source code that is illegal or that compilation of this code cannot take place Compilation will be attempted for the remaining source code in the current module but no additional modules will be compiled and the compilation process will then conclude DS51865A page 22 2009 Microchip Technology Inc PICC Command line Driver Fatal Error Messages indicate a situation that cannot allow compilation to proceed and which required the compilation process to stop immediately 2 6 4 Message Format By default messages are printed in a human readable format This format can vary from one compiler application to another since each application reports information about different file formats Some applications for example the parser are typically able to pinpoint the area of interest down to a position on a particular line of C source code whereas other appli cations such as the linker can at best only indicate a module name and record number which is less directly associated with any particular line of code Some messages relate to issues in driver options which are in no way associated with any source code There are several ways of changing the format in which message are displayed which are discussed below The driver option E with or without a filename alters the format of all dis
515. void const char ccrv void perhaps error flagged here return ccip DS51865A page 258 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 291 K amp R identifier not an argument Parser This identifier that has appeared in a K amp R style argument declarator is not listed inside the parentheses after the function name e g int process input int unput oops that should be int input 292 function parameter may not be a function Parser A function parameter may not be a function It may be a pointer to a function so perhaps a has been omitted from the declaration 293 bad size in index_type Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 294 can t allocate bytes of memory Code Generator Hexmate This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 295 expression too complex Parser This expression has caused overflow of the compiler s internal stack and should be re arranged or split into two expressions 296 out of memory Objtohex This could be an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 297 bad argument to tysize Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 298 end of file in asm Preprocessor An end of file has been encountered inside a asm block This probab
516. w modules Psects containing data may be reduced when invoking the compiler optimizations but the effect is less dramatic The program may need to be rewritten so that it needs less variables Section If the default linker options must be changed this can be done indirectly through the driver using the driver L option see Section 2 7 7 L Adjust Linker Options Directly If you use this option always confirm the change appears correctly in the map file has information on interpret ing the map file s call graph if the compiler you are using uses a compiled stack If the string Call graph is not present in the map file then the compiled code uses a hard ware stack If a data psect needs to be split into smaller psects the definitions for vari ables will need to be moved to new modules or more evenly spread in the existing modules Memory allocation for auto variables is entirely handled by the compiler Other than reducing the number of these variables used the programmer has little con trol over their operation This applies whether the compiled code uses a hardware or compiled stack For example after receiving the message Can t find 0x34 words 0x34 withtotal for psect text in segment CODE error look in the map file for the ranges of unused memory UNUSED ADDRESS RANGES CODE 00000244 0000025F 00001000 0000102 RAM 00300014 00301FFB In the CODE segment there is 0x1c 0x25f 0x244 1
517. ware technical support with details 120 operator in incorrect context Preprocessor An operator has been encountered in a i f expression that is incorrectly placed e g two binary operators are not separated by a value e g if FOO BAR what is 3 3 define BIG endif 121 expression stack overflow at operator Preprocessor Expressions in if lines are evaluated using a stack with a size of 128 It is possible for very complex expressions to overflow this Simplify the expression 122 unbalanced parenthesis at operator Preprocessor The evaluation of a i f expression found mismatched parentheses Check the expression for correct parenthesization e g if A B oops a missing I think define ADDED endif 123 misplaced or previous operator is Preprocessor A colon operator has been encountered in a if expression that does not match up with a corresponding operator e g if XXX YYY did you mean if COND XXX YYY DS51865A page 238 2009 Microchip Technology Inc 124 illegal character in if Preprocessor There is a character in a i f expression that has no business being there Valid characters are the letters digits and those comprising the acceptable operators e g if YYY what are these characters doing here int m endif 125 illegal character decimal in if Preprocessor There is a non p
518. where some psects where linked in memory These symbols can be used in code if required The link address of a psect can be obtained from the value of a global symbol with name __lname where name is the name of the psect For example Lb ssBANKO iS the low bound of the bssBANKO psect The highest address of a psect i e the link address plus the size is represented by the symbol Hname If the psect has different load and link addresses the load start address is represented by the symbol Bname Not all psects are assigned these symbols in particular those that are not placed in memory by a P linker option not driver option See Section 5 2 18 Pspec Psect names may change from one device to another Assembly code can use these symbol by globally declaring them for example GLOBAL __Lidata 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 105 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide NOTES DS51865A page 106 2009 Microchip Technology Inc HI TECH CS FOR PIC10 12 16 MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 4 Macro Assembler The macro assembler included with HI TECH C PRO for PIC10 12 16 MCU Family assembles source files for PIC 10 12 14 16 17 MCUs This chapter describes the usage of the assembler and the directives assembler pseudo ops and controls accepted by the assembler in the source files Although the term assembler is almost universally used to describe the tool which converts human readab
519. will remain in force during compilation of the entire module The state of those warnings which have been disabled can preserved and recalled using the warning push and warning pop pragmas Pushes and pops can be nested to allow a large degree of control over the message behavior The following example shows the warning associated with assigning the address of a const object to a pointer to non const objects Such code normally produces warning number 359 int readp int ip return ip const int i d void main void unsigned char c pragma warning disable 359 readp amp i pragma warning enable 359 This same affect would be observed using the following code pragma warning push pragma warning disable 359 readp amp i pragma warning pop Here the state of the messaging system is saved by the warning push pragma Warning 359 is disabled then after the source code which triggers the warning the state of the messaging system is retrieved by using the warning pop pragma 3 10 3 9 2 The Warning Error warning Pragma It is also possible to change the type of some messages This is only possible by the use of the warning pragma and only affects messages generated by the parser or code generator The position of the pragma is only signifi cant for the parser i e a parser message number may have its type changed for one section of the code to target specific instances of the message Specific instances of a
520. wise converted to a integral type This will usu ally mean you have used the wrong variable but if this is genuinely what you want to do use a typecast to inform the compiler that you want the conversion and the warning will be suppressed This may also mean you have forgotten the dereference operator e g ants 1p nt 7 i ip oops did you mean i ip If you do intend to use an expression like this then indicate that this is so by a cast i int ip 359 illegal conversion between pointer types Parser A pointer of one type i e pointing to a particular kind of object has been converted into a pointer of a different type This will usually mean you have used the wrong variable but if this is genuinely what you want to do use a typecast to inform the compiler that you want the conversion and the warning will be suppressed e g long input char cp cp amp input is this correct This is common way of accessing bytes within a multi byte variable To indicate that this is the intended operation of the program use a cast cp char amp input that s better This warning may also occur when converting between pointers to objects which have the same type but which have different qualifiers e g char cp yes but what sort of characters cp I am a string of characters If the default type for string literals is const char zx then this warning is quite valid This s
521. x Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 513 bad complex relocation Linker The linker has been asked to perform complex relocation that is not syntactically correct Probably means an object file is corrupted 514 illegal relocation type Linker An object file contained a relocation record with an illegal relocation type This probably means the file is corrupted or not an object file Contact HI TECH Support with details if the object file was created by the compiler 515 unknown symbol type Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 516 text record has bad length 1 lt 0 Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 285 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide 520 function is never called Linker This function is never called This may not represent a problem but space could be saved by removing it If you believe this function should be called check your source code Some assembler library routines are never called although they are actually execute In this case the routines are linked in a special sequence so that program execution falls through from one routine to the next 521 call depth exceeded by function Linker The call graph shows that functions ar
522. xample int x allocated to bank 2 in this example const int type 0x3456 int getValue const int ip return ip void main void j getValue amp i code that uses j j getValue amp x code that uses j j getValue amp type code that uses j DS51865A page 70 2009 Microchip Technology Inc C Language Features Again the targets to the pointer ip are determined and now the pointer is made of the class that can access both data and program memory The generated code to derefer ence the pointer will be such that it can determine the required memory space from the address and access either space accordingly Again this takes place without any change in the definition of the pointer 3 3 12 4 SPECIAL POINTER TARGETS Pointers and integers are not interchangeable Assigning an integer constant to a pointer will generate a warning to this effect For example const char cp 0x123 the compiler will flag this as bad code There is no information in the integer constant 0x123 relating to the type size or mem ory location of the destination There is a very good chance of code failure if pointers are assigned integer addresses and dereferenced particularly for devices like PIC devices which have more than one address space Is 0x123 an address in data mem ory or program memory How big is the object found at address 0x123 Always take the address of a C object when ass
523. y global psect even one in another module 4 3 9 3 8 Ovrid A psect defined as ovr1d will have the contribution from each module overlaid rather than concatenated at link time This flag in combination with the abs flag see Section 4 3 9 3 1 Abs defines a truly absolute psect i e a psect within which any symbols defined are absolute 4 3 9 3 9 Pure The pure flag instructs the linker that this psect will not be modified at runtime and may therefore for example be placed in ROM This flag is of limited usefulness since it depends on the linker and target system enforcing it DS51865A page 120 2009 Microchip Technology Inc Macro Assembler 4 3 9 3 10 Reloc The reloc flag allows specification of a requirement for alignment of the psect on a particular boundary For example the flag reloc 100h would specify that this psect must start on an address that is a multiple of 100h 4 3 9 3 11 Size The size flag allows a maximum size to be specified for the psect e g size 100h This will be checked by the linker after psects have been combined from all modules 4 3 9 3 12 Space The space flag is used to differentiate areas of memory which have overlapping addresses but which are distinct Psects which are positioned in program memory and data memory have a different space value to indicate that the program space address 0 for example is a different location to the data memory address 0 On all PIC devices progra
524. ynopsis indicates the header file in which a declaration or definition for function or macro is found It also shows the function prototype for functions or the equivalent prototype for macros __CONFIG Synopsis include lt htc h gt __CONFIG data Description This macro is used to program the configuration fuses that set the device s operating modes The macro assumes the argument is a16 bit value which will be used to program the configuration bits 16 bit masks have been defined to describe each programmable attribute available on each device These masks can be found in the chip specific header files included via lt htc h gt Multiple attributes can be selected by ANDing them together Example include lt htc h gt __CONFIG RC amp UNPROTECT void main void See also EEPROM _DATA __IDLOC __IDLOC7 2009 Microchip Technology Inc DS51865A page 167 HI TECH C for PIC10 12 16 User s Guide __DELAY_MS _DELAY_US Synopsis __delay_ms x request a delay in milliseconds __delay_us x request a delay in microseconds Description As it is often more convenient request a delay in time based terms rather than in cycle counts the macros __delay_ms x and__delay_us x are provided These mac ros simply wrap around _delay n and convert the time based request into instruction cycles based on the system frequency In order to achieve this these macros requi

HI-TECH C for PIC10/12/16 User`s Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents